(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The Brihat jataka"

ARYAN MISCELLANY, 



ASTROLOGICAL SERIES. 



THE 

BR1HAT JATAKA 

OF 

VARAHA MIHIRA. 



TRANSLATED INTO ENGLISH 
BY 

N. CHIDAMBARAM AIYAR, B.A., 

Fellow of the Theosoplfical Society and Founder of the 
Tirnradi Jotistantra Sablm. 



Second Edition -Revised and Enlarged. 



1905. 
MADRAS : 

PRINTED BY THOMPSON" & CO., IN THE " THEOSOPHIST '* 

DEPARTMENT OF THE " MINERVA " PRESS, 

33, POPHAM'S BROADWAY. 

FOR SALE AT THE THEOSOPHIST OFFICE, 

ADYAR, MADRAS, INDIA. 

[Registered Copyright.] 



\ 



/ x/ r/u 



PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. 



The First Edition was carefully revised and partly 
re-\vritten and enlarged by my brother the Translator a 
few years before his death, which occurred in January 1892. 
Since then, a new Edition was much in demand by the 
Public, both Indian and Foreign, but owing to many 
unforeseen difficulties I have not been able to bring out 
the Edition earlier. 

It was the intention of my late lamented brother to 
incorporate in this Edition a supplementary chapter on 
the great many varieties, curious and wonderful, of planet- 
ary and other yogas from higher treatises on Horoscopy 
and also to publish a key to this work which would have 
enhanced the value of the book and facilitated the work 
of the ordinary reader. But unfortunately his unexpected 
death has made the fulfilment impossible. 

My thanks are due to Col. H. S. Olcott, President 
Founder of the Theosophical Society, Adyar, but for whose 
hearty co-operation I could not have now brought out this 
book. 

AKYAN MISCELLANY OFFICE, i 

MADURA, ^N. V1SVANATHA AIYAR. 

2ltk November 1U05. J 



2005793 



.nor 



CONTENTS. 



Introduction 

Astrological Terms Indexed 



PAGE. 

. I 

. 27 



HAl'TKK. 

I. Definitions and Elementary Principles 

(Zodiacal) ... 

II. Do. do. (Planetary)... 

I 1 1. Animal and Vegetable Horoscopy 

IV. Nishekakala or the Time of Conception 
V. Matters connected with Birth Time 

VI. Balarishta or Early Death 

VII. Ayurdaya or the Determination of the Length 

of Life 

VIII. Planetary Divisions and Sub-Divisions of Life 

known as Dasas and Antar-Dasas 

IX. Ashtaka-Vargas ... ... ... 

X. Avocation 

XL Raja Yogas or the Birth of Kings ... 

XII. Nabhasa Yogas 

XIII. Chandra or Lunar Yogas ... ... ... 

XIV. Double Planetary Yogas ... 
XV. Ascetic Yogas 

XVI. The Nakshatras or the Moon in the Asterisms. 

XVII. The Moon in the several signs of the Zodiac. 

XVIII. The Sun, Mars, and other planets in the several 

signs of the Zodiac ... ... ... 

XIX. Planetary Aspects 

XX. Planets in the Bhavas ... ... ... 

XXI. Planets in several Vargas ... 

XXII. Miscellaneous Yogas 

XXIII. Malefic Yogas 

XXIV. Horoscopy of Women 
XXV. Death 

XXVI. Lost Horoscopes... ... 

XXVII. Drekkana? 

XX VI 1 1. Conclusion 



i 

15 
24 

28 
40 



61 

80 

97 
114 
117 

126 

142 
149 
162 

164 

J68 

172 

183 
189 

iP4 
199 

202 
210 

217 
224 
237 
245 



VI CONTENTS. 

APPENDIX. PAGE. 

Method of rinding Lagna Sphutam ... ... i 

Do do Local Time (by Day)... ... ii 

Do do do (at Night) ... iii 
Table showing the Oblique Ascension of each sign 

of the Zodiac ... iv 
Do do from any one sign 

to any other sign of the Zodiac ... vi 
Do the Antardasa periods of the 

Nakshatra Dasas ... vii 

Do the Equation of Time for India ... viii 
Do the Time of the Culmination of the 

Sun and the Vernal Equinox ... ix 

Do the Friends, Enemies, etc., of Planets. ix 

Do the Time of the Culmination of Stars, ix 



PUBLICATIONS 

OF THE 

ARYAN MISCELLANY OFFICE. 



IN ENGLISH. 



I. The Brihat Samhita of Vamlia Miliira. A cyclopx- 
dia of information on Natural Astrology, containing inter- 
pretations of over i ,000 phenomena of Nature and treating 
of numerous other interesting subjects : Price Rs. 5 
(India) : IDS. (Foreign). 

II. The Brihat Jataka of Varalui Mihira. A complete 
system of Horoscopy providing for the solution of all ques- 
tions of Nativity : Price Rs. 3 (India): 6s. (Foreign). 

III. Shatpanchasika (with Sanskrit Text). A work on 
Prasna or Horary Astrology by Prithuyasas, son of Varaha 
Mihira, containing solutions of a number of important 
Horary questions : Price 8 As. (India) : is. (Foreign). 

IV. Jinendramala An exhaustive work on Horary 
Astrology by Upendrachariar, providing for the solution o^ 
all Horary questions : Price Re. i-8-o (India) : 35. (Foreign) 

Apply ivith remittance or per V.P.P, to 

The Manager, 

The Theosophist Office, Adyar, Madras, India. 

OR 
M.R.Ry. N. Yisvanatha Aiyar, 

Aryan Miscellany Office, Madura. 

OR 
M.R.Ry. G. Ramaohandra Aiyar, B.A., 

Aryan Miscellany Office, Triplicate, Madras 



INTRODUCTION. 



THERE is probably not one subject which is so ill- 
understood, which so many people pretend toknow,and on 
which so many are prepared to express an opinion, as the 
subject of Astrology. The Indian proverb truly says that 
there is no man who is not a bit of a physician and an 
astrologer ; and it is equally true that there is no subject 
which is so ill-understood as these two. The fact is that 
the broad medical and astrological principles are so many 
that everybody of necessity learns a few of these, but 
experiences a difficulty in mastering all of them. 

It would be interesting to note the various subjects 
with which astrology is confounded. Persons with well- 
developed intuitions are often found to make correct pre- 
dictions of events. The Yogis are persons of this descrip- 
tion. Their peculiar knowledge is certainly not the 
result of any study of astrological works. We also find 
another class of men who imitate these men and also 
make striking statements. Birmingham gold is often 
taken for sterling gold ; German silver for pure silver ; and 
we have a variety of inferior stones, white, red and green 
that are often mistaken for diamonds, rubies and emeralds 
The world is full of this dual character of things. Every 
department of true knowledge has its inferior counterpart 
and so we have a number of men who, possessing no oc- 
cult powers, but securing the help of a few elemental 
spirits, practise imposition on the ignorant public. But the 
world is not without a touchstone to detect the hollowness 
of their pretensions : these men will give you a few correct 
particulars regarding remote past events, a great deal of 
particulars regarding present events, one or two particu- 
lars regarding the immediate future, and no particulars at 



2 Introduction. 

all about the distant future. I have known these men and 
tested the truth of their statements. These men pretend 
to be astrologers. Some of them carry no books at all and 
make amazing statements touching past events in prose 
and verse in an extempore sing-song fashion and without 
the least effort, even though the questioner is a perfect 
stranger ; while others shew you some huge antique cadjan 
book and pretend to read from its pages. This was exact- 
ly the way in which Col. Olcott's questions were recently 
answered by the Brahmin astrologer who pretended to read 
from the pages of the works of the Great Bheemakavi (vide 
May, 1885, issue of the Theosophist}. I am sure that nei- 
ther Col. Olcott nor his intelligent friends ever had a look 
into the book to see whether what was read out was really 
written there, and if so, whether the writing was not a 
fresh one. In all these cases the astrologer, if he is one 
at all, doggedly refuses to allow others to look into his 
book ; for, he says, he is not permitted by the book deity 
to do so ! There is a more wonderful man in Pondicherry 
at present. He pretends to read from the works of 
Nandikeswara. Such astrologers are making vast sums 
of money. The statements they make are really puzzling 
ones. But for these and the way in which they are made, 
the utter want of preparation and the like, I should have 
been inclined to discard the element of the help of the 
elemental spirits. Let those who would object to this, 
examine the matter and then pronounce an opinion. 

Nothing can be more funny than to find young men 
especially, taking up astrology as their first subject of 
attack in their public utterances. It is a subject to which 
they pay little or no attention except for purposes of ridi- 
cule. To all your questions, how do you prove this state- 
ment and how do you prove that : their one ready reply is 
that their common sense tells them so. They forget 
that common sense is a sense which changes in its nature 



Introduction. 3 

as one advances in his study, and it changes so much that 
the common sense of one age is different from the 
common sense of another age, the common sense of one 
nation or of one individual is different from the common 
sense of another nation or of another individual. Where 
proof is advanced by a few, it is equally interesting to ex- 
amine it. The proof is that such and such astrologers 
made such and such predictions and that the predictions 
have failed and ergo, astrology is no science ! It is evi- 
dently taken for granted that the astrologer was really 
learned in the science, and that there were not those 
numerous errors of data to mislead him. 

Another objection to the science is that astrologically 
the fortunes of two persons born at the same moment of 
time but in the opposite quarters of the globe, must bu 
the same, but that they cannot be and are not the same. 
Here is an ignorance betrayed regarding the elementary 
principles of the science. It is true that the planetary 
positions are nearly the same except for the small matter 
of parallax. But it is not the planets alone that go to 
shape one's fortunes. Time of birth, which is represent- 
ed by the Lagna or the rising sign, has a great deal to do 
with it. In other words, because the local times of the 
two places are different, the L/agnas must be different ; 
for when the aoth degree of Leo, for instance, is in 
contact with the horizon here, the aoth degree of Aquaries 
will be in contact with the horizon of our just antipodes at 
the same moment. Our rising sign is their setting sign, 
and our setting sign is their rising sign; so that a 
difference of longitude gives a difference of local time 
and consequently a difference of Lagna. But suppose 
the places to have the same longitude. Take two 
places for instance on the same meridian and therefore 
due north and south of each other. Now the question is 
whether the Lagua is the same for both the places. No, 



4 Introduction- 

The Lagna is a point in the ecliptic which is inclined to 
the equator. The planes of the horizon of the two places 
are different and they cut different parts of the ecliptic. 
It therefore follows that a difference of latitude gives a 
difference in the Lagna. So that places with a differ- 
ence of either longitude or latitude or with both cannot 
have the same Lagna at the same time. That Lagna or 
mere time or space, irrespective of the planets, has a 
great deal to do with shaping the fortunes of a native or 
Jataki will be a new revelation to most people- We will 
come to this subject presently. A horoscopic diagram or 
figure of the heavens represents both local time or Lagna 
and planetary positions. 

What then is Astrology or Horoscopy ? What is its 
nature and what its bounds? Here is the author's defini- 
tion of horoscopy 



Horoscopy is stated to be the science of Ahoratri or 
the science of day and night these being the broadest 
visible divisions of time multiples of which give weeks, 
months, years, &c., and divisions of which give hours, 
minutes, seconds> &c. The first letter A, and the last 
letter tri, having been dropped, the term has assumed 
the shape of hora, and the author says that hora Shastra 
treats of the effects of the good and bad deeds of an indi- 
vidual in his previous birth ; so that the moment a per- 
son is born, it becomes his lot to enjoy and suffer certain 
pleasures and pains for his past good and bad deeds 
seeds cast into the cosmic region in one birth begin 
to bear sweet and sour fruits in another birth according 
to their quality, 



Introduction. 5 

In this connection we may say a few words touching 
the long disputed question of Fatalism versus Free-will. 
Persons of the former school hold that even the minutest 
events of one's life are pre-ordained, and that man is com- 
pletely a puppet in the hands of certain higher agencies. 
This error has evidently been the result of the obser- 
vation of a number of well projected efforts in particular 
directions having been thoroughly discomfited. Again, 
men of the other school hold that man is a free agent, 
and that there is nothing impracticable for him if only 
proper means are employed for the purpose. This error 
again has been the result of the observation of even ill 
projected efforts in particular directions, proving highly 
successful the failures, if any, being accounted for 
by the insufficiency of the means employed. In the 
one case man becomes an irresponsible agent ; and in the 
other he not only bootlessly grieves over his failures, 
but repeats his attempts, thus putting himself to trouble, 
expense and vexation only to fail again. Now, as regards 
the former position, it is held that man's present deeds 
are all the effects of his previous deeds. As free agency 
of any sort is discarded from the question, it would follow 
that these previous deeds are the effects of deeds still 
more previous, and so on, ad tttfinitum, or till we are 
brought to a state of cosmic evolution when differences 
of states and conditions were infused into human souls 
by the Creator. Such a condition of irresponsibility is 
opposed to reason, opposed to progress, and equally 
opposed to divine and human law. It is a very pernicious 
doctrine in the extreme. 

As regards the latter view, if man can wholly shape 
his own fortunes, how are we to account for the pheno- 
mena of suffering virtue and the enjoying vice in certain 
cases for the former reaping no rewards and the latter 
escaping punishment. A satisfactory explanation would 



6 Introduction, 

point to the former as being the effects of previous karmd, 
and the latter as deeds for which iran will both suffer 
and enjoy in his next life. Taking entire human life into 
consideration, onr own opinion is that man is both a 
slave of the effects of his past deeds and is a free-agent as 
regards fresh independent deeds deeds which are in no 
way directed to thwart, to arrest, to alter or in any way to 
modify or remould the effects of his past karma- But 
if he wishes to move along with the current, he may do 
so, and the course will become more easy and more 
smooth. This view will account for three things: (1), 
the many apparently unaccountable failures of attempts 
even when the means employed have been good ; (2), 
the easy success that has attended many an effort when the 
means employed were even weak ; (3), the success which 
in certain cases appears proportionate to labour. In the 
first case, the attempt was one aimed at moving against 
the current of fate ; in the second case it was one of 
moving down with the current, and in the third case it 
was motion on still water, where and where alone free 
human agency can display itself. 

Having premised so much, we may now proceed a 
step further and state that where the current is a weak 
one running with the course of a L,eena, it might be 
opposed, and such opposition may be either direct or 
oblique according to the fitness aud strength of the 
means employed, and that the task would become a diffi- 
cult one if the course to be resisted should flow with 
the course of a Tigris. The question is purely a question 
of karmic dynamics effects of past karma as opposed to 
present karma. To oppose even an opposible force, one 
must first possess a knowledge of its strength and 
direction of action, and secondly, a knowlege of the proper 
means to be employed for the purpose. The former 
knowledge is supplied to man by astrology, and the latter 



Introduction. 

by such works as the Karmavipaka Gratidha. The meaus 
prescribed in the latter consist of gifts, of Japa psychic 
training or development) and certain fire 'ceremonies 
having an occult significance. It follows where the cur- 
rent is irresistible, the attempt to oppose it becomes 
futile. How can a person ever hope to win success in a 
field when he is ignorant of the direction of attack as well 
as the strength of his enemy. Astrology not only points 
out to him his enemies but his friends as well, whose 
help he might seek and obtain. By pointing out fields 
where there are friends and fields, where there are foes, 
astrology indirectly points out to him neutral fields 
where man's free agency has its full scope of action and 
where success is proportionate to labour. 

The next important question for consideration is the 
examination of the connection, if any, between the 
planets and human fortunes : where man suffers and 
enjoys the fruits of his past karma, the question asked 
is what part the planets play in such human suffering 
and enjoyment. Here again believers in astrology as a 
science are divided into two schools. The one admit 
active agency for the planets, and the other, denying it, 
state that the planets blindly and mechanically indicate 
the current of human destinies. In support of the latter 
view, it is stated that if human suffering and enjoyment 
are directly traceable to man's previous karma, then, to 
admit active agency on the part of the planets, be- 
comes not only superfluous, but inconsistent : if a man 
loses his son, it is because, they say, he suffers for his 
karma, which might consist in his having caused a 
similar affliction to somebody in his previous birth, and not 
because Mars occupied the 5th house from the ascendant 
or Lagna at the moment of birth, and that therefore 
the planetary positions only indicate and do not bring 
about human suffering or enjoyment. These people from 
a human point of view cannot conceive the possibility 



8 Introduction. 

of more causes than one for an event Mcli cause acting 
independently and with full force. Hindu literature is full 
of events, each of which is the immediate effect of a num- 
ber of causes. This peculiar combination of causes, quite 
incomprehensible to us, is a feature which distinguishes 
divine deeds from human deeds. We will quote an ins- 
tance or two. Ganga was cursed to pass through a human 
incarnation ; the Ashta (eight) Vastis brought on them- 
selves a similar curse of the eight Vasus seven were 
allowed to return to Swarga immediately after birth ; 
Raja Santanu goes out on a hunting excursion, marries 
Ganga, whom he finds on the banks of the Ganges, on 
condition of her being allowed to quit him the moment 
he opposes her own mode of disposing of the issue of their 
union. Eight children are born in all. The mother 
throws the first seven of them into the Ganges ; the 
King puts up with this for the love of the lady. He can 
bear no more inhuman work of the sort and so he re- 
sists ; Ganga quits her lord leaving the babe the future 
Bheeshma of the Mahabharat. Again, King Dasaratha 
goes out to hunt and enters a dense forest ; hearing 
some gurgling sound in his neighbourhood, and mis- 
taking it to be that of a wild elephant in the act of drink- 
ing water, the king discharges his arrow in its direction 
and kills a lad who was dipping his bowl into the waters 
of the stream to carry it to his aged parents at some dis- 
tance. The cries of the dying lad brought home to the 
king his error, and the next moment the king himself 
proceeds to the lad's father and entreats pardon. This 
venerable old man expires on the spot pronouncing 
a curse on the king rather reading the king's fate that 
in his old age he shall die a similar death from grief on 
account of his son's separation. In the meanwhile Vishnu 
himself draws on his own head the curse of a 
human incarnation, attended with much suffering 
from separation from wife, from the sage Bhrigu, 



Introduction. 

whose wife he killed when she refused to deliver up to 
his wrath an Asura who had sought her protection. The 
Devas suffering much from Ravana and ins giant hosts 
proceed to Vishnu and entreat relief. As Brahma had 
granted to Ravana the boon of exemption from 
death from all except from men and monkeys, and as 
Dasaratha had prayed to Vishnu for the blessing of a son, 
Vishnu enters on his human incarnation as Rama, the 
son of Dasaratha. From family dissensions he quits 
his kingdom and enters the forest of Dandaka with his 
bride. Grieved at his son's separation, Dasaratha dies. 
Ravana carries away Seeta and Rama is grieved at her 
separation. He proceeds to L,anka, slays his enemy and 
recovers his wife. 

Most of the eminent astronomers of the Hast and 
West believed in a double Sun, a double Moon, Mars and 
other planets the one is the Sthula or the physical one 
and the other is the Sukshma or the astral one. The diffi- 
culty in conceiving active agency as possessed by the pla- 
nets when viewed in the light of huge inert balls, will be 
removed when we suppose that each planet possesses a 
soul. Besides, there is nothing repugnant to our mind in 
the idea that the planets together form a body of executive 
officers charged with the duty of rewarding and punish- 
ing humanity for their past karma by the command of the 
Most High, who at the same time allows each man the 
chance to improve his own condition by making him a free 
agent in many matters. A man is whipped for theft by the 
order of the Magistrate. He suffers for his karma the 
deed of theft. But the whipping officer is an active agent. 
Take another instance : A man does apiece of valuable 
service to the state ; the sovereign commands a local 
officer to invest the person with the order of knighthood ; 
the officer obeys ; the officer no doubt is an active agent 
though the honor was the immediate effect of the person's 
services. We therefore hold that planets not only indicate 
2 



fO Introduction. 

human destinies, but bring about such destinies. The 
world is a mixed field of honor, of punishment and of 
probation. And the planets are the rewarding and chas- 
tising officers, and meddle in no way when man exercises 
his free will within its own sphere. 

The same idea might be represented in another way : 
planetary activity is the total activity of a number of forces, 
some for good and some for evil, and while a man's 
karma leads him into the one force or the other, there are 
other forces by a knowledge of which man may bene- 
fit himself, though it may not be his lot to be drawn into 
any of them by his past karma. If this were not the cor- 
rect view of the part played by the planets, a large portion 
of the science of astrology, in which man is advised to 
avail himself of such and such planetary positions for par- 
ticular purposes, would become useless. The planets 
therefore can be made to do more than the work of jailors 
and rewarding officers. For instance, in the fourth chap- 
ter (Brihat Jataka) which treats of Nisheka (conception) 
a man is advised to avail himself of particular planetary 
positions if he desires an excellent issue : Parasara, who 
was a great astronomer and astrologer, finding that such 
an hour for Nisheka had approached, joined a boat-man's 
daughter in an island on the Jumna and the issue was the 
great Vedavyasa. A Brahmin astrologer under similar 
circumstances joined a potter's daughter, and the issue was 
the great Salivahana. 

That man is not altogether a free agent is an idea 
caught by Shakespeare in one of his well known passages 
in " As You Like It." 

" All the world is a stage, 
And all the men and women merely players ; 
They have their exits and their entrances, 
And one man in his time plays many parts, 
H}s acts being seven ages," 



Introduction. 1 1 

Again, while the heavens form the macrocosm, man 
is the microcosm. In other words, each man is a little 
world exactly representing the Universe. While all 
seems quiet without, there is an active world within 
Such a world is visible to the inner sight of a Yogi- Oc- 
cult science treating of this subject says : 



If the Prauavayu (vital air) can be taken to the 
Sushmnanadi, eight sorts of music will be heard, and fire, 
lightning, stars, the moon and the sun will become visi. 
ble. Again, in Chapter IV, already referred to, Varaha 
Mihira says that menstrual discharges occur in women 
when Mars and the Moon approach each other. In con- 
nection with this subject the author of Saravali says as 
follows : 



" The Moon is water and Mars is fire ; bile is the 
result of a mixture of fire and water, and when bile mixes 
with the blood, menses appear in women/' 

So that with the change that is going on without, 
there is a change going on within, and every element or 
bit of man's physical body has its representative in the 
heavens. Such being the case, there is a subtle connec- 
tion, imperceptible because subtle, between the conditions 
of the planets and the stars above and those of man below. 

We shall now say a few words touching the causes of 
failure of astrological predictions ; the most important of 
these we will take up first. 



1 2 Introduction. 

Astrology rests on astronomy. The latter science was 
probably in a good condition at the time of Vikramarka. 
The tables for the calculation of the places of the planets 
which were then framed or then in use, were all suited to 
the time. Owing probably to the wear and tear of the 
several working parts of the whole machinery of the Solar 
system, the tables of one age are unsuited to another age. 
To this truth the ancient Hindu astronomers were keenly 
alive. They have accordingly laid down this broad rule 
for the guidance of the future astronomers. 



Since error in calculation is as sinful as the murder of 
a Brahmin, the correct places of the planets shall be ascer- 
tained by daily meridian observations. 

And this cannot be done without an Observatory. Ob- 
servatories of some sort did exist in this land ; but owing 
to foreign invasions and the want of encouragement on the 
part of rulers, the science has ceased to progress, and the 
former tables for want of corrections have become useless. 
The calendars therefore prepared by the native astrologers 
do not give the true places of the planets. The error has 
been going on for the last 1000 years. 

The nautical almanacs prepared in Europe and Ame- 
rica give very correct positions of the planets ; and Messrs. 
Bapu Deva Sastry of Benares, Lakshrnana Chatrai of 
Poona, Ragunatha Chariar of Madras, and Tencateswara 
Deekshitar and Sundareswara Srouty of Cornbaconutn 
have started almanacs basing their calculation on the cor- 
rect modern tables. These tables enable us to ascertain 
correctly the places of the planets from the Vernal Equi-* 
nox, one of the two points where the ecliptic cuts the 
equator. This point is the Western first point of Aries. 



introduction. 1* 

It has a retrograde motion at the rate of about 50" a year. 
But the Hindu first point of Aries is the fixed star Revati 
(the Yogatara of the group) which is stated to be on the 
ecliptic. This star is at present about 20 to the East of 
the Vernal Equinox. Planetary places from this star are 
known as the Nirayana Sphutam, and places from the 
Vernal Equinox are known as the Say ana Sphutam. The 
little bit of increasing space between the two points is 
known as Ayanamsa- Now Hindu astrology rests on the 
Nirayaua Sphutam of the planets, and modern tables give 
us the correct Sayaua Sphutam ; so that, if the length of 
the Ayanamsa is correctly known, it may be subtracted 
from the Sayana Sphutam, and the remainder will be the 
Nirayana Sphutam required. But the exact length of the 
Ayauamsa is not known, and it cannot be ascertained by 
direct observation, because the star Revati has disappeared: 
I have treated of this subject at some length in the April 
(1883) issue of the Theosophist. The -several almanac 
publishers already referred to have arbitrarily assumed 
different lengths of the Ayanamsa, evidently to suit their 
own convenience. These lengths of the Ayanamsa on the 
ist January 1883 are : 

ott 

(1) Bombay Almanac ... 18 14 20 

(2) Madras j d 22 2 3S 

(3) Combaconum j 

(4) Benares do ... 21 58 29 

(5) Vakhya do ... 22 41 44 

(6) Siddhanta do ... 20 46 15 

I have discovered the true length to range between 
20 23' 8" and 20 25 22" on the ist January 1883. By 
adopting the mean, namely, 20 24' 15" the maximum 
amount of error will only be i' 7". Now the difference 
between the correct Ayanamsa and the various Ayanamsas 
above given will be seen from the following : 



Introduction* 



(1) Bombay 

(2) Madras ) 

(3) Combaconum ) 

(4) Benares 

(5) Vakhya 

(6) Siddbanta 



2 9 
+ 1 38 

+ 1 34 

+ 2 17 
+ 22 



24 

14 

29 





To express tbe same in otber words. Tbe Ayanamsa 
error as it affects the planetary positions in point of time 
in tbe first' four almanacs will be found to be as follows : 



Planets. 


Bombay 
(before) 


Madras and 
Combaconum 
(after) 


Benares 
(after) 




day. hour. 


day. hour. 


day. hour. 


Sun 


2 5 


1 16 


1 14 


Moon 


4 


3 


3 


Mars ... ... 


4 3 


3 3 


3 


Mercury 
Jupiter 
Venus 


13 

26 
1 9 


10 
19 17 

1 


9 
18 21 
23 


Saturn 


04- 16 


48 23 


46 20 


Moon's node... 


40 21 


31 


29 16 



So- that it is evident that horoscopes constructed on 
the planetary positions as found in the existing almanacs 
are wrong. 

Again,in the construction of horoscopes, the following 
wrong tables showing the Rasimana or time of oblique 
ascension of the Zodiacal signs above the horizon is 
adopted nearly throughout the land by a great majority 
of ignorant astrologers : 





Ghatikas. 




Ghatikas. 


Aries 


H 


Libra 


5 


Taurus 


4? 


Scorpio 


51 


Gemini 


H 


Sagittary 


1 


Cancer 


5* 


Capricorn ... 


5| 


trCO 


&f 


Aquarius 


if 


Virgo 


5 


Pisces 


4 , 



Introduction* 15 

The reader is referred to the Appendix for a correct 
table for all the places of India. 

A third cause of failure is an ignorance of the local 
time. The present days are days of clocks and watches, 
and these are luxuries confined to our towns and do not 
extend to our villages. Besides, these clocks and watches 
are rarely made to show the local time. In most of the 
places of Southern India, the clock shows the Madras 
time, and where there are no clocks the time is ascer- 
tained by a rough calculation applied to the length of a 
man's shadow. The corrections due to the latitude of 
the place and to the position of the sun on the ecliptic 
are omitted. At night, if the sky should happen to be 
clear, the transist of particular constellations over the 
meridian is observed, and by the application of a rough 
table beginning with. 



" When Sravana crosses the meridian, Aries has 
risen by zf Ghatikas," an attempt is made to ascertain 
the local time. In the first place the table is a rough 
one, and in the second place it applies to the time when 
the Yogatara or chief star of the group crosses the 
meridian. The table therefore becomes useless for times 
lying between the transit of the Yogatra of one group 
and that of the Yogatra of the next group. Besides, 
most men are ignorant not only of the Yogatara but of 
the exact position of the meridian ; and turning towards 
the star which might be to east or west of the meridian, 
they fancy that it is just about to make the transit. If 
the night happens to be a cloudy one, the time is purely 
one of guess work. So many errors must, of necessity, 
lead often to an error in the Lagna ; and when this 
occurs, it upsets the whole thing. Add to this the errors 
of the calendar relating to the places of the planets. Cent 



16 Introduction. 

per cent, of the horoscopes of the present day are there- 
fore wrong. It is a horoscope of this type that is put 
into the hands of a person who calls himself an astro- 
loger. In a great number of cases, Indian astrologers 
are poor men who have betaken themselves to the study 
of the science as a means of livelihood. The public 
would pay them only if they would predict some good 
fortune ; if he correctly predicts an evil, he is not only 
not paid anything, but is set down for a sorcerer, whom 
it would not be safe to approach. Thus the astrologer 
is induced to conceal any unpleasant truths' which he 
might happen to know, and after this the complaint is 
that the predictions of such and such astrologers have 
failed ! For want of encouragement, the astrologer pays 
little attention to the study of his subject and often has 
recourse to the help of the black art as already des- 
cribed. 

We shall now say "a few words regarding a parti- 
cular branch of the science, known as Prasna or Arudha 
Shastra, horary astrology. This differs from horoscopy 
or nativities in this respect, viz., while the latter rests 
on the motions of the visible planets round the Sun, the 
former rests mainly on the motions of certain invisible 
planets which are supposed to move round the horizon. 
Their laws of motion are exceedingly simple. 
These planets, which are 8 in number, move in 
the following order : the Sun, Mars, Jupiter, 
Mercury, Venus, Saturn, the Moon and Rahu, at the 
distance of a sign and a half, or 45 from one 
another and take one full day or 24 hours to go round 
the horizon the Sun being at the first point of Aries 
every day at sunrise, the horizon being their ecliptic and 
divided into 12 equal parts, each part being known as a 
sign, and Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aqarius being res- 
pectively the due eastern, southern, western and northern 



Introduction. ] 7 

heavens above. The astrologer forms as it were the sun, 
round whom the planets revolve. The direction of (sign 
occupied by) the querent is noted down, as well as the 
position of the invisible planets at the time. We cannot 
enter into the details of the process of calculation here. 
The astrologer proceeds to discover the matter of question 
and then makes his predictions with the help of his 
books. In this, he is assisted by another department of 
astrology known as Angavidya or Cheshta Sastra which 
rests on the motions of human limbs, casual words and the 
like. Angavidya rests on the theory that an All-pervad- 
ing Intelligence is pointing out to the astrologer (who is 
otherwise unable to know them) the minute events of life 
in a hundred ways. (Vide Chapter 51 of Varaha Mihira's 
Brihat Sarnhita.) 

Horoscopy differs from horary astrology in another 
important point : while the former enables one to predict 
even the distant events of life, the latter refers only 
to events of the immediate future, and while the one 
deals with events of considerable importance, the other 
deals mainly with events comparatively insignificant, 
such, for instance, as the sort of meal which one 
would take in the course of a day, the direction of 
his seat and the like. In such cases the astro- 
loger generally writes out his answers in a bit of paper 
and folds it up asking the questioner to look into it after 
the event, for, the course of such minor events of life can 
be easily altered by a previous knowledge. These events 
of life are the immediate effects of a set of circum- 
stances in which a person has just placed himself, the 
natural immediate effects of which form matters for the 
consideration of horary astrology, and do not come within 
the scope of horoscopy. After a person has begun to apply 
his axe to a tree, it may not be difficult to predict the direc- 
tion of its fall, but not before. It would therefore be 
wrong to conclude from these minor predictions of horary 
3 



18 Introduction. 

astrology that the minutest events of one's life are pre- 
ordained and that man has no control over them. 

It only remains to say a few words about certain books 
known as Nadigranthams. These purport to contain a 
brief account of the lives of all mankind. It would ap- 
pear on a superficial consideration of the subject that such 
books cannot at all exist. That they exist is * fact and 
the question therefore is how came they to exist hv.w were 
they prepared ? 

The planets occupy particular places on the ecliptic at 
particular points of time. Every moment their positions 
are changing. The question then is in what period of 
time the planets return to their former positions. This is a 
question of Arithmetic, a question of the Least Common 
Multiple of 7 or 8 numbers. These numbers are the 
siderial periods of Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter 
and Saturn and of the Moon, m'z., 

Mercury ... 87-9693 days. 

Tenus ... 224-7008 

Earth ... 365-2564 

Mars ... 686-9795 

Jupiter ... 4332-5848 

Saturn 10759-22000 

Moon ... 27 days. 7 hrs. 45 m. 11* 5 s. 

Now the L- C. M. of the above numbers is the Kalpaof 
the Hindu Astronomy which is 4,320,000,000 siderial years. 
After which the planets all return to the first point of Aries 
at the horizon of Lanka a place on the equator whose 
longitude is 76 E. from Greenwich. A Kalpa consists 
of 1000 Chaturyugas. A Chaturyuga consists of 4320000 
siderial years, of which Kaliyuga consists of 432000 side- 
rial years. 

Dwapara yuga 432000 x 2 = 80- 1-000 years. 
Tretayuga ... 432000 x 3 = 1296000 

Krita yuga ... 432000 x 4 = 1728000 



Introduction 19 

A Kalpa forms Brahma's day, at the end of which 
the Mahapralaya commences. Again, the number of 
Rasi Chakrams or the Zodiacal representations of the 
positions of the planets is also limited. How ? Suppose 
there was only one planet, say, the Sun. He might 
occupy any one of the 12 houses ; so might Mars and each 
of the other planets. The 12 places of the Sun combined 
with the 12 places of Mars will give us 12 2 or 144 different 
places for the Sun and Mars. These combined with the 
12 places of Jupiter will give 12 3 xl2 or 12 s or 1728 
places for the three planets, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter. 
Similarly 4 planets will give 12 4 positions and 5 planets 
will give 12 5 positions, and so on. Now horoscopy deals 
with the positions of the five planets Mercury, Venus, 
Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, as well as the Sun, the Moon 
and Rahu (Moon's ascending node). * Of these 8 planets, 
all, excepting the inferior planets, Mercury and Venus, 
will give us 12 positions. Now the greatest elongation 
of Mercury from the sun is about 29, and that of Venus 
is about 47 ; so that when the Sun occupies a particular 
sign, Mercury will occupy either that sign or the sign 
next after it or next before it ; similarly Venus will be 
either in the house occupied by the Sun or in one of the 
two signs next after it or next before it- In other words, 
the number already obtained will have to be increased 
threefold on account of Mercury and fivefold on account 
of Venus. The number then is 12 6 x3x5. Combine with 
this the 12L,agnas. The total number of Rasi Chakrams 
therefore is 12* x 3 x 5 x 12 = 12 ^ x 15 = 537477120. So that 
while the limit of time is 4320000000 siderial years, the 
limit of Rasi Chakrams during that period is 537477120. 
These figures have been stated simply with the object of 
dispelling certain wrong notions that the number of 
horoscopic Rasi Chakrams is infinite and that the changes 

* Uranus, Neptune and other telescopic planets are not supposed to 
exerciseany appreciable influence over human affairs. 



20 Introduction. 

go on for an infinite period of time. On the other hand, it 
would be wrong to suppose that the scope of a Nadigran- 
tham extends to the period of a Kalpa or that it treats of 
so many chakrams. The chakrams themselves cannot be 
so many in reality, the number given above expresses the 
possible number of positions in which the planets can 
be conceived to be placed in the 12 signs of the Zodiac alge- 
braically. But they cannot assume all these positions, for 
this simple reason, that they have motions of their own 
and can only come to particular positions subject to such 
motions. Again, of 537477 J 20 horoscopic Rasi Chakrams, 
reduced, a? just pointed out, a very large number refers to 
animals and plants, ( Vide Ch. 3 on Animal and Vegetable 
horoscopy). Again, it does not appear that the Nadi- 
granthams treat of any period of time other than the 
present Kaliyuga, and it is probable that those human 
chakrams that pointed to births in other yugas have been 
rejected. Now a number of horoscopes, though agreeing 
in the broad Zodiacal divisions of the planetary places, 
might show great differences where the divisions are 
more minute ; as the Navamsa, Trimsamsa, Hora, Drek- 
kaua, Dvadasarnsa and the like divisions, and it might be 
asked whether the Na&igranthams recognize these 
divisions, and if not, on what basis these Granthams are 
built. 

The 360 degrees of the ecliptic are divided into 12 
equal parts of 30 degrees each, and each division is known 
as a sign of the Zodiac. Each sign, for purpose of Nadi- 
granthams is divided into 150 parts known as amsas, and 
these amsas have particular names assigned to them, such 
as Vasudha, Vaishnavi, Brahmt, Kala Kuta, A hi, Sankari, 
and so forth. A degree of the ecliptic contains 5 such 
parts, and each part is divided into two halves known as 
Purvabhaga and Uttarabhaga, z'.., the first half and the 
second half. For each half the Nadigrantham contains 
a life, and this half represents in space 6 minutes, and in 



Introduction. 21 

time a Vigliatika or 24 seconds. So that the number of 
horoscopes treated of in Nadigrantharns as regards the 
amsas is 3,600. Now the first volume of Dhruvanadi gives 
a brief account of the lives of persons for the many amsas 
already referred to. The sketch is quite independent of 
the position of the planets and holds true with some 
slight alterations from planetary influences. The points 
treated of refer to the material points of one's life. Now 
in the case of human horoscopy there is a law connecting 
the amsas with the positions of the planets. I long sus- 
pected that such a law of connection must exist. For 
otherwise it would not be possible to describe correctly 
the positions of the planets several thousand years hence 
and for such long ages. I examined the pages of the volume 
already referred to, and found the author writing in one 
place as follows : 

" We shall now proceed to state the method of dis- 
covering the places of the planets for the several amsas 
for human births/' 

A thrill of joy ran through me which was soon 
followed by bitter disappointment. For, the next cadjan 
leaf which ought to have contained the information 
wanted was missing ! Some person, evidently seeing the 
importance of the information, must have carried away 
the leaf o the book I examined. Our readers are 
requested to examine other copies of the 1st volume of 
the Dhruvanadi. 

The author of Nadigrantham takes up an amsam and 
jots down the positions or the several sets of positions of 
the planets, taking into consideration especially their 
Zodiacal divisions, and by slightly altering, or adding to, 
the brief sketch above referred to, for the amsas, finishes 
his account of a life. The author says that he treats only 
of about 30 or 40 important points in each life. Now 
under one of these accounts a number of persons will fall 
whose lives will show differences of a more minute nature 



22 Introduction. 

which the Nadigrantham does not take into account. The 
Nadigranthams therefore are only very brief sketches of 
human lives. A really learned astrologer can write out 
an account of a man's life 10 or 20 times the length of 
the sketch in a Nadigrantham. 

This perhaps is the proper place for a few words 
regarding a common complaint on the part of persons 
who have consulted the Nadigranthams, that these 
books are under a curse, that they correctly describe the 
past events of a person's life and err regarding the future 
events. The fault is not that of the Grantham ; it certainly 
would not be possible for the author to ascertain before- 
hand at what period of one's life the book would be con- 
sulted, and then to give a correct account of such life till 
that peri od of time, and then (for such an able astrologer) 
purposely to err. The fact is that, as already explained, the 
position of the planets as shewn in the horoscopes do not 
agree with any given in the Nadigranthams. The pos- 
sessor of a Nadigrantliam examines a number of horosco- 
pes in which the planetary positions very nearly approach 
those shewn by the horoscopes presented to him. The 
nearer the astrologer approaches the correct horoscope, 
the more numerous will be the points of agreement between 
the life suspected as the correct life and the actual life of 
the person. Now, if while the astrologer reads out from 
his book, the person consulting it meets with any past 
events of his life not tallying with the statements of the 
book, the pages are set aside and other pages examined. 
But if no discrepancy is noticed, the person comes hastily 
to the conclusion that the life picked out is his and goes 
home satisfied, with a copy of it. In such cases, the 
chances of disappointment are more numerous than those 
of success. The best plan would be, for a person who 
wishes to consult the Nadigranthains, to have his horos- 
cope prepared with the help of the correct modern tables 
and the correct ayanamsa. 



Introduction. 23 

As regards the first astrological work taken up for 
translation, viz., the Brihat Jataka of Varaha Mihira, it is 
generally considered as one of the best works on the 
science. The autho r himself says of it as follows : 



" For the benefit of those of broken attempts to cross 
the ocean of horoscopy, I construct this little boat consist- 
ing of a variety of metres with a multiplicity of mean- 
ings/' Most of the stanzas are purposely intended to 
convey several meanings. Four commentaries have 
accordingly sprung up. The well known one is that of 
Bhatta Utpala ; another is known as Subodhini ; both of 
these are now with me ; a third commentary is known as 
Mudrakshari, in which it is said that most of the stanzas 
are interpreted arithmetically the letters all standing 
for so many figures and the figures representing the 27 
asterisms, the 12 signs, the 9 planets, and so forth. The 
fourth commentary is known as Sreepateyam. 

The author has written a smaller work on astrology 
known as L,aghu Jataka. Hence the present work is 
styled the Brihat Jataka. Jataka or horoscopy is one of 
the three sections of Jyotis-Sastra ; and the author has 
treated of all the three branches. The other two branches 
are Sainhita and Astronomy. Varaha Mihira's work 
on the former, known as the Brihat Samhita, is now 
being translated by me, and his astronomical work is 
known as Panchasiddhantika. It was long supposed to 
to have been lost. Fortunately two copies of this rare 
work were recently discovered, and they were purchased 
by the Bombay Government. M. Thibaut, Phil. Dr., is 
now preparing an edition and an English translation of 
the same, assisted by Pandit Suddhakara. Varaha Mihira 
has also written a work known as Yogayatra. A mantis- 



24 Introduction. 

cript copy of this work is with Dr. Kerne, now in Leydou 
Holland. 

I have deemed it advisable to explain and retain the 
use of a number of Sanscrit terms for the convenience of 
the natives of this country, who must be more familiar 
with them than with their English equivalents where 
such exist. It may be well to state here some of the sub- 
jects treated of in the work now taken up for translation . 
The book contains 28 chapters. The first two chapters 
relate to definitions of astrological terms and to elemen- 
tary principles, the third relates to animal and vegetable 
horoscopy. The fourth treats of the determination of 
the nature of issue their physical peculiarities, fortunes, 
&c., from the planetary positions at the time of concep- 
tion. A chapter is devoted to the determination of the 
description of the place of birth and the other incidents 
connected with the time of birth from planetary positions 
with a view to the correct ascertainment of the Lagna. 
The next chapter treats of early death Balarishta, and 
the next is devoted to the determination of the length of 
life of a native Jataki. A chapter is devoted to the par- 
ticular avocations of men and to their sources of wealth. 
Then follow several important chapters on Eaja and 
other Yogas. The chapter on Pravrijya yoga determines 
under what planetary aspects a native will turn out an 
ascetic. The chapter headed Auishtadhyaya contains a 
number of malevolent planetary positions, each connected 
with some evil of human life. A chapter is devoted to 
women. This is followed by a chapter which describes 
the particular manner in which a person meets with his 
death and the nature of his future life. In the next chap- 
ter the author lays down rules for the determination 
of the horoscope of a person ignorant of his time of birth. 
The above is not a complete list, and it would be wrong 
to judge of the interesting nature of the contents of each 
chapter from the brief account given above. 



Astrological Terms 25 

The appendix to the translation will contain numer- 
ous tables and diagrams relating to the construction of 
horoscopes and to the ascertainment of the local time by 
the sun-dial, by the shadow, and, at night, by the transit 
of the stars over the meridian. We will also state rules 
for the construction of the plane of meridian by means of 
fine threads for purposes of observation. The appendix 
will also contain a few tables, for the calculation of the 
lengths of the Dasas and Bhukties. 

We may conclude this Introduction with the words 
of Zadkiel and " advise those who value truth to spend a 
few days in examining the principles laid down in this 
work and applying them to their own individual cases 
before they join the herd of the learned and the unlearned 
in pledging their words to a false assertion, -viz., that 
Astrology is an unfounded science." 

N. C. 
MADURA, 2nd June 1885. 



ASTROLOGICAL 



The following list of Astrological terms defined in 

the first two chapters and arranged alphabetically with 

the stanzas given opposite to each is published for con- 
venience of reference : 

Ch. Stanza. 
A. 

Agna (loth house) I 16 

Akokera (Greek name for Makara, Capricorn). I 8 

Ambu (4th house) ... ... I 18 

Angles or quadrants, their strength ... .... I 19 

Antyabha (Sign Meena, Pisces)... ... ... I 8 

Apoklima (the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12 houses 

from the ascendant) ... ... ... I 18 

Aspects, planetary II 13 

Astabhavana (7th house or setting sign) ... I 18 

Astangata planets ... VII 2 

Atimitragraha, very friendly planets II 18 

Atisatrugraha, very inimical planets ... ... II 19 

B. 

Benefic planets ... II 5 

Benefic signs I 11 

Biped signs, their strength I 19 

C. 

Castes, planetary divisions of ... ... II 7 

Centiped signs, their strength... ... I 19 

Chara rasi, movable signs .... ... I 11 

Chaturasra, 4th and 8th houses ... I 16 
Chatushpada rasi, quadruped signs ... I 17 & 19 

Cheshtabala, motional strength of planets ... II 19 

Clothes, planetary divisions of II 12 

Colors, planetary divisions of II 4 & 5 



28 Astrological Terms. 

Ch. Stanza. 

Colors, of Zodiacal signs I 20 

Common signs ... I 11 

D. 

Dakshina rasis, Southern signs I 11 

Depression signs and degrees I 13 

Devas, planetary divisions of II 5 

Dhatus or elements of the body, planetary 

divisions of II 11 

Dik bala, quarterly strength of planets ... II 19 

Dik, direction of planets II 5 

Directions of planets ,. II 5 

Diurnal signs ... I 10 

Drekkanas, their lords I 11 & 12 

Drishti, planetary sight or aspect ... ... II 13 

Duschikya, 3rd house I 19 

Dwadasabhava, signification of the 12 houses I 15 & 16 
Dwadasauisa, division of a sign into 12 

parts I 6 

Dwelling houses, planetary divisions of 

parts of II 12 

Dwipada rasis, biped signs I 19 

Dyuna, 7th house I 16 



E. 

Eastern signs I 11 

Elements, dhatus, of the body, planetary 

divisions of II 11 

Elements, planetary divisions of ... ... II 6 

Exaltation signs and degrees I 1 

F. 

Female planets II 6 

Female signs I 11 

Fixed signs I 11 

Flavor, planetary .., ... II 14 

Foot, signs that rise with their I 10 

Forms of the signs ... ... 1 o 



Astrological Terms. 29 

Ch. Stanza. 

Forms of the,, planets II 8 to 11 

Friendly planets ... II 15 to 18 

G. 

Garments, planetary divisions of ... ... II 12 

Greek names for Zodiacal signs ... ... I 8 

Guna, temper, planetary divisions of II 7 

H. 

Heads, signs that rise with their ... ... - I 10 

Head and tail, sign that rises with its ... I 10 

Hermaphrodite planets... II 6 

Hibuka, 4th house I 18 

Hora I 9 

Horas, their lords I 11 & 12 

Houses, their lords I 6 

Hridroga. Greek name for Kumbha, Aquarius. I 8 

I. 

Immovable signs ... I 11 

Inimical planets ... II 15 to 18 

J- 

Jamitra, 7th house ... ... I 18 

Jati, Caste, of the planets II 7 

Jitunia, Greek name for Mithuna, Gemini ... I 8 

Juka, Greek name for Tula, Libra 1 8 

K. 

Kala, time, planetary lengths of II 14 

Kala bala, periodical strength of planets II 19 

Kala purusha, planetary divisions of II l 

Kala purusha, Zodiacal division of ... ... I 4 

Karniasthanam, 10th house I 18 

Kendra, quadrants or angles/their strength... 1. 17 & 19 

Kourpya, Greek name for Vrischika, Scorpio. I & 



SO Astrological Terms. 

Ch. Stanza. 

Kria, Greek name for Mesha, Aries ... *. I 

Kulira, Kataka, Cancer I 8 

L. 

L,agna, strength of -I 18 

I<eya, Greek name for Simha, L,eo I 8 

M. 

Male planets II 6 

Male signs ... I 11 

Malefic planets . .... ... II 5 

Malefic signs I 11 

Measurement of the Zodiacal signs I 19 

Meshoorana, 10th house ... . . ... I 18 

Metals, planetary divisions of ... .. ... II 12 

Mitragraha, friendly planets II 1 5 to 18 

Moola Trikona, signs and their lords I 14 

Motional strength of planets II 19 

Movable signs ... I 11 

Movable and immovable signs ... ... I 11 

N. 

Naisargikabala, natural, relative strength 

of planets ... . II 21 

Names, various, for planets II 2&3 

Napumsaka graha, hermaphrodite planets ... II 6 

Natural, relative, strength of planets... ... II 19 

Navamsa, division of sign into 9 parts and 

their lords ... I 6 

Neecha, depression signs I 13 

Neutral planets II 17 & 18 

Nocturnal signs ... I 10 

P- 

Panapara signs, 2nd, 5th, 8th & llth houses \ 18 

Papagraha, malefic planets ... ... ... II 5 

Paparasi, malefic signs ... ... I 11 

faschima rasi, Western signs I 11 



Astrological Terms. 


31 




Ch. Stanza. 


Pathona, Greek name for Kanya, Virgo 


I 8 


Periodical strength of the planets 


II 10 


Political divisions of the planets 


II 1 


Positional strength of the planets. 


II 19 


Prak rasis, Eastern signs 


I Jl 


Prishtodaya rasis, signs rising with their feet 


. I 10 


Purnsha graha, male planets ... 


, II 6 


Purusha rasis, male signs 


I 11 


Q- 




Quadrants, their strength 


I 17 &19 


Quadruped signs, their strength 


I 17 & 19 


Quarterly strength of planets 


II 19 


R. 




Rasis SiTis, names of ... ... 


I 4 


Rasis, their lords 


I 6 


Rikshasandhi defined ... 


1 7 


Ritus, planetary divisions of ... 


. II 12 


Rupa, shapes, of planets 


. IE 8 to 11 


Rupa, shapes, of signs ... ... 


I 5 


S. 




Sama graha, neutral planets 


. II 16&17 


Satru graha, inimical planets ... 


, 11 15 to 18 


Seasons, planetary divisions of 


. 11 12 


Shadvarga, 6 modes of the division of the 




ecliptic 


I 9 


Shapes of the signs ... ... ... 


I 5 




II 8 to 11 


Sights or aspects of the planets 


. II 13 


Signs, names of ... 


I 4 


Signs, their lords 


1 6 


Significations, of the 12 signs of Zodiac 


. I 15 & 16 


Siraprishtodaya rasi, sign that rises with its 




head and tail 


I 10 


Sirodaya rasis, signs that rise with their 




heads 


I 10 


Sou them signs ... 


I 11 


Sthanabala, positional strength of planets ., 


,. U 19 



32 Astrological Terms. 

Ch. Stazna. 

Sthiia rasis,. fixed signs I II 

Streegraha, female planets II 6 

Stree rasis, female signs I 11 

Strength of Lagna .. I 19 

Subhagraha, benefic planets II 5 

Sukha, 4th house I 18 

Sutabha, 5th house ... I 18 

Swakshetra houses and their lords ... ... I 6 

T. 

Tails, signs that rise with their I 10 

Tapas, 9th house I 19 

Tavuri, Greek name for Vrishabha, Taurus I 8 

Temper, of planets II 7 

Toukshika, Greek name for Dhanus, Sagittari. I 8 

Triangular signs I 6 

Trikona, 5th house I 18 

Trikona rasi, triangular signs ... ... I 6 

Trimsamsa, division of sign into 30 parts ..I 7 

Tritrikona, 9th house ., I 19 

U. 

Ubhaya rasi, movable and immovable signs... I 11 

Uccharasi, signs of exaltation With degrees... I 13 

Upachaya or improving signs ... I 15 

Uttara rasi, Northern signs I 11 

V. 

Vargotlama, defined ... I 14 

Varna, color of planets II 4 & 5 

Varna, color of Zodiacal signs I 20 

Vesi, 2nd house from the Sun I 20 

Vesma, 4th house I 19 

W. 

Western signs I 11 




OK 



VARAHA MIHIRA. 



CHAPTER I. 

Definitions and Elementary Principles. 
(Zodiacal.) 

1. May the Sun give us speech, who by his light 
illumines the Moon, (#) who is the path of those who 
have no rebirth, who is the Atma of those who know the 
Atma, who is the Deva worshipped in sacrificial rites, 
who is the Lord of the Devas and of the Lights of the 
sky, who is the Author of the origin, growth and anni- 
hilation of the worlds, who is sung in the Vedas in various 
ways, who is possessed of many rays and who forms the 
Lamp of the three worlds. 

NOTES. 

(a). In connection with this we would draw the atten- 
tion of the reader to what the author says on the subject 
of the Moon receiving light from the Sun in Stanza 2 of 
Chapter IV of his Brihat Samhita, which runs as follows : 
"The rays of the Sun falling on the watery Moon 
remove the darkness of the night (on Earth) just in the 
same way as light reflected from a mirror (placed in the 
removes the darkness (from) within a room/' 



2 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. I. 

And in the Vedas we find the (visible) Moon briefly 
defined as follows : 

" Surya rasmischandiamah." 
The Moon is the rays of the Sun. 

2. Though various well written works on Astrology 
() the productions of able men exist for the enlighten- 
ment of intelligent students (of horoscopy), I begin to 
construct (this) small boat (consisting) of stanzas (written) 
in various metres and of several meanings for (the benefit 
of) persons of broken attempts lo cross the vast ocean of 
horoscopy. 

NOTES. 

(a) Such works as those of Parasara, Garga, Badara- 
yana, Satyacharya and others. 

3. According to some, the word hora is a corruption 
of the tvord Ahoratri the first and last letters (syllables) 
being dropped. The science (of horoscopy) treats of the 
effects of the good and bad deeds (karma) of nun in their 
previous births. 

4. The (twelve) signs of the Zodiac, commencing 
with the first point of Aries and of (the asterism of) 
Aswini, and consisting, each, of nine stellar quarters and 
forming a circle, are respectively the head, face, breast, 
heart, belly, navel, abdomen, genital organ, two thighs, 
two knees, two ankles and the two feet of Kalapurtisha. 
(The terms) Rasi, Kshetra, Graha, Riksha, Bhain, 
Bhavana, are synonymous terms. 

NOTES. 

The following table will be useful for purposes of ready 
reference : 

Rast. Sign* Pnrtofbotly. 

Mesh a ...Aries ...Head 

Vrishabha ...Taurus ,,,Face 



CH. t.] 



that Jtitakd. 



Rasi. 

Mithuna 

Kataka 

Si mh a 

Kanya 

Tula 

Vrischika 

Dhantis 

Makara 

Kumbha 

Meena 



Sign. 
... Gemini 
... Cancer 
. ,. Leo 
.,. Virgo 
... Libra 

. Scorpio 
.,. Sagittari 
.,. Capricorn 
, .. Aquarius 
... Pisces 



Part of body. 

... Breast 

...Heart 

...Belly 
... Navel 
... Abdomen 
... Genital organ 
...Two thighs 
... Two knees 
... Two ankles 
... Two feet 



The twenty 

Aswini 

Bharani 

Krittika 

Rohini 

Mrigasirsha 

Ardra 

Punarvasti 

Pushya 

Ashlesha 

Magha 

P. Phalguni 

U. Phalguui 

Hasta 

Chitra 

Swati 

Visakha 

Anuradha 

Jyeshta 

Mul a 

P. Ashadha 

U. Ashadha 

Sravana 

Sravishta 

Satabhishak 



-seven a.sterisms are : 



13 Arietis 

35 Arietis, and Musca 

7 Tauri, Alcyone 

tt Tauri, Aldebaran 

P Orionis 

a Orionis 

# Gemini Pollux 

ft Cancri 

8 Hydrae 

a Leon is, Regulas 

8 Leon is 

/9 Leonis 

8 Corvi 

a Virginia Spica 

a Bootis,Arcturu9 

z Librae 

$ Scorpion is 

a Scorpiouis, Aritares 

I, Scorpiouis 

8 Sagittarii 

8 Sagittarii 

n Aquilae, Atair 

(3 Delphini 

X Aquafii 



4 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. I. 

P. Ehadrapada ... ... <y Pegasi 

U. Bhadrapada ... ... 7 Pegasi & And remedae 

Revati ... $ Piscium 

These asterisms or lunar mansions are divided each 
into four equal parts known as Nakshatrapadas. 1 here 
are therefore 108 such parts in the ecliptic, and each sign 
contains nine such parts or 2i stellar divisions. The 
first asterism, Aswini, commences at the first point of 
Aries, which is the star Revati, about 20 to the east of 
the Vernal Equinox (Vide Introduction), so that the 
second quarter of the asterism of Krittika commences at 
the first point of Taurus. The third quarter of the asterism 
of Mrigasirsha commences at the first point of Gemini 
and the fourth quarter of the asterism of Punarvasu 
commences at the first point of Cancer, and so on. 

Bach of the terms Rasi, Kshetra, Graha, etc., means 
A sign of the Zodiac, which is a twelfth part of the 
heavens or 80 of the ecliptic. 

6, Sign Pisces is of the shape of (a) two fish ; sign 
Aquarius is of the shape of a man with a (water) pot; 
sign Gemini is of the shape of a man and woman, (the 
former) with a stick and (the latter) with a lyre, both 
seated in one seat ; sign Sagittari is of the shape of a man 
who in his lower parts is a horse ; sign Capricorn is of the 
shape of a crocodile with the face of a deer ; sign Libra 
is of the shape of a person with scales (in his hand) ; and 
sign Virgo is of the shape of a virgin in a boat with 
crops (in one hand) and a light (in the other). The 
other signs resemble in shape (b) the different creatures 
denoted by their names. The dwelling places of the 
several signs are places appropriate to the several 
creatures. 

NOTES. 

(a) Sign Pisces is of the shape of two fish lying 



CH. I.] Brihat Jdtakd. 5 

side by side, the head of the one being near the tail of 
the other. 

(b) That is, Aries (Mesha) is of the shape of a ram ; 
Taurus (Vrishabha), of the shape of a bull ; Cancer (Kata- 
ka), of the shape of a crab ; Leo (Simha). of the shape of 
a lion ;and Scorpio (Vrischika), of the shape of a scorpion. 

This stanza as well as stanza 4 are chiefly useful in 
questions connected with horary astrology in the disco- 
very of stolen property and the like. 

6- Mars, Venus, Mercm y, the Moon, the Sun, Mer- 
cury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn and Jupiter 
are respectively the lords of the Signs, and of the Navani- 
sas and Dwadasamsas ; and the several signs (of the 
Zodiac beginning from Aries) commence respectively 
with the Navamsas of Mesha, Makara, Tula and Kataka. 

NOTES. 

Six modes of division of the ecliptic (360) for horo- 
scopic purposes known as the Shadvarga are mentioned 
(vide stanza 9). These are Rasi (sign) in which the 
ecliptic is divided into 12 equal parts of 30 each (vide 
stanza 4); Hora in which each sign is divided into two 
equal parts of 15 each (vide stanzas 9 and 11) ; Drekka- 
n a in which a sign is divided into three equal parts of 
10 each (vide stanzas 11 and 12); Navamsa in which a 
sign is divided into nine equal parts of 3 20' each ; Dwada- 
sama, in which a sign is divided into twelve equal parts 
of 2 30' each ; and Trimsamsa, in which a sign is divided 
into thirty equal parts of a degree each (vide stanza 7). 

The Navamsas : Each sign being divided into 9 equal 
parts and there being 12 such signs, there are in all 12x9 
or 108 such divisions in the ecliptic. We have already 
(vide stanza 4) seen that the ecliptic contains 27x4 or 
108 stellar quarters or Nakshatrapadas ; it follows there- 
fore that a Navauisa is a Nakshatrapada, that is one- 



6 Brihat Jatakd. [CH. I. 

fourth of a lunar mansion. The 108 Navamsas beginning 
from the first point of Aries bear the same names as the 
twelve signs of the Zodiac counted over and over again : 
the first Navamsa of Mesha is Mesha itself; that of Vri- 
shabha is Makara ; that of Mithuna is Tula ; and that of 
Kataka is Kataka itself. The same order holds for the 4 
signs from Simha to Vrischika and for the 4 from Dhanus 
to Meena. In other words the four sets of Trikona or 
triangular signs begin with the same Navamsas : that is, 
the Trikona signs of 

Mesha, Simha, Dhanus begin with the Navamsa of 
Mesha. 

Vrishabha, Kauya, Makara begin with the Navamsa 
of Makara. 

Mithuna, Tula, Kumbha begin with the Navamsa 
of Tula, and 

Kataka, Vrischika, Meena begin with the Navamsa of 
Kataka. 

The Dwadasamsas : The twelve parts into which 
each sign is divided bear the same names as those of the 
signs of the Zodiac. The name of the first Dwadasamsa 
of a particular sign is the name of the sign itself. So 
that the 12 Dwadasamsas of Mesha are Mesha, Vrishabha, 
Mithuna, &c., ending with Meena. Those of Vrishabha 
are Vrishabha, Mithuna, Kataka, &c., ending with Mesha. 
Those of Mithuna are Mithuna, Kataka, Simha, &c., 
ending with Vrishabha and so on. 

The lords of the Navamsas and Dwadasamsas are 
the same as the lords of the Rasis (signs). These are 
mentioned in the text in the order of the signs. It will 
be found that the Sun and Moon have each a house, 
while the other planets have each two houses. These 
houses are known as Swakshetras : thus 

Mars is the lord of Mesha and Vrischika. 

Venus is the lord of Vrishabha and Tula, 



CH.I.] 



Brihat Jdtakd. 



Mercury is the lord of Mithuna and Kanya. 

Jupiter is the lord of Meeua and Dhanus. 

Saturn is the lord of Kumbha and Makara. 

The Moon is the lord of Kataka, and the Sun is the 
lord of Simlia. 

There are several modes of constructing a figure of 
the heavens. The one used in Southern India is the one 
recommended by Jaimini the author of Astrological 
Aphorisms. It is given below and the reader is referred 
to the appendix for diagrams relating to the several 
modes of division of the ecliptic referred to above. 



Meena, Jupiter. 


Mesha, Mars. 


Vrishabha 
Venus. 


Mithuna 
Mercury. 


Kumbha, Saturn 


RASI CHAKRA. 


Kataka, Moon. 


Makara, Saturn, 


Simha, Sun. 


Dhanus, Jupiter. 


Vrischika, 
Mars. 


Tula, Venus, 


Kanya, 
Mercury. 



7. Five, five, eight, seven and five parts (degrees) 
are respectively those of Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury 
and Venus in the odd signs. In the even signs their 
order is reversed. The ends (last Navamsas) of Kataka, 
Vrischika and Meena are known as Riksha sandhis. 

NOTES. 

This stanza defines Trimsamsas, and their lords. As 
already observed, Trimsamsa is division of each sign into 
thirty equal parts, each part being a degree. The odd 
signs are Mesha, Mithuna, Simha, Tula, Dhanus and 
Kumbha. The even signs are Vrishabha, Kataka, Kanya 
Vrischika, Makara and Meena. 

In the odd signs, the first five degrees are the Trim- 
samsas of Mars ; the next five are those of Saturn ; tlie next 



8 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. I. 

eight are those of Jupiter ; the next seven are those of 
Mercury ; and the last five are those of Venus. In the 
even signs, the first five are those of Venus; the next seven 
are those of Mercury; the next eight are those of Jupiter ; 
the next five are those of Saturn ; and the last five are 
those of Mars. The Trimsamsa division is used by the 
author in his Chapter relating to the horoscopy of women. 

8. The terms Kriya, Tavuri, Jituma, Kulira, Leva, 
Pathona, Juka, Kourpi, Toukshika, Akokera, Hridroga 
and Antyabha are other names for signs of Zodiac. 

NOTES. 

All the above names, excepting Kulira and Antyabha, 
are evidently Greek terms a circumstance clearly indica- 
ting that the intercourse between the learned men of India 
and Hellas was more than superficial. 

9. A planet is said to be in its Varga if it be in its 
Drekkana, Hora, Navamsa, Trimsamsa, Dwadasamsa and 
Kshetra. The term Hora means both the rising sign and 
one-half of a sign of the Zodiac. 

NOTES. 

These terms have already been explained (vide 
stanza 6). 

The term Kshetra means a house or a sign. For the 
Names and Lords of the Hora divisions of a sign, vide, 
Stanza 11. 

10. The signs Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Sagit- 
tari and Capricorn are known as the night signs ; (a) and, 
with the exception of Gemini, they rise with their feet (6). 
The other signs rise with their heads (c) and are powerful 
by day ^d), The two fish rise by both (head and foot), (e}. 

NOTES. 

(#). Therefore the day signs are Leo, Virgo, Libra, 
Scorpio, Acjuarius and Pisces, 



CH. I] Brihat Jdtakd. { 

(3) Signs that rise by their feet are known as Prish- 
todaya Rasis and these are Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Sagit- 
tari and Capricorn. 

(c) Signs that rise by their heads are known as Siro- 
daya Rasis, and these aie Gemini, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scor- 
pio and Aquarius. 

(d) Therefore the Prishtodaya signs are powerful at 
night. 

(e~) For the shape of the sign Pisces, vide Stanza'5; ' 

11. The signs (from Aries) are (by turns) malefic and 
benefic, masculine and feminine (a) and movable, fixed and 
both (movable and fixed) (<$). The signs Aries, Taurus, 
Gemini and Cancer with their triangular signs denote each 
respectively the East, South, West and North (c). The 
two horas of the odd signs are respectively the Solar 
and Lunar horas, and the ttoo of the even signs are 
respectively the Lunar and Solar horas. Tbe lords of the 
Drekkanas, (d) (of a particular sign) are respectively the 
lords of that sign, the 5th sign and the 9th sign. 

NOTES. 

(a\ In other words the odd signs are all malefic and 
masculine, and the even signs are all benefic and feminine. 

(3). Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn are movable 
signs. 

Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius are fixed signs. 

Gemini, Virgo, Sagittari,and Pisces are both (movable 
and fixed) and are also known as common signs. 

(*r\ The signs Aries, Leo and Sagittari are known as 
the Eastern signs ; 

Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn as Southern signs. 
Gemini, Libra and Aquarius as Western signs. 
Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces as Northern sig$s, 

2 



10 Briliat Jdtakd. [CH. I 

(d) For example : The lords of the three Drekkanas 
of Leo are respectively the Sun (lord of Leo), Jupiter 
lord of Sagittari, the 5th house) and Mars (lord of Aries 
the 9th house). 

12. According to some (a) the lords of the two horas 
of a sign are respectively the lords of the sign and of the 
llth sign (b}\ and the lords of the three Drekkanas of a 
sign are respectively the lords of the sign, the 12th sign 
and the llth sign (c) from it. 

NOTES. 

(). That is, according to Garga and men of his 
school. But the author's opinion is that expressed in 
stanza 11 in which he is supported by the opinion of Satya- 
charya. 

(b). The lords of the two horaS of Sagittari, for in- 
stance, are respectively Jupiter (lord of Sagittari) and Ve- 
nus (lord of Libra, the llth house). 

(c). The lords of the three Drekkanas of Sagittari, for 
instance, are respectively Jupiter (lord of Sagittari), Mars 
(lord of Scorpio, the 12th house) and Venus (lord of Libra, 
the llth house). 

13. The signs Aries, Taurus, Capricorn, Virgo, 
Cancer, Pisces and Libra are respectively the Uccha 
(exaltation) signs of the Sun and other planets. The 
10th, 3rd, 28th, 15th, 5th, 27th, and 20th are the degrees 
of main exaltation of the several planets. The 7th or 
opposite signs are the Neecha (depression) signs ; and the 
degrees of main depression are the same as given above. 

NOTES. 

A planet in his exaltation sign is cons r dered as exceed- 
ingly powerful and one in his depression sign as exceed- 
ingly weak. The Sun and Moon are also treated as pla- 
nets. The Hifldu Astrological order qf the planets is the 



CH. I.] Bnhat Jdtakd. ll 

same as the days of the week. The following table is 
given for convenience of reference- 

Planets. Uccha or Exal- Neecha or de- Degree of main 
talion signs, pression Signs- Exaltation or 

Depression. 

Sun. Aries. Libra. 10 

Moon. Taurus. Scorpio. 8 

Mars. Capricorn. Cancer. 29 

Mercury. Virgo. Pisces. .15 

Jupiter. Cancer. Capricorn. 5 

Venus. Pisces. Virgo. 27 

Saturn. Libra. Aries. 20 

14. In the movable and other signs (), the first, the 
central and the last Navamas are known as Vargottama 
positions. Planets in such positions will produce good 
effects. The signs Leo, Taurus, Aries, Virgo, Sagittari, 
Libra, and Aquarius are known as the Moola Trikona 
houses of the planets respectively. (&) 

NOTES. 

(<?) The Vargottama places are : 

The 1st Navamsas of the four movable signs Aries, 
Cancer, Libra, and Capricorn. 

The 5th Navamsas of the four fixed signs, Taurus, 
Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius. 

The 9th Navamsas of the four movable and fixed 
signs Gemini, Virgo, Sagittari and Pisces. 

These Navamsas will be found to bear the same names 
as the signs themselves. For example : the first Navamsa 
of Aries is Aries ; the first of Cancer is Cancer, and so 
forth. 

The fifth Navamsa of Taurus is Taurus; of Leo 
is Leo and so forth. 



l Brihat Jdlakd. [ CH. I. 

The ninth Navamsa of Gemini is Gemini ; of Virgo is 
Virgo, and so forth. 

(ft). The following list contains the Moola Trikona 
signs of the planets : 

Planets. Moola Trikona signs. 

Sun. Leo. 

Moon. Taurus. 

Mars. Aries. 

Mercury. Virgo* 

Jupiter. Sagittari. 

Venus. Libra. 

Saturn. Aquarius. 

15. The significations of the 1.2 houses from the 
rising sign (ascendant) are respectively (a native's) body, 
family, brothers, relations, sons, enemies, wife, death, deed 
of virtue, avocation, gain and loss (<?). The 3rd, 6th, 10th 
and ] 1th houses from the ascendant are known as the 
Upachaya (improving) signs, but not so according to 
some (). 

NOTES. 

(a] . The following is a list of significations of the seve- 
ral houses of the Zodiac from the ascendant. 
Ascendant or 

1st house... Body, fame, limbs. 

2nd ...Family, wealth, eyes, speech, truthfulness, 
3rd ...Brothers, bravery, meals. 
4th ...Relations, education, mother, cows, dwel- 
ling place, carnage, comfort. 
5th ...Sons, intelligence, previous karma. 
6th ...Enemies, kinsmen, diseases. 
7th ...Wife, generosity, respect. 
8th ...Death, duration of life. 
9th ...Deeds of virtue, father, medicine. 
10th ...Avocation, knowledge, clothes, 



CH. X. ] Brihat Jdtakd. 13 

llth ...Gain, earning. 

12th ,, ...Loss, bad deeds, travels- 

(b) Garga and astrologers of his school are of opinion 
that the 3rd, 6th, 10th and llth houses cease to be Upa- 
chaya places if malefic planets or planets which are un- 
friendly to the lords of these 4 houses should either occu- 
py such houses or aspect the same. But the Author does not 
agree with Garga and he is supported in his views by 
Satyacharya and by Yavaueswara. 

16. The twelve signs of the Zodiac beginning from 
the ascendant are known technically as the signs of (1) 
Kalpa (power), (2) Sva (wealth), (3) Vikrama (prowess), (4) 
Graha (dwelling place), (5) Pratibha (intelligence), (6) 
Kshata (wound), (7) Manmatha (desire), (8) Randhra 
(hole), (9) Guru (father or preceptor), (10) Mana (respecta- 
bility), (ll)Bhava (acquisition), (12)Vyaya (loss). The 
4th and 5th houses are known as Chaturasra signs. The 
7th house is known as Dyuna and the 10th house is 
known as Agua. 

NOTES. 

A number of astrological terms is defined in this 
stanza. 

17. The 1st, 4th, 7th and 10th houses are known as 
Kantaka or Kendra or Chatushtaya houses (quadrants or 
angles). If these four houses should happen to be 
biped, aquatic, centiped and quadruped respectively, they 
then possess strength. 

NOTES. 

The biped signs are : Gemini, Libra, Virgo, the first 
half of Sagittari and Aquarius. 

The aquatic signs are : Cancer, the first half of 
Capricorn and Pisces. 

The only- centiped sign is Scorpio. 



1* tirihat Jatakd. [Cn. . 

The quadruped signs are Aries, Taurus, Leo, the 
second half of Sagittari and the first half of Capricorn. 

18. The houses next to the angles are known as 
Panapara houses and those next to them are known as 
Apoklima houses. The 4th house is known as Hibuka, 
Ambu, Sukha and Vesma. The 7th house is known as 
Jamitra. The 5th house is known as Trikona. The 
10th house is known as Meshoorana and Karma. 

NOTES. 

Panapara and Apoklima are Greek terms. 

The Panapara houses are the 2nd, 5th, 8th and 
llth houses. 

The Apoklima houses are the 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th 
houses. 

19. If the lord of the ascendant or Jupiter or Mer- 
cury should either occupy it or aspect it. the ascendant 
(Lagna) would become powerful and not by other 
planets. The Keudra signs are naturally powerful, (a) 
The biped signs are powerful during the day, the 
quadruped signs at night, and the centiped signs at 
sunrise and at sunset. The Mana (measurement), (fr) of 
the first six signs from Aries are 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, and 40 
respectively; and those of the next six signs are 40, 36, 32, 
28, 24, and 20 respectively. The 3rd house is known as 
Duschikya and the 9th as Tapas and Tritrikona. 

NOTES. 

(a). It therefore follows that Panapara houses are 
less powerful than the Kendras, and Apoklima houses 
are the weakest houses of all. Of the 4 Kendras again, 
the biped signs are powerful in the first Kendra, the 
quadruped sign in the 10th Kendra, the centiped sign in 
the 7th Keudra and the aquatic sign in the 4th Keudra. 

(), This is used in Stanza 28, Ch, V. 



CH. II.] Brihat Jdtakd. I 5 

20. The twelve signs beginning from Aries are res- 
pectively (Aries) red, (Taurus) white, (Gemini) of the 
color of the parrot, (Cancer) of the color of Patali 
(trumpet flower), (Leo) black white, (Virgo) variegated 
in color, (Libra; black, (Scorpio) of gold color, (Sagittari) 
of the color of the husk of paddy, (Capricorn) white red, 
(Aquarius) of ihe color of Mongoose, and (Pisces) of the 
color offish. The signs are known asPlava (a) (depressed) 
in the direction of their lords. The 2nd house to that 
occupied by the Sun is known as Vesi. 

NOTES. 

(a). For the use of this vide stanza 21, Ch. V. 

CHAPTER II. 

Definitions and Elementary Principles continued. 
(Planetary) 

1. To the Kalapurusha, the Sun is the soul, the 
Moon is the mind, Mars is strength, Mercury is speech, 
Jupiter is knowledge and health, Venus is desire, and 
Saturn is sorrow. Of the planets, the Sun and the Moon 
are kings, Mars is general; Mercury is the first prince, 
Jupiter and Venus are counsellors and Saturn is servant. 

2. Heli is the Sun ; Seetharasmi is the Moon ; 
Hemna, Vit, Gna, Bodhana and Induputra (son of Moon) 
are the names of Mercury; Ara, Vakra, Kruradrik, 
Avaneya (son of earth) are the names of Mars ; Kona, 
Manda, Suryaputra (son of the Sun) and Asita (the black 
planet) are the names of Saturn. 

3. Jeeva, Angirasa, Suraguru (the preceptor of the 
Devas), Vachasampati, Ijya are the names of Jupiter ; 
Sukra, Bhrigu, Bhrigusuta, Sita (the white planet), 
Asphujit, are the names of Venus; Tama (darkness), 
Agu and Asura are the names of Rahu (the Moon's 
ascending node) ; Sikhi is the name of Ketu (the Moon's 



1-6 Brihat Jdtakd. [CH. II. 

descending node). Terms synonymous with the above 
should also be accepted (as the names of the several 
planets 1 . 

4. The Sun is of a red and dark-brown color ; the 
Moon is white; Mars is not of a tall figure and is both 
red and white ; Mercury is green like the color of the 
bent grass; Jupiter is yellow like molten gold; Venus is 
neither very white nor very black, and Saturn is black. 

NOTES. 

The color of a person will be that of the planet most 
powerful at the time of his birth. 

5. The Sun presides over copper color; the Moon 
over white color; Mars over red color; Mercury over 
green color; Jupiter over yellow color; Venus over a 
mixture of various colors ; and Saturn over black color, (a} 

The Sun is Agni ; the Moon is Varuna ; Mars is 
Subrahmanya ; Mercury is Vishnu ; Jupiter is Indra ; 
Venus is Indrani (Indra's wife) ; and Saturn is Brahma, (b) 

The Sun pesides over east ; Venus, south-east ; 
Mars, south ; Rahu, south-west ; Saturn, west ; the Moon, 
north-west ; Mercury, north ; Jupiter, north-east, (c) 

The waning Moon, the Sun, Mars, Saturn and 
Mercury when in conjunction with any of these, are 
malefic planets, (d) 

NOTES. 

(a). These are useful in ascertaining the color of 
stolen articles and in determining the color of the 
flowers to be used in the worship of the planets. 

(b}. From the powerful planet at the time of one's 
birth, it can be ascertained which particular Deva, a per- 
son would worship. 

(c . These are useful in determining the position of 
the entrance of the deli very room of a woman and in dis- 
covering the direction of escape of thieves. 



CH. II.] Brihat JdtaM. 17 

(d). Jupiter, Venus, and Mercury when in conjunction 
with either of these, are benefic planets. 

f>. Mercury and Saturn are hermaphrodite planets (a), 
the Moon and Venus are female planets, and the rest (b) 
are male planets. Mars is fire ; Mercury is earth j Jupiter 
is akas (ether) ; Venus is water and Saturn is air. () 

NOTES. 

(0). Mercury is female hermaphrodite and Saturn is 
male hermaphrodite. 

(3). That is, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter are male 
planets. 

(c). Also the Sun is fire and the Moon water. 

7. Venus and Jupiter are Brahmins; Mars and the 
Sim are Kshatriyas ; the Moon is a Vaisya ; Mercury is 
a Sudra and Saturn is a Chandala. 

The Moon, the Sun and Jupiter are of Satwaguna 
(good temper) ; Mercury and Venus are of Kajoguna (pas- 
sionate temper) ; Mars and Saturn are of Tamoguna(dark 
temper). 

8. The Sun has somewhat yellow eyes, is of the 
height of the length of the two arms stretched out, of 
bilious nature and with very little hair on his head. 

The Moon has a thin and a round body, is of an exceed- 
ingly windy and phlegmatic nature, is learned and has a 
soft voice and beautiful eyes. 

9. Mars has sharp and cruel eyes and a young body, 
is generous, of bilious nature, of unsteady mind, and has 
a narrow middle. 

Mercury has an impediment in his speech, is fond 
ofjoke, and is of a bilious, win^y and phlegmatic 
nature. 

10. Jupiter has a big body, (a) yellow hairs and 
eyes, high intellectual powers, and a phlegmatic nature 

3 



18 Brihal Jdlakd. [Cn. II. 

Venus leads a comfortable life, has a beautiful body, 
fair eyes, a windy and phlegmatic nature, and black cur- 
ling hairs. 

NOTES. 

(a). Jupiter is the biggest of all planets, and the 
ancient Hindus were aware of this centuries ago. 

11. Saturn is lazy, has eyes of gold color, a thin and 
tall body, large teeth, stiff hair, and is of a windy nature. 

Saturn is strong in muscles, the Sun in bones, the 
Moon in blood, Mercury in skin, Venus in semen, Jupi- 
ter in flesh, and Mars in the marrow of the bones. 

12. The Sun presides over the place of worship ; the 
Moon over wells; Mars over the fire place; Mercury over 
play grounds ; Jupiter over the store room ; Venus over 
bed room, and Saturn over places where sweepings are 
gathered. 

The garment of the Sun is of thick thread ; that of 
the Moon is new; that of Mars is partly burnt; that of 
Mercury is wet; that of Jupiter is somewhat used ; that 
of Venus is strong ; and that of Saturn is torn. 

The Sun presides over copper ; the Mcon over gems ; 
Mars over gold ; Mercury over brass ; Jupiter over silver; 
(a) Venus over pearls ; and Saturn over iron. 

When either Saturn is in the ascendant or when his 
Drekkana is rising, the season denoted is Sisira January 
and February. 

When either Venus is in the ascendant, or when his 
Drekkana is rising, the season denoted is Vasanta 
(Spring) March and April. 

Similarly, in the case of the Sun or Mars, the season 
denoted is Greeshma (Summer) May and June. In the 
case of the Moon, the season is Varsha July, and August 
In the ca,se of Mercury the season is Sarat (Autumn)^ 



CH. If.] Di'ihat Jdiakd. 13 

September and October. And in the case of Jupiter the 
season is Hemauta (Winter) November and December. 

NOTES. 

(a). When Jupiter is in hisjiouse, he presides over 
gold. 

13. All the planets aspect the 3rd and 10th houses 
with a quarter sight; the 5th and 9th houses with half a 
sight, the 4th and 8th honses with three-quarters of a 
sight, and the 7th house with a full sight ; but Saturn 
aspects the 3rd and 10th houses with a full sight ; Jupiter 
aspects the 5th and 9th houses with a full sight, and 
Mars aspects the 4th and 8th houses with a full sight. 

NOTES. 

Suppose A to be a point in the ecliptic occupied by an 
aspecting planet; divide the ecliptic into 12 equal parts of 
30 each, beginning from A. So that the 12 points of divi- 
sion will be those respectively marked by, A>30, 60, 90, 
120, 150, 180, 210, 240, 270, 300, and 330 and 
for purposes of planetary aspects, these points are respec- 
tively the middle points of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, &c., to 
12th houses. So that a planet at A aspects with a quarter 
sight the middle points of the 3rd and 10th houses, i. e., the 
points marked 60 and 270 respectively; similarly it 
aspects with a half sight points marked 120 and 240 
with there-quarters of a sight points marked 90 and 
210; and with a full sight point marked 180. The 
aspects extend to 1 5 on either side of the points noted 
above. The same remark applies to the special aspects 
of Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. 

14. The Sun indicates six months ; the Moon two 
Ghatikas or forty-eight minutes ; Mars a day; Mercury 
two mouths ; Jupiter a month ; Venus 4 a fortnight ; and 
Saturn a year. 



20 Brihat Jatakd. [Cn. ll- 

The Sun presides over pungent flavor ; the moon over 
salt flavor ; Mars over acerbity ; Mercury over mixed 
flavor ; Jupiter over sweetness; Venus over sourness; and 
Saturn over bitterness. 

15. According to some Jupiter is the friend of the 
Sun ; Jupiter and Mercury are the friends of the Moon ; 
Venus and Mercury are the friends of Mars. The Moon, 
Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn are the friends of Mer- 
cury. The Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, 
are the friends of Jupiter. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and 
Saturn are the friends of Venus. Mercury, Jupiter and 
Venus are the friends of Saturn (}. But according to 
Satyacharya, a planet's friends are the lords of the 2nd 
12th, 5th, 9th, 8th, and 4th houses from his Moolatrikona 
sign as well as the lord of the exaltation sign of such 
planet, provided they do not conflict with the lords of the 
remaining houses, (b) 

NOTES. 

(a). The other planets are the enemies. 

(<5). The same may be expressed otherwise : the lords 
of the remaining houses are the foes of a planet provided 
they do not conflict with the lords of the seven houses 
described above. Putting the two together we get the 
following results : 

(1) Those lords of the seven houses who may not at 
the same time be the lords of the remaining houses are 
the friends of the particular planet. 

(2) Those lords of the latter houses who may not at 
the same time be the lords of the former houses are the 
foes of the particular planet. 

(3) And those who may be the lords of both are 
neither the friends nor the foes of the particular planet. 

Following the above rule, the author himself gives 
for each planet, his friends, foes, and neutrals in the fol- 
lowing two staujjas, (Vide note at the end of stanza 17), 



Cn. li] Brihat Jdtakd. 2l 

16. Saturn and Venus are the enemies of the Sun, 
Mercury is his neutral, and the rest are his friends. 

The Sun and Mercury are the friends of the Moon 
and the rest are her neutrals, (a) 

The Sun, the Moon, and Jupiter are the friends of 
Mars ; Mercury is his enemy, and Venus and Saturn are 
his neutrals. 

The Sun and Venus are the friends of Mercury ; the 
Moon is his enemy, and the rest are his neutrals. 

17, Mercury and Venus are the enemies of Jupiter ; 
Saturn is his neutral, and the rest are his friends. 

Mercury and Saturn are the friends of Venus ; Mars 
and Jupiter archer neutrals, and the rest are her enemies. 

Venus and Mercury are the friends of Saturn ; Jupi- 
ter is his neutral, and the rest are his enemies, (b} 

Thus have I stated over again at length the views of 
Satyacharya regarding the natural or permanent friend- 
ship , enmity, and neutrality among planets. 

NOTES. 

(a). The Moon has no enemies. 

(b). We will now examine how the author arrived at 
the three results given in the last two stanzas. Take the 
case of the Sun. His Moolatrikona house is Leo. (Vide 
stanza 14.) The 2nd, 12th, 5th, 9th, 8th, and 4th houses 
from Leo are respectively Virgo, Cancer, Sagittari, Aries, 
Pisces and Scorpio. The exaltation house of the Sun is 
Aries. The lords of all these houses are respectively Mer- 
cury, the Moon, Jupiter, Mars, Jupiter, and Mars or drop- 
ping the repetitions, we get, Mercury, the Moon, Jupiter 
and Mars. Of the seven houses, Aries being repeated, we 
have been dealing with only six houses. The other six 
houses of the Zodiac are Leo, Libra, Capricorn, Aquarius, 
Taurusand Gemini, Their lords are respectively the 



22 Brthat Jdtakd. [Cn it 

Venus, Saturn, Saturn, Venus and Mercury, or dropping the 
repetitions, and also the Sun, we get Venus, Saturn and Mer- 
cury. We will compare these with the lords of the former 
set of houses, viz, Mercury, Moon, Jupiter, and Mars. We 
find that Mercury is the only planet occuring in both the 
lists. It is therefore the Sun's neutral. Venus and Sa- 
turn are his enemies, and the Moon, Mars and Jupiter are 
his friends. And so with the other planets. 

1 8. Planets that occupy the 2nd, 12th, llth, 3rd, 10th 
and 4th houses from a particular planet are the friends of 
that planet and the rest are his enemies/^ the time. Ac- 
cording to some, the planets that occupy the exaltation 
sign of a particular planet are also the friends of that pla- 
net. Combining together the three natural relations (vide 
stanzas 16 and 17) with the two relations/0/' the time, now 
given, we may determine the five following relations exist- 
ing between planets : Atimitra (great friend), Mitra 
(friend), Sama (neutral), Satru (enemy) and Atisatru 
(great enemy). 

NOTES. 

Stanzas 16 and 17 relate to the three relations of per- 
manent friendship, neutrality and enmity. Stanza 18 re- 
lates to the two relations of temporary friendship and en- 
mity. Combining the two together we get the following 
results. 

Under Stanzas Under Stanza Result, 

16. &17. 18. 

Mitra. + Mitra. Atimitra. 

Satru. 4- Satru. Atisatru. 

Sarna. + Mitra. Mitra. 

Saina. + Satru. Satru. 

Mitra. + Satru. Sama* 

19. A planet has sthandbala (local or positional 
strength) when in his exaltation sign, (a} friendly sign, 



CH. II.] Brihat Jdtadk. 23 

(6) Mulatrikona, (c) in his Navainsa, (tZ) or iu his Kshetra, 
house, (e) 

Mercury and Jupiter are powerful when in the East 
(f ) or rising sign. The Sun and Mars are powerful when 
on the South or tenth sign. Saturn is powerful when in 
the West or setting sign, and the Moon and Venus are 
powerful when in the North or the 4th sign (Patala). 

NOTES. 

() vide I. 13. 

(b) II. 10 to 13. 

(') I- 14. 

(d) I. 6. 

(') I- 6- 

For the relative values of these places, vide stanza 
11 Ch. XX. 

(/) That is : they then possess Dikbala. According to 
some commentators, Mercury and Jupiter are powerful 
when in the Eastern triangular signs of Aries, Leo and 
Sagittari. The Sun and Mars are powerful when in the 
Southern triangular signs of Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn. 
Saturn is powerful when in the Western triangular signs 
of Gemini, Libra and Aquarius, and the Moon and Venus 
are powerful when in the Northern triangular signs o; 
Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces. For the Dikbala of the signs, 
vide note (#), to stanza 19. Ch. I. 

20. The Sun and the Moon possess Cheshtabala 
(motional strength) when in any of the six signs from 
Makara. The other planets possess it when in their retro- 
grade motion or when in conjunction with the Moon 
(Samagama) or when in their greatest brilliancy (a') or 
when they happen to be the northern planets in planetary 
conjunction (Yudha). 



24 Brihat JdtaM. [On. in. 

NOTES. 

(a) Mercury is so when about 29 apart from the 
Sun, Venus when about 4?7 apart from the Sun and the 
other planets when in opposition to the Sun. 

21. The Aloon, Mars and Saturn possess Kalabala 
(temporal strength) at night ; Mercury possesses it both 
day and night ; and the other planets (a) possess it by day. 
The malefic planets possess it during the waning Moon 
(Krishna paksha) and the benefic planets during the wax- 
ing moon (Snkla paksha). Also each planet has it in his 
year, month, day and hour. 

Saturn, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, the Moon and 
the Sun are each naturally stronger than the immediately 
preceding planet in the order stated (>). 

NOTES. 

(a). That is the Sun, Jupiter and Venus. For the 
Kalabala of the signs, vide stanza 19. Chapter I. 

(6). Such strength is known as Naisargilcabala. 

Before applying the astrological truths contained in 
the subsequent pages, the reader must consider the strength 
or weakness of each house, of its Lord, and of the planets 
occupying or aspecting such house. For these and various 
other purposes, it will not do to have a mere Rasi Chakra 
or Navamsa Chakra to represent roughly the planetary 
positions. The actual longitudes (sphnta) of the planets 
and of Lagna from Revati should be known. 



CHAPTER III- 
On Animal and Vegetable Horoscopy. 

1. If, at the time of birth (a), the malefic planets (<5) 
be powerful (c), the benefic planets (d) weak, and one of the 
hermaphrodite planets (e) either be in one of the Kendras 
(angles) (/) or aspect the Lagna (ascendant) ; the creature 



CH. III.] Brihat Jdtakd. 25 

born will be that indicated by the particular Dwadasamsa 
(g) which the Moon might then occupy (h). 

NOTES. 

(a) Or at the time of query, adds the Commentator. 

(b) For the malefic planets, vide II. 5. 

(c} For the strength of the planets, vide II. 19, 20 & 21. 

(d) For the beuefic planets, vide II. 5. 

(e) For the hermaphrodite planets, vide II. 6. 

(f) For the Kendras or angles, vide I. 17. 

(g) For the Dwadasamsa, vide I. 6. 

(7i) For instance, suppose at the time of birth, the 
Moon occupies the 21 of Leo. As a Dwadasamsa contains 
2| degrees, the 21 of Leo is the ninth Dwadasamsa of 
Leo. As the names of the Dwadasamsas of Leo begin 
from Leo, the ninth Dwadasamsa is that of Pisces. The 
creature born will therefore be a fish. 

Besides, the number of the offspring will be that 
represented by trie number of Dwadasamsas passed over by 
the Moon. Of these, the number of odd Dwadasamsas 
will represent the male issue and the number of even 
Dwadasamsas will represent the female issue ; the num- 
ber that will perish immediately after birth will be that of 
the number of Dwadasamsas that might be occupied by 
the malefic planets or that might otherwise become weak. 

N.B. The reader will in future kindly refer to the 
table of reference published after the Introduction for the 
meaning of any term. 

2. If the malefic planets occupy their Navamsas and 
be powerful, if the benefic planets be not in their own 
Navamsas and be weak and if (at the same time) the 
Lagna (rising sign) be other than human (a), the birth 
will be that of a lower animal as before (6). 



26 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. III. 

NOTES. 

(a] The rising sign should be other than Gemini, 
Virgo, 1/ibra, the second half of Sagittari and Aquarius. 

(6) That is, the creature will be that represented by 
the Dwadasamsa which the Moon might then occupy. 

3. In the case of quadrupeds, Aries is the head ; 
Taurus, the face and neck ; Gemini, the forelegs and shoul- 
ders ; Cancer, the back ; L,eo, the breast ; Virgo, the sides ; 
Libra, the belly ; Scorpio, the anus ; Sagittari, the hind 
legs ; Capricorn, the penis or testicle ; Aquarius, the but- 
tocks and Pisces, the tail. 

NOTES. 

In the case of birds, the wings stand for the forelegs. 
This stanza will also enable us to ascertain the color or 
wounds of particular parts of the creature's body. 

4. If there be any planet in the rising sign, the 
color of the creature will be that of the planet itself; if not, 
the color will be that of the planet aspecting the 
rising sign ; and if no planets aspect the rising sign the 
color will be that of the rising Navamsa. The number 
and variety of colors will be that of the planets occupying 
or aspecting the rising sign (a). The number of stripes 
on the back of the creature will be that of the planets 
occupying the seventh house. 

NOTES. 

(a] The color of the powerful planet will predominate. 

5. If a Pakshidrekkana (a) or a Charanavamsa (&) 
or a Navamsa of Mercury (c) should rise and be occu- 
pied by powerful planets, the creature born would be a 
land bird if the rising Drekkana or Navamsa, be either 
occupied or aspected by Saturn ; and a water bird if it be 
pccupied or aspected by the Moon, 



CH. III.] Brihat Jdtakd. 27 

NOTES- 

(a) These are the second Drekkana or degrees from 
11 to 20 of Gemini, the first Drekkana or degrees from 1 to 
10 of Leo, the second Drekkana of Libra and the first 
Drekkana of Aquarius. 

(6) Chara or movable Navarnsas go by the same 
names as the Chara or movable signs. 

(c) The Navarnsas of Mercury are those of Gemini 
and Virgo.- 

6. If the rising sign, the Moon, Jupiter and the Sun 
should be weak, they indicate the birth of a tree ; such 
tree will be either a land tree or a water tree according as 
the rising Navamsa is one of land or of water (). The 
number of trees will be the number of signs by which 
the lord of the ascendant Navamsa has receded from the 
rising sign (6). 

NOTES. 

(a) The water Navarnsas are those of Cancer, the 
second half of the Navamsa of Makara, and the Navamsa 
of Pisces. The other Navamsas are those of land. 

(6) For instance : suppose the 10 of Leo to rise, the 
rising Navamsa is that of Gemini ; it is a land Navamsa. 
The tree will therefore be one growing on dry land* The 
lord of Gemini is Mercury, Suppose Mercury to occupy 
Sagittariat the time. From Leo to Sagittari is 5 signs. 
The number of trees will therefore be 5. 

Again, if the lord of the ascendant Navamsa should 
be either in the exaltation sign or retrograde in his motion, 
the number already obtained should be trebled ; but if he 
should be in his Vargottamabhaga or in his own Navamsa 
or Sign or Drekkana, such number should be doubled. 
For instance : i n the instance cited above, if Mercury should 
either be retrograde in motion or occupy his exaltation 
sign, namely, Virgo,the number, viz., two, from Leo should 



28 &rihat Jdtakd. [Cn. IV- 

be trebled. This will give us six. But if Mercury should 
occupy the last Navamsa of Libra, (one of his Navamsas) 
the number is 3x2 = 6. If he should occupy Gemini, the 
number is 11x2 = 22; and if he should occupy, for 
instance, the second Drekkana of sign Taurus, the num- 
ber is 2 x 10 = 20. 

7. If the lord of the ascendent Navamsa be the Sun 
(a), the tree will be one strong within ; if Saturn, the tree 
will be an ugly one ; if the Moon, it will be a milky tree ; 
if Mars, a thorny tree ; if Jupiter, a fruit tree ; if Mercury, 
a fruitless tree ; if Venus, a flower tree ; if the Moon again, 
an oily tree ; and if Mars, a tree of sour taste. 

NOTES. 

(a) The conditions given in the last stanza remaining 
the same, 

8. If the lord of the ascendant Navamsa be a beue- 
fic planet occupying a malefic sign (a), the tree will be a 
superior one growing on a bad ground ; if otherwise, the 
reverse will be the case (fe) ; the number of trees is also 
tile number of Navamsas by which the lord of the 
ascendant Navamsa has receded from his Navamsa. 

NOTES. 

(a) The other conditions given in stanza 6 remaining 
the same. 

(6) That is, if the lord of the ascendant Navamsa be a 
malefic planet occupying a benefic house, the tree will be 
an inferior one growing on a good ground. 



CHAPTER IV. 
On Nisheka Kala or The Time of Conception, 

1. The menses that appear monthly, because of 
Mars and the Moon (a) bring about conception when the 



CH. IV.] Brihat Jdtakd. 29 

Moon is in one of the Amipachaya signs (&). If the Moon 
be otherwise (c) and be aspected by a benefic male planet 
d}, there will be sexual union between a woman and her 
husband. 

NOTES. 

(a) Menses appear in women whenever the Moon is 
aspected by Mars, that is especially when the Moon occu- 
pies the 4th, 7th or the 8th house from Mars. In connec- 
tion with this subject the author ofSaravali says : 

11 The Moon is water ; Mars is fire ; a mixture of 
water and fire is bile ; when the bile mixes with the 
blood,, menstrual discharge occurs." 

(6) If, when aspected by Mars, the Moon happens 
to occupy one of the Amipachaya signs in the horoscope or 
nativity of the woman, at the time of the appearance of 
the menses, conception will follow. The Upachaya signs 
are the 3rd, 6th, 10th, and the llth houses from the 
ascendant ; and the other signs are known as Anupa- 
chaya signs. 

(c) That is from the time the woman bathes on the 
4th day, when the Moon reaches one of the Upachaya 
houses in the horoscope or nativity of the husband. 

(eft There will be sexual union between the husband 
and wife if the Moon is aspected by Jupiter when power- 
ful. The Commentator adds as follows : 

lf If the Moon is aspected by the Sun, the woman 
will have sexual union with an officer of the king ; if aspec- 
ted by Mars, then with a voluptuary ; if aspected by 
Mercury, then with a person of fickle mind j if aspected by 
Venus, then with a beautiful person ; if aspected by 
Saturn, then with a servant ; and if aspected by several 
malefic planets, the woman will become a harlot." 

2< The sexual union will be of the nature of the 
union of creatures represented by the setting sign. Again, 



30 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. IV. 

if at the time of sexual union, the setting sign be either 
occupied or aspected by malefic planets, such union will' 
be attended with anger, and if by beuefic planets, it will 
be attended with play and laughter. 

NOTES- 

The Commentator adds that if! the setting sign be 
occupied or aspected by both malefic and beuefic planets 
the union will be attended with both joy and displeasure. 

3. If, at the time of sexual union, the Sun, the Moon 
Venus and Mars be in their Navamsas (a), or if Jupiter 
occupy the rising sign or the 5th or the 9th sign from it, 
such union will produce a child. To persons devoid of 
virility, the above Yoga (planetary positions) will be as 
useless as the rays of the Moon to the blind. 

NOTES- 

(a) The Commentator adds that there would also be 
conception when these four planets are not in their Na- 
vamsas, if the Sun and Venus should occupy the Upachaya 
signs in the horoscope of the man and at the same time 
be in their Navamsas, or if Mars and the Moon should 
occupy the Upachaya signs in the horoscope of the woman 
and at the same time be in their Navamsas. 

4. If at the time of conception, either Mars or Saturn 
should occupy the seventh house from the Sun or the 
Moon, the man and his wife would respectively fall ill (a) 
but if one of the two planets, Mars and Jupiter, should 
occupy the twelfth and the other the second house from 
the Sun and the Moon, or if one of the planets should 
be in conjunction with the Sun or the Moon and the other 
should aspect either the Sun or the Moon, the man and 
his wife will respectively meet with death (3). 

NOTES. 

(a) In the month of Mars or Saturn as the case may 
be (vide Stanza 16). 



CH. IV.] Brihat Jdtakd. 31 

(6) In the month of either Saturn or Mars whoever is 
powerful. 

The Commentator adds that the two effects described 
in the Stanza will occur before and not after the birth 
of the child. 

5. In the case of conception (a) by day, the Sun and 
Venus represent respectively the father and the mother ; 
and by night, Saturn and the Moon represent respectively 
the father and the mother. In the former case, Saturn 
and the Moon represent respectively the paternal uncle 
and the maternal aunt ; and in the latter case the Sun and 
Venus represent respectively the paternal uncle and the 
maternal aunt. If the planets representing the father and 
the paternal uncle should occupy the odd signs, or if 
the planets representing the mother and the maternal 
aunt should occupy the even signs at the time, then the 
father and paternal uncle or the mother and the maternal 
aunt would be happy. 

NOTES. 
(a) Or birth according to the Commentator. 

6. If at the time of conception malefic planets 
occupy the twelfth house G/), and if then the rising sign 
be not aspected by benefic planets, or if Saturn occupy the 
rising sign and be aspected by the waning Moon and Mars 
(in either case) the pregnant woman will die (b). 

NOTES. 

(a) The second house according to certain Commen- 
tators. 

(b) Before delivery time according to the Commen- 
tator. 

7. If (at the time) either the rising sign or the Moon 
or both be between malefic planets (a) and at the same 
time not aspected by the benefic planets, the pregnant 
woman will die (. 



32 Brihat Jatakd. [Cn. IV. 

NOTES. 

(a) As the malefic planets in the present case can 
only be three, viz., the Sun, Mars and Saturn, both the 
rising sign and the Moon can be between them at the 
same time, either when they are together or occupy two 
alternate houses. The Commentator adds that malefic 
planets might occupy either the 12th and the 2nd houses 
from the ascendant or the Moon or both, or they might 
occupy the Navamsas on either side. 

(b} Before delivery and in the month of the power- 
ful malefic planet. 

8. If (at the time) malefic planets occupy the fourth 
house and Mars the eight house from the ascendant or the 
Moon, or again if Mars occupy the fourth house and the 
Sun, the twelfth house from the ascendant and if it be 
the waning Moon at the time, the pregnant woman will 
die. 

9. If (at the time) Mars occupy the L,agna and the 
Sun occupy the seventh house, the pregnant woman will 
suffer death from weapons. If the lord of any month (0), 
be afflicted (), the pregnancy will miscarry in that month. 

NOTES. 

(a) For the lords of the several months of pregnan- 
cy (vide Stanza 16). 

(b] Suffer defeat in conjunction or be eclipsed at 
the time of conception. 

10. If the benefic planets () be with the Moon or in 
the ascendant 0$), or if they occupy the second, fourth, 
fifth, seventh, ninth and the tenth houses from the Moon 
or the ascendant, there will be safe delivery, provided 
malefic planets occupy the third or eleventh house from 
the Moon or the ascendant, and the Moon or the ascen- 
dant is at the same time aspected by the Sun (c), 



CH. IV.] Brihat Jdtakd. S3 

NOTES. 

(#) These are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. 
(3) Or both at the same time. 

(c) According to some other reading, by Jupiter. 
But this is opposed to Saravali. 

11. If (a) the rising sign, the Sun, Jupiter and the 
Moon be powerful and occupy the odd (male) signs and 
the odd Navamsas, the issue will be a male child (b) ; if 
they occupy the even (female) signs and the even Navani- 
sas, the issue will be a female child (c) ; if again, the Sun 
and Jupiter (d) occupy the odd signs, the issue will be a 
male child ; and if the Moon, Venus and Mars (e) occupy 
the even signs, the issue will be a female child. Also, if 
the Sun and Jupiter occupy the two male double bodied 
Navamsas (/) and beaspected by Mercury, the issue will 
be male twins ; and if Venus and Mars occupy the two 
female double bodied Navamsas (g) and be aspected by 
Mercury, the isssue will be female twins (//). 

NOTES. 

(a) At the time of conception or of birth or of query 
about the one or the other according to the Commentator. 

(b & c} If some of the planets be in the male and 
some in the female signs or Navamsas, then the sex of 
the issue will be that which predominates. 

(d & c] The planets should be powerful also. 

(/) These are the Navamsas of Gemini and Sagit- 
tari. 

(g) These are the Navamsas of Virgo and Pisces. 

(//) The issue will be male twins as well as female 
twins, if all the four double bodied Navamsas be so occu- 
pied. 

12. If (at the time) (/?), Saturn occupy any of the odd 
signs from the rising sign (3), the issue will be a male 
child. 

5 



84 Brihat Jdlakd. [Cn. IV 

The sex of the issue in all the above cases shall be 
determined by the position of the most powerful planet. 

NOTES. 

(a) Of conception or query according to the Com- 
mentator. 

(b) This Yoga applies only in the absence of the 
Yoga mentioned already. 

N.B. Yoga is a particular position of one or more 
planets either relatively to one another, or absolutely, in 
the ecliptic or both. 

13. If (at the time of conception), the Moon and the 
Sun, occupying respectively any of the even and odd signs, 
aspect each other, or (2), if Saturn and Mercury (occupy- 
ing, respectively any of the even and odd signs) aspect each 
other, or (3) if Mars (in an odd sign) aspect (or beaspected 
by) the .Sun in an even sign, or (4) if the Moon and 
L/agna in odd signs be aspected by Mars (in an even 
sign), or (5) if Mars aspect the Moon and Mercury occu- 
pying respectively even and odd signs, or (C) if Venus, 
L,agua and the Moon occupy (male signs and) male 
Navamsas, the issue will be a hermaphrodite. 

NOTES. 

These Napumsaka Yogas take effect only in the 
absence of male and female Yogas. 

14. If, when the Moon and Venus are in even signs, 
Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Lagna be in odd signs, or if 
a male planet aspect Lagna and the Moon in the even 
signs, or if Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and L,agna be power- 
ful and occupy even signs, the issue will be a male and 
a female child. Again, if L,agna and all the planets occupy 
the Ubhaya (common) Navamsas and be aspected by 
Mercury in his Navamsa, the issue will be three children : 
Of these, two will be male children if the Navamsa occu- 



CH. IV.] Brihat Mtakd. 35 

pied by Mercury be that of Gemini, and two will be 
female children if such Navamsabe that of Virgo. Again, 
if, when Mercury occupies the Navamsa of Gemini, the 
other planets and Lagna occupy the Navamsas of Gemini 
and Sagittari, all the three will be male children; and 
if, when Mercury occupies the Navamsa of Virgo, the 
other planets and Lagna occupy the Navamsas of Virgo 
and Pisces, all the three will be female children. 

15. If the last Navamsa of sign Sagittari begin to 
rise, if all the planets occupy the Navamsa of Sagittari 
and be powerful, and if the rising sign be aspected by 
powerful Mercury and Saturn, the issue will be more 
than three children (a). 

NOTES, 

(a) That is 5 or 7 or 10 according to the Commen- 
tator. 

16. In the first month of pregnancy, the embryo is 
formed ; in the second, it becomes flesh ; in the third, the 
limbs are formed ; in the fourth, the bones are formed ; 
in the fifth, the skin is formed ; in the sixth, the hair be- 
gins to grow ; in the seventh, intelligence is infused into 
the child (a). 

The lords of the several months from the first to the 
seventh are Venus, Mars, Jupiter, the Sun, the Moon, 
Saturn and Mercury respectively. 

NOTES. 

(a) In the eighth month, the child begins to eat 
through the navel cord. In the ninth month, the child is 
filled with cares, and in the tenth month the child is born. 
The lord of the 8th month is the lord of the rising sign 
at the time of conception. The lord of the 9th month is 
the Moon, and the lord of the 10th month is the Sun. 
According to Yavaneswara, the lord of the first month is 
Mars and that of the second month is Venus, 



36 Brihat JdtaM. [CH. IV. 

There will be miscarriage of pregnancy in that 
month whose lord happens to be afflicted at the time of 
conception ; but if any of the planets be of dim appear- 
ance, the fetus will simply suffer in the month of the 
particular planets. If the Sun be powerful the child would 
resemble its father, and if the Moon be powerful, the child 
would resemble its mother. The health and disposition 
of the child follow those of its parents at the time of 
conception. 

17. If Mercury occupy the fifth or the ninth house 
(#) from the rising sign, and if at the same time the other 
planets be powerless, the face, the legs, and the hands of 
the child will be doubled. If the Moon occupy sign Taurus 
and if malefic planets occupy the Riksha Sandhis (6) the 
issue will be a mute child ; but if the Moon be aspected 
by a benefic planet, there will be speech after a long 
time (c). 

NOTES. 

(a) According to some Commentators the word Trt- 
kona in the text is interpreted as Moola-Trikona, that is, 
sign Virgo here. But this is opposed to the opinion of 
Garga. 

(6) That is, the last Navamsas of the signs Cancer, 
Scorpio and Pisces. 

(c) But if malefic planets aspect the Moon > the child 
will never speak ; if both malefic and benefic planets 
aspect the Moon, the effects will follow the powerful 
planets. 

18. If Saturn and Mars occupy either the signs or 
the Navamsas (a) of Mercury, the issue Will be a child born 
with teeth. If Cancer be the rising sign and if the Moon 
occupy it and be aspected by Saturn and Mars, the child 
will be humpbacked ; if Pisces be the rising sign and if 
jt be aspected by Saturn, the Moon and Mars, the child 



CH. IV.] .BrihatJdtakd. 37 

will be lame. If a malefic planet (6) and the Moon be in 
any of the last Navamsas of Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces, 
the child will be born deaf. In all the above Yogas the 
effects described will occur only if the several planets 
are not aspected by benefic planets (c). 

NOTES. 

(a) Or both the signs and Navamsas according to 
some Commentators. 

(6) One of the three planets, the Sun, Mars and 
Saturn. 

(c) So that, if the planets be aspected by powerful 
benefic planets the effects will not occur. 

19. If the last Navatnsa of Makara begin to rise 
and if it be aspected by Saturn, the Moon and the Sun, 
the issue will be a dwaif. If Mars occupy the rising 
Drekkana of the L,agna or the corresponding Drek- 
kana of the fifth house or of the ninth house (a) the issue 
will be either without a head or without arms or without 
legs respectively, if Mars be aspected by the Sun, the 
Moon and Saturn. 

NOTES. 

(a) Some Commentators interpret this part of the 
text as follows : if Mars occupy the 1st or the 2nd or the 
3rd Drekkana of a rising sign, &c. But this is opposed 
to the opinion of Garga. 

20. If Leo be the rising sign and if it be occupied by 
the Sun and Moon and aspected by Mars and Saturn, the 
issue will be a blind child () ; if in the above case, beuefic 
planets aspect the rising sign, the child will be born with 
a mote in its eyes. If the Moon or the Sun occupy the 
twelfth house from the rising sign (3), the child will be 
born blind, respectively, of the left or the right eye (c). 

The several Yogas mentioned above (d) will not 



38 Brihat Jatakd. [Cn. IV. 

wholly come to pass if the planets of each Yoga be 
aspected by benefic planets. 

NOTES. 

(<?) According to the Commentator, if the Sun alone 
occupy sign Leo, and if it be aspected by Mars and Saturn, 
the child will be blind of the right eye ; and if the Moon 
alone should occupy sign Leo, and if it be aspected by 
Mars and Saturn, the child will be blind of the 
left eye. 

(&) At the time of Nisheka (conception); or of birth. 

(c) Provided the Sun or the Moon is aspected by 
Mars and Saturn according to the Commentator Subodhini. 

(d) That is beginning from Stanza 17. 

21. Find out the number of the particular Dwada- 
samsa occupied by the Moon at the time (#) in any Zodi- 
acal sign. Note the Zodiacal sign whose name the Dwa- 
dasamsa bears. Count from the next sign as many signs 
as the number of Dwadasamsas by which the Moon may 
have advanced in any particular sign. When the Moon 
comes to such last sign, the birth of the child will occur. 

Again, the birth will occur by day or by night accord- 
ing as the rising Navamsa at the time is a day or a night 
Navamsa. The hour of birth from sun-rise or sun-set 
may be calculated from the portion of the rising Xavamsa 
that may have risen above the horizon. 

NOTES. 

(a) At the time of conception, or query according to 
the Commentator. 

In this stanza, the Author purposes to discover the 
time of child-birth from the .time of conception or query. 
Suppose the Moon to occupy, say, the 8th Dwadasamsa of 
sign Aquarius at the time. This Dwadasamsa is known 
as the Dwadasamsa of Virgo (Kauya), The sign next 



CH. IV.] Brihal Jdtakd. 39 

to sign Virgo in the Zodiac is sign Libra (Tula). As the 
Moon occupies the 8th Dwadasatnsa in sign Aquarius, the 
8th sign from Libra is sign Taurus. The child will 
therefore be born when the Moon passes through sign 
Taurus. 

The Commentator adds that the particular asterism 
which the Moon would occupy at the time of birth might 
be discovered from the advance made by her in the parti- 
cular Dwadasamsa occupied by her. For instance, suppose 
the Moon to occupy the middle of the 8th Dwadasamsa in 
Aquarius. The middle of sign Taurus is in' the 2nd quarter 
of star Rohini ; so that at the time of birth of the child 
the Moon will occupy the asterism of Rohini. 

Again, if the rising Navamsa, for instance, be that of 
Sagittari, a night sign, the birth will occur at night. The 
time of birth from sun-set should be calculated by propor- 
tion from the time by which the Navamsa of Sagittari 
may have risen above the horizon the period of oblique 
ascension of the Navamsa representing the period of the 
whole night. 

The sex of the issue can be determined from stanzas 
11 to 15. 

22. If at the time of conception, the Navamsa of 
Saturn (a) begin to rise and if Saturn occupy the seventh 
house from the rising sign, there will be delivery after 
three years ; and in similar case of the Moon (<$) there will 
be delivery after twelve years. 

Which of the several Yogas described in this Chapter 
are applicable to the time of birth also, shall be deter- 
mined on the nature of such Yogas (c\ 

NOTES. 

(a) That is the Navamsa of Makara or Kumbha. 
(&) If the Navamsa of Cancer should begin to rise 



40 XrihatJdtitd. [Cn. V. 

and if the Moon should occupy the seventh house from 
the rising sign. 

(c) For instance, Yogas relating to the birth of chil- 
dren with extra or defective organs, are to be taken to refer 
as much to the time of birth as to the time of conception. 
As regards such Yogas as those relating to the miscarriage 
of pregnancy and the like, they are to be taken to refer to 
the time of conception alone. 



CHAPTER V. 
On Matters connected with Birth Time. 

1. If, at the time of birth of a child the rising sign be 
not aspected by the Moon, the father will not be near 
when the child is born and if in such a case, the Sun 
should occupy the 9th or the 8th house, the father would be 
in a foreign country if the house be a movable sign ; in his 
own country if the house be a fixed sign ; and would be 
returning to his country if the house be a common 
sign. 

2. If, at the time of birth, Saturn be in the rising 
sign or Mars in the setting sign, or the Moon between () 
Mercury and Venus, the father will not be near. 

NOTES. 

(a) Whether Mercury and Venus occupy the signs 
011 both sides of the Moon or occupy the same sign as the 
Moon. 

3. If, at the time of birth, the Moon be in the Drek- 
kana of Mars (a) and if benefic planets be in the 2nd and 
llth houses from the rising sign, the issue will be a 
serpent. If the sign ()of a malefic planet be the ascendant 
sign, and if the Drekkana of Mars should then be rising, and 
if benefic planets occupy the 2nd and the llth houses the 



CH. V.] Brihat Jdtakd. 41 

issue will be a child born with a serpent coiled round its 
body. 

NOTES. 

(a) These Drekkanas of Mars are the 1st Drekkana 
of Aries, the 2nd of Cancer, the 3rd of L,eo, the 1st of 
Scorpio, the 2nd of Sagittari, and the 3rd of Pisces. 

(b) Aries, Cancer when it is waning Moon, Leo 
and Scorpio. 

4. If, at the time of birth, the Sun be in a quadruped 
sign and the other planets be all powerful and in the 
common signs, the issue will be twins. 

5. If, at the time of birth, Aries, Leo or Taurus be 
the rising sign, and if Saturn or Mars be in such sign, 
the issue will be a child born with the umbilical cord 
twined round the part of body indicated by the rising 
Navainsa (). 

NOTES. 

(a) If the Navauisa of Aries be the rising Navatnsa 
at the time, then round the head ; if it be that of Taurus, 
then, round the face, and so on, following the divisions of 
the body referred to in Stanza 4, Chapter I. 

6. If Jupiter, at the time of birth, fail to aspect both 
the ascendant sign and the Moon (a) or the Moon when in 
conjunction with the Sun, or if the Moon be in conjunction 
with the Sun when he is accompanied by a malefic planet, 
the issue will be an illegitimate child. 

NOTES. 

(a) If Jupiter aspect either the one or the other, the 
child will not be legitimate. 

According to Yavaneswara, if either the ascendant 
Navainsa or theNavamsa occupied by the Moon be that of 
Jupiter, the child will not be illegitimate. 

According to Garga, if the Moon should occupy a sign 
of Jupiter, or if she be in conjunction with Jupiter in any 
6 



42 Bnhat Jdtakd. [Cn. V. 

other sign, or if the Moon be in the Drekkana or Navamsa 
of Jupiter, the child will not be illegitimate. 

7. If, at the time of birth, two malefic planets () 
occupy one of the malefic signs ($)aud if such sign be the 
5th, 7th, or the 9th house from the Sun, the father of the 
child will be in custody at the time. If the Sun occupy a 
movable sign, the father will be so in foreign lands ; if he 
occupy a fixed sign, the father will be in custody in his own 
country ; and if he occupy a common sign, the father 
will be so on his way to his native country. 

NOTES. 

(a) Mars and Saturn. 

() Aries, Leo, Scorpio, Capricorn, Aquarius, Can- 
cer when it is waning Moon, and Gemini and Virgo when 
Mercury is in conjunction with malefic planets. 

8. If the Moon be full and in Cancer, if Mercury be 
in the rising sign and Jupiter in the 4th house, the birth 
will occur in a boat. Again, if the watery signs (a) begin 
to rise and if the Moon be in the 7th house, then, too, the 
birth will occur in a boat. 

NOTES. 

(a) These are Cancer, the latter half of Capricorn 
and Pisces. 

9. If a watery sign begin to rise, birth will certainly 
occur on the banks of waters, if (1), the Moon be also in a 
watery sign, or (2), if the Moon be full and aspect the ris- 
ing sign, or (3), if the Moon be in the 10th or 4th house 
or in the L/agna. 

10. If the Moon occupy the rising sign and if Saturn 
occupy the 12th house and be aspected by a malefic 
planet, the birth will occur in a prison. Again, if either 
Scorpio or Cancer begin to rise and be occupied by Sa- 
turn and aspected by the Moon, the birth will occur in 
a ditch. 



CH. V.] Brihat Jdtakd. 43 

U. If a watery sign begin to rise and if Saturn 
occupy it and be aspected by Mercury, the Sun, or the Moon, 
the birth will occur respectively in a pleasure house, a 
temple or sterile ground. 

12. If a biped sign be rising, and if Saturn occupy it 
and be aspected by Mars, the birth will be in cremation 
ground ; if aspected by Venus and the Moon, the birth 
will occur in some beautiful and agreeable spot ; if as- 
pected by Jupiter, then in the Agnihotra Sala (a) ; if as- 
pected by the Sun, then in the King's palace or a temple 
or a cow shed ; and if aspected by Mercury, the birth will 
occur in an artist's working room. 

NOTES; 

(a) A place where the sacred fire is kept and 
worshipped. 

.13. The birth will occur in places (a) represented 
by the rising sign or Navamsa, whichever is powerful. 
If such sign or Navamsa be a movable one, the birth will 
occur in roads ; if fixed, then within a building (3). If the 
rising Navamsa be a Vargottama one, the birth will be 
in the mother's own house. 

NOTES. 

() These places are those referred to in Stanza 5, 
Chapter I. We will give here the several places appro- 
priate to the several signs of the Zodiac. 

Mesha represents the abodes (caves) of the sheep, 
mountains, the residence of an army, a fire place, metal 
mines and mines where precious stones are found. 

Vrishabha represents forests, bottom of hills, places 
frequented by the elephants and cattle and dwelling places 
of the farmers. 

Mithuna represents places frequented by women 
learned in music and painting for . purpose of either 
playing or carrying love messages to lovers, 



44 &rihat Jdtakd. [Cn. V. 

Kataka represents rice fields, tanks, sand banks and 
places frequented by the nymphs. 

Simha represents forests, inaccessible places, caves, 
mountains covered with forests and places frequented 
by forest men. 

Kanya represents places overgrown with grass, wo- 
men's sleeping apartments, and female schools. 

Tula represents customs houses, middle streets, 
bazaars, roads leading to towns, market places, high 
ground and places where crops grow. 

Vrischika represents caves, fortified towns, ditches, 
places where there are poisonous stones and hills, 
snake holes and scorpion holes. 

Dhanus represents good and even places where there 
are horses or cavalry men or armed men, places of sacri- 
ficial fire, ceremonies or where vehicles are kept. 

Makara represents rivers, gardens, forests, tanks, 
water banks and ditches. 

Kumbha represents places frequented by birds, by 
women, by dealers in liquor or by gamblers. 

Meena represents temples, places frequented by the 
Brahmins, holy waters, rivers and seast 

(b) If both (fixed and movable), the birth would 
occur in the outer verandah of the house. 

14. If, at the time of birth, Mars and Saturn oc- 
cupy a single sign, and if the Sun or the Moon (a) occupy 
the 5th or the 9th house from them, the child will be 
deserted by its mother ; but if the Sun or the Moon be 
aspected by Jupiter, the child, though abandoned by its 
mother, will live long and in comfort. 

NOTES. 

(a) If the Moon occupy the setting sign according 
t6 some other reading. 



CH. V.J Brihat Jdtakd. 45 

15. If a malefic planet (a] aspect the Moon in the 
rising sign, Mars occupying the 7th house, or if Mars and 
Saturn occupy the llth house from the Moon when in the 
rising sign aspected by a malefic planet (6) the child 
deserted by its mother will die. If the Moon be also 
aspected by a powerful benefic planet, (c) the deserted 
child will fall into the hands of the class of men repre- 
sented by the aspecting benefic planet and will live. If 
the aspecting malefic planet be powerful, the deserted 
child will fall into the hands of others and will perish. 

NOTES. 

(a) Saturn or Mars. 

(b) The Sun. 

(c) If Jupiter aspect the Moon, none of these evils 
will befall the child. 

16. If a paternal planet be powerful, the birth will 
occur in the father's house (a] ; if a maternal planet be 
powerful, the birth will occur in the mother's house (b) ; 
if three benefic planets be in their depression signs the 
birth will occur at the foot of walls, trees and the like (c); 
and if the three planets occupying a single sign fail to 
aspect the Lagna and the Moon also occupying a single 
sign, the birth will occur in a forest (<tf), 

NOTES. 

(a) Or in the house of the paternal .uncle or pater- 
nal aunt. 

(b) Or in the house of the maternal uncle or 
maternal aunt. 

(c) The like: That is near rivers, wells, flower 
gardens or hills. 

(d) So that, if three planets occupying a single 
house aspect the Lagna and the Moon, the birth will occur 
in a locality where crowds of people live 



46 Briliat Jdtakd. [Cn. V. 

17. If the Moon occupy the Navamsa of Saturn or 
the 4th house (a) from the Lagna, or if she be aspected by 
Saturn, or if she occupy a watery Navainsa (3) or the 
same house as Saturn, the birth will occur in a dark spot 
(c). If three or more planets be in their Neecha signs (d}, 
the birth will occur on the bare ground (e). The birth 
will follow the manner in which the rising sign reaches 
the horizon (/). If malefic planets occupy the 4th or 7th 
house, from the Moon the mother will suffer much from 
travail (g). 

JfOTES. 

(a) Yavanachariar uses the word Kendfa, meaning 
the 1st, 4th, 7th and the 10th houses. 

() Water Navamsas are those of Cancer and 
Pisces. 

(c) If the Sun be powerful and be aspected by 
Mars, there will be no darkness. 

(d) According to Saravali, if the Moon occupy the 
Lagna or the 4th house and be in his depression sign, the 
birth will also occur on the bare ground. 

(e) On ground covered with straw according to the 
Commentator. 

(/) That is, if the sign be one that rises with its 
head, then the head of the child will appear first ; if the 
sign be one that rises with its leg, the leg of the child 
will appear first ; and if it be one that rises with both its 
head and leg, as sign Pisces, the hands will appear first. 

According to certain Commentators, this part of the 
text is interpreted as follows : " If the lord of the rising 
sign be in his direct course, the birth will be a natural 
one ; and if in his retrograde motion) the birth will be an 
irregular one." This meaning has the support of Manittha. 

() Or if malefic planets occupy .the same sign as 
the Moon, the mother will suffer from travail. 



CH. V.] BriJiat JdtaM. 47 

18. The oil shall be determined from the Moon (a), 
the wick from the rising sign (<5) ; the fixed or other 
nature of the lamp shall be determined from the sign occu- 
pied by the Sun (c). The entrance to the room will be in 
the direction of the powerful planet occupying a 
Kendra (d) or in that of the most powerful planet. 

NOTES. 

(a) That is, if the Moon occupy the beginning of a 
sign, the oil of the lamp in the delivery room will be full ; 
if the Moon occupy the middle part of a sign, the oil will 
be one-half, and if the Moon occupy the end of a sign, 
there will be no oil in the lamp ; in other words, the 
quantity of oil varies with the position of the Moon in the 
sign occupied by her. 

According to Saravali, if the Moon be full, the oil will 
be full and the quantity of the oil varies with the illumi- 
ned portion of the Moon's disc. Bhatta Utpala, the Com- 
mentator, objects to this view, for, he says that if such 
were the case, children born on new-moon days should 
always be born in the dark this cannot be. 

(&) That is, if the beginning of a sign begin to rise, 
the wick will be long and unburnt ; if the middle of the 
sign begin to rise, the wick will be half burnt ; and if the 
end of the sign begin to rise, the wick will be nearly 
wholly burnt. In other words, the length of the wick varies 
with the position of the point of the rising sign in contact 
with the horizon. The wick is of the color ofthe rising 
sign. 

(c) That is, if the sign occupied by the Sun be a 
fixed one, the lamp will be fixed in some place ; if movable, 
the lamp will be carried by some body in the hand; and if 
both (fixed and movable) the lamp will be a swinging 
lamp. The Commentator adds that the lamp will be in the 
direction assigned to the signs occupied by the Sun. Ac- 



48 Brihat Jdtakd, [Cn. V. 

cording to some, the lamp will be in the direction of the 
sign (out of 12 equal parts into which the room maybe 
divided) occupied by the Sun. This latter division evidently 
refers to the division referred to in the " Introduction '' in 
connection with Horary Astrology. 

According to others again, dividing the 24 hours of 
day and night into 8 equal parts of 8 hours each, beginning 
from sun-rise, the lamp will be in the East, S. Bast, South, 
&c., according as the time of birth, falls in the 1st, 2nd 
3rd, &c., parts of the division. 

(d) If there are no planets in the Kendras, the en- 
trance will be in the direction of the L,agna according to 
Swalpa Jataka. 

19. If Saturn be powerful, the birth will occur in a 
house which, having become old, has been rebuilt. If Mars 
be powerful, the birth will occur in a house partly burnt ; 
if the Moon be powerful, then, in a newly built house ; if 
the Sun be powerful, the birth will occur in a house built 
of wood but weak ; if Mercury be powerful, then in a house 
built by several builders ; if Venus be powerful, then in 
a beautiful new house adorned with pictures ; and if 
Jupiter be powerful, the birth will occur in a strong built 
house (a). The houses on the four sides shall be described 
similarly by the planets in the Rasi Chakra (). 

NOTES. 

(a) According to Saravali, if the Sun occupy the 
sign occupied by the most powerful planet as given in the 
text, the delivery will occur in the room set apart for the 
worship of the Devas ; if the Moon occupy the sign occu- 
pied by the most powerful planet, the birth will occur in 
the bath or water room ; if Mars, then in the kitchen or the 
Agnihotra Sala ; if Mercury, in the bed room ; if Jupiter, 
in the treasure room ; if Venus, then in the play ground ; 
and if Saturn, the birth will occur in the place where 
sweepings are deposited. 



CH. V.] Brihat Jdtakd. 49 

(<$) That is, if there be three or more planets hi the 
three signs beginning from that occupied by the most 
powerful planet, there will be houses on the eastern side ; 
if in the next three signs, there will be houses on the 
southern side ; if in the next three, there will be houses on 
the western side ; and if in the last three, there will be 
houses on the northern side. The description of these 
houses follows that given in the text. 

Again, according to Laghu Jataka, if Jupiter, at the 
same time, be in the 10th house from the ascendant and 
in his exaltation sign having passed over the exaltation 
degree, the birth will occur in a two-storied house ; if he 
be under the exaltation degree, the birth will occur in a 
three-storied house, and if, in the exaltation degree, then in 
a four-storied house. 

Again, if sign Sagittari be powerful, the birth will 
occur in a house consisting of 3 inner verandahs ; if Jupiter 
occupy the 10th house from the ascendant and if such 
house be one of the signs Gemini, Virgo and Pisces, the 
house will be one with two inner verandahs. 

20. If either the ascendant sign, or the ascendant 
Navamsa, (whichever is powerful) be that of Aries, Cancer, 
Libra, Scorpio, or Aquarius, the delivery room will be in 
the eastern portion of the house ; if it be that of Sagittari, 
Pisces, Gemini or Virgo, then in the northern portion 
of the house ; if it be that of Taurus, then in the western 
portion; and if it be that of Capricorn or Leo, the delivery 
room will be in the southern portion of the house. 

21. If the rising sign be Aries or Taurus, the bed 
of the woman in labour will be in the eastern portion of 
the room ; if the rising sign be Gemini, it will be in the 
south eastern portion ; if Cancer or Leo, then in the south- 
ern portion ; and if Virgo, then in the south-western 
portion ; if Libra or Scorpio, then in the western portion ; 
and if Sagittari, then in the north-western portion; if 

7 



50 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. V, 

Capricorn or Aquarius be the rising sign, the bed will be 
i.n the northern portion of the room, and if Pisces be the 
rising sign, it will be in the north-eastern portion of the 
room, The same rule applies as regards the place in the 
bed or cot, where the woman might lie. As regards the 
cot, again, its two front legs occupy the quarters assigned 
to the 12th and the 3rd houses from the ascendant and its 
two hind legs occupy the quarters assigned to the 6th and 
the 9th houses (a). 

NOTES. 

(a) In other words, the 12th and the 3rd houses 
represent the fore-legs ; the 9th and 6th houses represent 
the hind-legs ; the 3rd and the 6th houses represent the 
two right legs and the 12th and the 9th houses represent 
the two left legs. Also, the rising sign and the 2nd house 
represent the head of the cot, the 4th and the 5th houses 
represent the right side ; the 7th and the 8th houses 
represent the part between the two hind legs, 
and the 10th and the llth houses represent the 
left side. Now, whatever portion of the cot may be 
represented by the common signs, there; the cot will be 
bent down a little, and this will not be the case if such 
sign is either occupied or aspected by its Lord or by a 
benefic planet. Again, there will be defects in those 
parts of the cot which are represented by signs occupied 
by malefic planets ; and this will not be the case if such 
malefic planets be in their exaltation signs, in their 
Moola Trikona signs, in friendly signs, or in their own 
houses. 

22. The number of midwives will be the number of 
the planets between the rising sign and the Moon. Of 
these planets, the number of those in the visible hemi- 
sphere will be the number of midwives outside the room, 
and the number of planets in the invisible hemisphere 



*CH. V.] Brihat Jdtakd. si 

will be the number of mid wives inside the room. Accord- 
ing to some, this order is reversed, (a) 

NOTES. 

(a) That is, of the planets between the Lagna and 
the Moon, the number in the visible hemisphere is the 
Hunger of midwives within the room, and the number of 
planets in the invisible hemisphere will be the number of 
midwives outside the room. In this view, Varaha Mihira 
does not concur, for it is opposed to his Swalpa Jataka. 

Again, if benefic planets occupy the signs from the 
Lagna to the Moon, the midwives will all be beautiful 
women, well dressed and adorned ; if malefic planets 
occupy the signs, the women will be dirty, ugly and 
with no ornaments. , 

Again, if any of the planets between the L,agna and 
the Moon be in their exaltation signs or retrograde in 
motion, the number given by them shall be trebled. 
But, if they be in their own signs, Navatnsas or Drek- 
kanas, &c., the number given by the several planets shall 
be doubled. 

23. The structure >ud other peculiarities () of the 
body shall be determined from the lord of the rising Na- 
vamsa or from the most powerful planet ; and the 
color (b) of the body shall be determined from the (lord 
of the) Navamsa occupied by the Moon ; and the size of 
the several parts of the body will follow the signs repre- 
senting them, beginning from the rising sign which repre- 
sents the head, (c) 

NOTES. 

(a) These are given in stanzas 8 to 11 in 
Chapter II. 

The Commentator adds that if the sign represented 
by the rising Navamsa be powerful, then the physical 
peculiarities shall be determined from the lord of such 



&2 Btihat Jatakd. [Cn. V. 

Navamsa; if not, they shall be determined from the most 
powerful planet. 

(b) This is given in stanza 4, Chapter II. Accord- 
ing to some, the color must be determined from the 
sign occupied by the Moon, vide Stanza 20, Chapter I. 
To this the Commentator objects. For, he says that 
there are no people of the color of the parrot. In deter- 
mining the color, the country, the climate, occupation 
and the like shall be taken into account. 

(c) The division of the body referred to here is the 
same as that referred to in Stanza 4, Chapter I, with this 
difference that while the latter begins from sign Aries, 
the former begins from the rising sign. The divisions 
are as follow : 

The rising sign represents the head ; the 2nd house 
represents the face ; the 3rd, the breast ; the 4th, the heart ; 
the 5th, the belly ; the 6th, the hip ; the 7th, the lower 
abdomen ; the 8th, the genital organ ; the 9th, the two 
thighs ; the 10th, the two knees ; the llth, the two shanks 
and the 12th, the two feet. Now, in Stanza 19 of Chap- 
ter I, the relative magnitudes of the several signs of the 
Zodiac are given as follow : 

A (Aries 20 Pisces. 

-4. Taurus 24 Aquarius. 

T, f Gemini 28 Capricorn. 

15> 1 Cancer 32 Sagittari. 

r (Leo 36 Scorpio. 

u 1 Virgo ..40 Libra. 

Of these, the 4 signs referred to in division A, are 
known as short signs. The 4 of division B are known as 
signs of middle length and the 4 of division C are known as 
long signs. So that, that part of the body will be long or 
: short according as the sign representing it, is long or 
short. If the lord of a short sign occupy a long sign, or 
if the lord of a long sign occupy a short sign, the size of 



CH. V.] 



Brihat Jdtdkd. 



53 



the part of body represented will be of middle length. If 
several planets occupy a sign, the most powerful of 
them shall be taken into account, and if no planets occupy 
a sign, the size of the part of body will simply follow that 
of the sign. 

^4. The three-fold divisions of the body beginning 
from the head, from the neck and from the lower abdomen, 
according as the rising Drekkana is the first, the second, 
or the third are as follow : 



The twelve 



Part of body represented when the rising 
Drekkana is 





The first. 


The second. 


The third. 


The rising 


Head. 


Neck. 


L,o wer abdomen. 


sign. 








2nd house.. 


Right eye ... 


Right arm 


Genital organ. 


12th ... 


Left eye 


Left arm 


Anus. 


3rd ... 


Right ear ... 


Right hand ... 


Right testicle. 


llth ... 


Left ear ... 


Left hand 


Left testicle. 


4th 


Right nostril 


Right side 


Right thigh. 


10th 


Left nostril... 


Left side 


Left thigh. 


5th ... 


Right temple 


Right breast ... 


Right knee. 


th ... 


Left temple.. 


Left breast ... 


Left knee. 


6th 


Right cheek. 


Right belly ... 


Right ankle. 


8th 


Left cheek .. 


Left belly 


Left ankle. 


7th ... 


Mouth 


. The navel 


The feet. 



25. Wounds will occur in those parts of body the 
signs representing which are occupied by malefic planets; 
but if such signs be occupied or aspected by benefic 
planets, moles will appear in those parts ; if such malefic 
or benefic planets be in their own signs or Navainsas or 
in fixed signs Or fixed Navamsas, the wound or the mole 



4 terihat Jdtakd. [Cn. V. 

will exist from birth ; otherwise, they will appear at a 
future time (a). As regards wounds, if the planet causing 
it be Saturn, the wound will be caused by a stone or by 
wind ; if Mars, then by fire or weapon or by poison ; 
if (malefic) Mercury, it will be caused by earth (fr) ; if the 
Sun, then by wood or by quadrupeds ; if the (waning) 
Moon, then by horned animals or by water animals. There 
will be no wound in those parts of the body which are 
represented by signs occupied by the other (benefic) 
planets, (c) 

NOTES. 

(a) That is, in the Dasa or planetary periods of the 
several planets. 

(b) By landslips and by a piece of clod. 

(c) By Jupiter, Venus, (benefic) Mercury and waxing 
Moon. 

For the purposes of this stanza, the division of body 
is that referred to in Stanza 24. 

26. If three planets, whether malefic or benefic to- 
gether with Mercury occupy a single sign, a wound or a 
inole will appear without fail in the parts of body 
represented by the sign (a). Again, in the division(<5) of the 
body into twelve parts beginning from the head (which 
the Lagna represents), if a malefic planet occupy the 
sixth house, a wound will appear(^) (in the hip) ; but if 
the malefic planet be aspected by a benefic planet, both a 
dark and a white mole will appear; but if benefic planets 
occupy the sixth house, there will appear only a crowded 
growth of hair. 

NOTES. 

(a) The division of body .referred to is that given in 
Stanza 24. 

(t>) The division referred to is that given in Note (tf) 
to Stanza 23. 



QH. VI.] Brihat Jdtakd. 55 

(c} In theDasa period of the most powerful planet. 
Also, if the planet occupying the 6th house be in his own 
sign or Navamsa or in a fixed sign or Navamsa, the wound 
or the mole will exist from birth. 



CHAPTER VI. 
On Balarishta or Early Death. 

1. If the birth should occur in the Sandhyakala (a) 
(the twilight hours) when the lunar Hora (b) should be 
rising and when malefic planets occupy the last Navamsas 
of signs, the child would die soon after birth. Again, if at 
the time of birth, the Moon and three malefic planets oc- 
cupy the four Kendra?, one in each, then also the child 
would die, 

NOTES. 

(a) Sandhyakala ; This is defined by the Author 
in his Brihat Samhita, Stanza 1, ch. 30: "That period 
which precedes the moment when the Sun has just 
half risen and that which succeeds the moment when the 
Sun has just half set, during which the stars are invisible, 

is known as Sandhyakala or twilight period." 

(b) In the odd signs, the second halves, and in the 
even signs, the first halves are known as Lunar Horas. 

2. If either sign Cancer or sign Scorpio should rise 
at the time of birth and if malefic planets occupy the 
eastern half of the Zodiac while the benefic planets oc- 
cupy the western half(), the child would die immediately 
after birth. Again, if malefic planets occupy the 12th 
and the 2nd houses or the 6th and the 8th houses from 
the rising sign, the child would die. 

NOTES. 

(a) The plane of meridian divides the Zodiac into 
two equal halves known as the Eastern and Western 
halves; so that, if the 10 of Cancer, for instance, 



56 Brikat Jdtakd. [GH, VI. 

should be rising at the time, the Eastern half would 
roughly comprise the portion of the Zodiac from the40 
of Aries to the 10 of Libra : and the Western half would 
comprise the portion of the Zodiac from the 10 of Libra 
to the 10 of Aries. 

() According to certain Commentators, the two 
yogas are taken together and made to form a single yoga. 
In other words, the child would die under the first yoga 
only if malefic planets occupy the 2nd, the 12th, the 6th 
and the 8th houses. According to Garga, there wTU ; be' 
death in each of the following four yogas : Malefic planets 
o cupying, (1) the 6th and the 12th houses, (2) the 8th' 
and 2nd houses, (3) the 12th and 2nd houses, and (4) the 
8th and 6th houses. 

8. If the rising sign, the setting sign and the sign 
occupied by the Moon be each occupied by a malefic planet 
and if the Moon be not aspected by benefic planets, the 
child will die immediately after birth. 

'' ' 4. If the waning Moon occupy the 12th house from 
the ascendant, if the malefic planets occupy the rising 
sign and the 8th house, and if benefic planets do not 
occupy the Kendras, the child will die immediately after 
birth. 

5. If the Moon attended by a malefic planet occupy 
the rising sign or the 7th, the 8th or the 12th house, and 
if benefic planets do not occupy the Kendras, and if they 
do not aspect the Moon, the child will die soon after 
birth. 

NOTES. 

So that, if benefic planets occupy the Kendras, there 
will be no early death. 

6. If, when the Moon occupies the 6th or the 8th 
house from the ascendant, a malefic planet aspect the 
same, the child will die soon after birth ; if benefic planets 



CH. VI.] Brihat 3ataka* 57 

alone aspect it, the child will die after 8 years ; and if 
both a benefic and a malefic planet aspect the Moon, the 
child will die 4 years after birth (a) ; but if a benefic 
planet (occupying the 6th or the 8th house) be aspected 
by powerful malefic planets (ft), or if the lord of the rising 
sign occupy the 7th house and be defeated in planetary 
fight (conjunction) by a malefic planet (c), the child, will 
die a month after birth. 

NOTES. 

(a) So that, if the Moon occupying the 6th or the 8th 
house, be not aspected by any planet there will be no early 
death. In connection with this, Yavaueswara says : If 
the 6th or the 8th house occupied by the Moon be the 
house of a benefic planet, or if the Moon be accompanied 
by a benefic planet, even though he may be in a malefic 
sign, the child will not die. Mandavya says : If the birth 
occur by day in the dark half, or, by night hi the bright 
half of the month, there will be escape from death even 
if the Moon occupy the 6th or the 8th house and be as- 
pected by both malefic and benefic planets. 

(&) In the absence of benefic planets aspecting the 
Moon, adds the Commentator. Swalpa Jataka has the 
following : 

" By malefic planets or by planets retrograde in their 
motion." 

(c) The planet that generally suffers defeat in con- 
junction, is the southern one, one of forbidding appear- 
ance, one of flickering light, one retrograde in motion or 
of small size, or in conjunction with the Sun, or which is 
of unusual appearance or without light or color. 

7. If the waning Moon occupy the rising sign arid if 

malefic planets occupy the 8th house and the Kendras, or 

if the Moon occupy the 4th, 7th or the 8th house and be 

between malefic planets, the child will die. Again, if 

8 



58 Brikat JataM. [Cn. VI. 

Moon occupy the rising sign and be between malefic 
planets and if malefic planets occupy the 7th and the 8th 
houses and powerful benefic planets fail to aspect the 
Moon (a), both the mother and the child will die. 

NOTES. 

(a) If they do aspect the Moon, the mother will 
escape and the child will die. 

8. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the last 
Navamsa of a sign and not be aspected by benefic planets, 
and if malefic planets occupy the 5th and the 9th houses 
or if the Moon occupy the rising sign and malefic planets 
occupy the 7th house, the child will die soon after birth. 

9. If at the time of birth, the eclipsed Moon occupy 
the rising sign with a malefic planet (a) while Mars oc- 
cupies the 8th house, both the mother and the infant will 
die. If instead of the Moon, the Sun (3) be in a similar 
position, such death will be caused by weapons. Again, 
if either the Sun or the Moon occupy the rising sign and 
if malefic planets occupy the 5th, 8th and 9th houses, the 
child will die, if either the Sun or the Moon be neither 
aspected nor accompanied by powerful benefic planets. 

NOTES. 

(a) That is Saturn. 

(b) That is, if the eclipsed Sun occupy the rising 
sign accompanied by a malefic planet (either Mercury or 
Saturn), while Mars occupies the 8th house. 

10. If at the time of birth, Saturn, the Sun, the 
Moon and Mars occupy respectively the 12th, 9th, 1st and 
the 8th houses, the child will die soon after birth if the 
planets be not aspected by powerful Jupiter. 

NOTES. 

To aspect all the four planets, Jupiter must occupy 
the 5th house, If Jupiter should aspect only some of the 



CH. VI] Brihat Jdtakd. 59 

'four planets, or, if he be weak though he might aspect all 
the four planets, the child will die. So that, the child 
will escape death only if powerful Jupiter aspect all the 
four planets. 

11. If, at the time of birth, the Moon (a) accompani- 
ed by a malefic planet occupy the 5th, the 7th, the 9th, 
the 12th, the 1st, or the 8th house, and if she be neither 
accompanied nor aspected by powerful Venus, Mercury or 
Jupiter, the child will die soon after birth. 

NOTES. 

(a) The Moon is the waning Moon according to 
Saravali. 

12. The death will occur when the Moon comes 
either to the sign occupied by the powerful planet causing 
such death, or to the sign occupied by herself at the time 
of birth or to the rising sign at the time, provided the 
Moon is both powerful and aspected by powerful malefic 
planets ; and the Munis say that the period for such death 
is a year (0). 

NOTES. 

* 

(a) The Moon makes about 13 revolutions in the 
course of a year. Whenever the Moon in the course of 
motion becomes powerful and is aspected by powerful 
malefic planets on reaching one of the three places men- 
tioned in the text, the death will occur. 

Notes. The Commentator now proceeds to describe a 
number of yogas which counteract the several Balarishta 
yogas given in the text. They are given below : 

1. If powerful Jupiter occupy the rising sign, there 
will be no early death. 

2, If the lord of the rising sign be powerful, and be 
not aspected by malefic planets but be aspected by benefic 
planets occupying the Kendras, the child will live long. 



60 B-rihat Jdtakd. [Cn. VI. 

3. Even though the Moon should occupy the 8th" 
house, if she should, at the same time, occupy the Drek- 
kana of Jupiter, Mercury or Venus, there will be no early 
death. 

4. If the Moon be full, if she should occupy benefic 
signs, be between beuefic planets and be aspected by Ve- 
nus, there will be no early death. 

5. If either Mercury, Venus or Jupiter be powerful 
and occupy a Kendra, there will be no early death even 
if he be accompanied by a malefic planet. 

6. Though the Moon occupy the 6th house there 
will be no early death if she occupy the Drekkana of 
Jupiter, Venus or Mercury. 

7. If the Moon be full and be between benefic 
planets, there will be no early death. 

8. If the Moon be full or if the birth occur during the 
day when it is waning Moon, or during the night when 
it is waxing Moon, there will be no early death even if 
the Moon occupy the 6th or the 8th house. 

9. If the Moon be full anc^be aspected by Jupiter 
occupying a Kendra, there will be no early death. 

10. If Jupiter, the Moon, Venus and Mercury occu- 
py the houses, the Navamsas or the Drekkanas, of benefic 
planets, there will be no early death. 

11. If either the lord of the house occupied by the 
Mo'on or if a benefic planet occupy r a Keiidra, there will 
be no early death. 

12. If malefic planets occupy beuefic Vargas (divi- 
sion,) and be aspected by benefic planets, occupying 
benefic Vargas, there will be no early death. 

13. If Rahu occupy the 3rd, 6th or llth house and 
be aspected by beuefic planets, there will be no early 
death. 



CH. Vlt] Brihat Jdtaka, 61 

14. If all the planets occupy the Sirodaya signs, 
there will be no early death. 

15. If, at the time of birth, a benefic planet success- 
ful in planetary fight (conjunction) be aspected by 
another benefic planet, there will be no early death. 

16. If the full Moon be aspected by all the planets 
there will be no early death. 



CHAPTER VII. 
On Ayurdaya or the Determination of the Length of Life. 

1. According to Maya, Yavanacharva, Manittha and 
Parasara, the maximum number of the years (a) of the 
Sun, the Moon and other planets are respectively 19, 25, 
15, 12, 15, 21 and 20 when the planets are in their exal- 
tation degrees. 

NOTES. 

(a) That is, the Savana year a year consisting of 
360 Savana days. A Savana day counts from Sun-rise to 
Sun-rise. 

A Soura or Solar year consists of 365*242264 days. 

() In this chapter, several methods are given foj; 
determining the length of human and other animal life 
from the planetary positions at the time of birth. The 
Author first proceeds to state what is known as Pinda- 
yurdaya. 

The years given by the Sun when in his exaltation 

degree is 19. 

Moon 25. 

Mars 15< 

Mercury 12. 

Jupiter 15. 

Venus 21. 

,, Saturn 20. 

The exaltation signs with the exaltation degrees of 

the several planets are given in Stanza 13, Ch. I. 



62 Brihat 3dtakd. [Cn. VlL 

Before the length of life can be ascertained, the years 
given above have to be subjected to various reductions. 

2. If the planets are in their depression degrees, 
their years will be one-half of those stated above ; if in 
any other places, the years shall be obtained by propor- 
tion (a). The number of years given by Lagna is the 
same as the number of Navamsas of the rising sign that 
may have risen above the horizon (<5). According to 
some (i), the number of years given by Lagna is the 
number of signs between the first point of Aries and the 
Lagna (d). Again, if a planet be in an inimical sign, he 
loses a third of his period (e) ; if he be an Astangata (/) 
planet, he loses one half (j>) ; but no reduction need be 
made in the case of Mars (h) occupying an inimical sign, 
or in the case of Saturn and Venus being Astangata 
planets. 

NOTES. 

(a) This reduction is known as Neechardhaharana. 
Suppose, for instance, the Sun to occupy the 21st degree 
of Sagittari. Required his years. The exaltation de- 
gree of the Sun is the 10th degree of Aries and his de- 
pression degree is the 10th degree of Libra. When in 
the latter degree, the number of years of the Sun will be 
one-half of what it is in the former degree, t'.c., one-half 
of 19, or 9^ years. From the 10th degree of Libra to the 
10th degree of Aries is 180 degrees. So that, every degree 
gives us _9^ years. Now, from the 10th degree of Libra to 

TSQ 

the 21st degree of Sagittari is 2 signs and 11 degrees, t.e t) 
60 + 11 or 71 degrees. 71 degrees give us 71 x9* years 

T8~T7 

= 3 years 8 months and 29 days, Adding this to 9| years, 
we get 13 years, 5 months and 29 days. The years of the 
other planets may be similarly ascertained. These years 
are subject to certain reductions as will be seen further on, 
(d) The Author gives here what is known as Lagna- 



CH. VIL] Brihat Jdtakd. 63 

yurdaya : that is, the rising sign gives a number of years in 
the same way as the planets do. A sign of Zodiac, consist- 
ing of nine Navamsas, gives us 9 years. So that, if the 
10th degree of Leo be rising, the number of years given by 
Lagna is $ x 9 years = 3 years. 

(c) Some : Manittha and men of his school. In this 
view, the Commentator roncurs. 

(d) In other words, each sign of the Zodiac gives a 
year; so that, if the 10th degree of Leo the 5th 
sign from Aries be rising, the number of years given by 
Lagna = 4 + ^ years = 4 years and 4 months. The Com- 
mentator adds that according to Saravali, in the case of 
Lagnayurdaya, the rule given in note (b) should be fol- 
lowed if the lord of the rising Navamsa be powerful, and 
that given in this note should be followed if the lord of 
the rising sign be powerful. 

(e) Planetary period ascertained as per note (a). In 
other words, f of his years shall be taken. This reduction 
is known as Satru-Kshetraharana. 

(/) A planet is said to be an Astangata one when 
he disappears within a particular limit from the Sun, his 
light being then obscured by the light of the Sun. This 
limit varies with different planets. In direct course, dis- 
appearance and re-appearance take place as follow : 

Mars when within 17 degrees from the Sun. 

Mercury > 14 

But when retrograde > 12 n 

Jupiter 11 

Venus ) 10 

But when retrograde ) ; , 

Saturn 15 

The Moon 12 

The reduction is known as Astangata-harana. 
(</) In other words, half of his period shall be taken. 
But where both Satrukhetra and Astangata reductions 
have to be made, the greater reduction shall be made, 
(Garga). 



64 BrihatJatakd. [Cn. VII. 

(K) The word used in the text is Vakra ; this is inter- 
preted to mean " Mars " by some and " a planet of retro- 
grade motion " by others. So that, according to the latter, 
no reduction for being in an inimical sign need be made 
from his years if the planet be retrograde in motion. In 
this view, Varaha Mihira concurs. But the other view has 
the support of Badarayana and Garga. 

3. If malefic planets occupy the 12th, llth, 10th, 9th, 
8th, or the 7th house from the rising sign, a reduction in 
full, one of one-half, one-third, one-fourth, one-fifth and one- 
sixth, shallbe made respectively in the years obtained (a). If 
the planets occupying the said houses be benefic ones, the 
reduction will only be one-half (b) of what was stated for 
each. But if several planets occupy a single sign, the 
reduction shall be made for the most powerful one. This 
is according to Satyacharya (c). 

NOTES. 

This reduction is known as Chakrapataharana and 
must always be made. Where two reductions have to 
be made, either may be done first and the other to the 
result. The final result will be the same. 

(a) o, ^ |, |, |and of the years shall respective- 
ly be taken. 

(&) Where the amount of reduction was stated to be 
full in the case of a malefic planet, it is only one-half in 
the case of a benefic planet ; where it was stated to be one- 
half in the former case, it is only one-fourth in the latter 
case and so forth. In other words , , |, , y 9 ^, \\, of 
periods shall be taken. 

(c) In this view, Varaha Mihira concurs. 

4. If a malefic planet (a) occupy the rising sign, then 
multiply the total number of years already obtained by the 



CH. VII. J Brihat Jdtakd. 65 

number of Navamsas between the first point of Aries and 
the Lagna of the rising Navamsa and divide the product 
by 108. (3) The quotient will be the number of years to 
be subtracted (c) from the total number of years already 
obtained (d}. But, if the malefic planet be aspected by a 
benefic one, the amount of reduction will only be one-half 
of what was stated above. 

NOTES. 

(a) The Sun, Mars or Saturn and not the waning 
Moon, according to Badarayana- Again, if both a benefic 
and a malefic planet occupy the rising sign, the reduction 
is for the planet nearest the rising point. 

(b) Taking the fraction of the rising Navamsa also 
into account. 

(c) The reduction is known as Krurodayaharana, 
(d} According to Saravali, the number of years of 

reduction is obtained by multiplying the total number of 
years already obtained by the number of Navamsas of 
the rising sign that have risen above the horizon and 
dividing the product by 108 the total number of Navamsas 
of the Zodiac. In this view, the Commentator concurs. 
The text is capable of both the meanings. 

5. The maximum length of life of man and the ele- 
phant is 120 years and 5 days, that of the horse is 32 
years, that of the ass and the camel is 25 years, that of 
the buffalo and the ox is 24 years, that -of the dog (a] is 
12 years, and that of the goat and the like (b) is 16 years. 

NOTES. 

To find out the length of life of an animal. Make 
the calculation as for a man and multiply the result by 
the maximum period of life of the particular animal and 
divide the product by 120 years and 5 days. The result 
will be the .length of life of the animal required, 
9 



Brihat Jdtaku. 



[Cn. VIL 



(a) Dog and animals with claws, such as th e cat, 
the tiger, the lion, and the like. 

() Goat, the deer and the like. 

6. The length of life of a person born when the 
last Navamsa of Pisces is rising, when Mercury has just 
passed 25 minutes in sign Taurus and when all the other 
planets occupy their exaltation signs is the maximum 
period of 120 years and 5 days. 

NOTES. 

The horoscope referred to in the text is given below^ 



Venus. 
Lagna. 


Sun. 


Moon. 
Mercury. 






RasiChakra. 


Jupiter. 


Mars. 








Saturn. 





As all planets excepting Mercury are in their exalta- 
tion sign's (and in their exaltation degrees as supposed 
by the Commentator) the years given by such planets are 
the maximum years assigned to them. The maximum 
rmmber of years of Mercury, when in his exaltation de- 
gree, viz., the 15th degree of Virgo is 12, and when in 
his depression degree, viz , the 15th degree of Pisces, is 6. 
The remaining 15 degrees of Pisces give us 6 months. 
Sign Aries gives us a year. Now the first degree of 
Taurus'gives ns 12 days and therefore 25 minutes of the 
1st degree give us jj-x25 = 5 days. So that, the years of 



CH. VII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 67 

Mercury = 6 years + 6 mouths + 1 year+ 5 days = 7 
years, 6 months and 5 days. 

Again, as the end of sign Pisces was rising, according 
to the Commentator, the nine Navamsas of sign Pisces 
give us 9 years; so that we have the following: 



The Sun ...19 yrs. 
The Moon... 2 5 
Mars ..15 



Jupiter ... 15 yrs. 

Venus ... 21 

Saturn ... 20 

Lagna ... 9 



Mercury ...7 yrs. 6 ins. 5 ds. 

Now, the reduction known as Chakrapataharaua is 
to be made from the years of Mars and Saturn, these two 
being malefic planets the former occupying the llth house 
and the latter the 8th house from the rising sigft. The 
amount of reduction therefore is one-half in thej case of 
Mars and one-fifth in the case of Saturn. Accordingly, 
after making the reduction, the years of Mars will be 7i 
and those of Saturn will be 16. Reductions known as 
Satrukshetra-harana, Astangata-harana and Krurodaya- 
harana have not to be made in this case. The resulting 
years, therefore, are 

Years. Months. Days. 

The Sun 19 

The Moon ... ... 25 

Mars 765 

Mercury ... ... 7 6 

Jupiter ... ... 15 

Venus ... ... 21 

Saturn ... ... J6 ... ... 

Lagna ... ... 9 ... ... 

Total length of life ... 120 ... 5 

7. This Pindayurdaya method has also been treated 
of, by Vishnugupta (a), Devaswami and Siddhasena. Reject- 
ing the age of 8, the period of Balarishta or early death (6), 
the main fault in this Pindayurdaya is, that, in no 
case, it give us years less than 20 (c). 



Brihat Jdtakd. 



H. vu; 



NOTES. 

(a) Visbnugupta is otherwise known as Chanakya. 
(/;) To which none of the Ayurdaya rules apply. 

0) The Commentator considers that this stanza is 
not the Author's ; the objection to Pindayurdaya raised in 
it, he meets as follows by proving that Pindayurdaya docs 
give years below 20. Retakes the following horoscope. 
The first Navamsa of Aquarius is the Lagna; the Sun, the 
Moon and Venus occupy their exaltation degrees; Mercury 
Jupiter and Saturn occupy their depression degrees, and 
Mars occupies the 28th degree of sign Aquarius. 



Venus. 
Mercury. 


Sun. 
Saturn. 


Moon. 




Mars. 
Lagna. 


Rasi Chakra. 




Jupiter. 













Now, as the Sun, the Moon and Venus are in their 
exaltation degrees, their years are respectively 19, 25 and 
21 ; and as Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn occupy their de- 
pression degrees, their years are one-half of their niaxi- 
nium years, that is one-half of 12, 15 and 20 or 6, 7^ and 
10 respectively. Now, the 28th degree of Capricorn is the 
exaltation degree of Mars, and as lie occupies the 28th 
degree of Aquarius, he is removed from the exaltation 
degree by exactly 30 degrees. His maximum number of 
years when in the 28th degree of Capricorn being 15 ; 30 
degrees or a sign gives us |f or a year and 3 months. Sub- 



CH. VII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 69 

trading this from 15 years, we get 13 years and 9 months 
as the years of Mars. As sign Aquarius was just rising, 
Lagna gives us no years ; so that, at this stage the plane- 
tary years stand as follows : 



The Sun ...19 years. 
The Moon... 25 
Venus ...21 



Mercury ...6 years. 
Jupiter ...7 years 6 ms. 
Saturn ..10 



Mars 1 3 years 9 months. 

Now as Jupiter, a benefic planet occupies the 12th 
house from the rising sign, his years suffer a reduction of 
one-half of their lengrh ; so that, after the reduction, he 
gives us only 3 years and 9 months. Again, as all the 
planets occupy friendly si^ns, no Satru-Kshetraharana 
need be made. Saturn being within 10 degrees from 
the Sun is an Astangata planet ; but his years however 
suffer no reduction ; so that, he gives us 10 years. 
Thus, we have the following : 



The Sun ...19 years. 
The Moon... 25 
Venus ...21 



Jupiter ...3 years. 9 his. 
( Saturn ...10 years, 
j Mars ... 13 years 9 months. 



Mercury ... 6 | 

Total 98 years and 6 months. 

Now, as Mars, a malefic planet, occupies the 
rising sign, the total number of 98 years and 6 mouths 
has to be subjected to a reduction known as Krurodaya- 
harana. In other words, the 108 Navamsas of the 
ecliptic represent the total number of years. Now, there 
are 10x9 = 90 Navamsas between the first point of Aries 
.and the first point of Aquarius- The quantity of reduc- 
tion, therefore, is -^ x 98 years and 6 months. There- 
fore, the years remaining after the reduction =- T V% x 98 
years and 6 months = 16 years and 5 months, the length 
of life required. This, of course, is less than 20 years. 

8. To the very yoga to which the maximum length 
of life has been assigned, certain Astrologers (#) have 



T^O Brihat Jdtakd. [Crt. Vlfc 

ascribed the life of a king. There is an evident error in 
iliis (b). Another error is, that persons born under the 
yoga of a sovereign are often found to live long and poor. 

NOTES. 

(a) Such as Badarayana and Yavaneswara. 
(3) The idea is that either most of the kings are 
short-lived or that most of the beggars live long. 
The objection amounts to this : 

That the very yoga which, according to Pindayurdaya 
is said to give a person the maximum length of life is consi- 
dered by certain astrologers as Raja Yoga. In either case, 
several planets occupy their exaltation signs (vide Stanza 
1, Chapter XT.) The Commentator considers this stanza 
too, not as the Author's, the objection raised being 
an absurd one. For, it is wrong to suppose that a 
particular yoga cannot be both a yoga for long life and 
one for the life of a sovereign. The other objection 
raised in the text is evidently a frivolous one and ought 
to be proved before it can be met. 

9. According to Jeevasarma, the maximum number 
of years for each planet when in his exaltation sign and 
degree is one-seventh of the maximum length of human 
life 120 years and 5 days which is, 17 years, 1 month, 
22 days, 8 ghatikas, 34'3 vighatikas = 17-14484 years, 
nothing omitted (). In this view, Jeevasarma stands 
alone and is not supported by other authorities. Accord- 
ing to Satyacharya, the planetary years are the same as 
the number of Navamsas passed over by each planet (3) t 
This view has the support of many authorities. 

NOTES. 

() Just as in Pindayurdaya, the several reductions 
are to be made and then the resulting length of life 
ascertained. 



CH. VII.] Brihat JdtakeL 71 

(b) Counting from the Navamsa of Aries immediate- 
ly preceding ; so that, no planet can give more than 1 
years. 

10. According to Satyacharya, convert the Sphuta 
or longitude of the planet into minutes ; divide the 
number of minutes by 200 ; the quotient will re'present 
the number of Navamsas passed over by the planet frbm 
the first point of Aries. Divide this by 12, the remainder 
will give the number of Navamsas from the Navamsa of 
Aries and the number is also 'the number of years and 1 
fraction of a year for the planet. 

NOTES. 

Suppose, the longitude of the Sun to be 115 degrees, 13, 
minutes. This converted into minutes gives 6,91,3 
minutes. Now, as a Navamsa contains 200 minutes, the 
number of Navamsas passed over by the Sun from the 
first point of Aries = 6 |^ 3 = 34- $. Dividing this by 
12, we get as remainder 104-^j- Navamsas from the next 
preceding Navamsa of Aries. This, then, represents the 
years of the Sun which will be found to be 10 years, 6 
months, 23 days and 24 ghatikas ; and so on, for each 
planet. 

11. Again, if any planet occupies its exaltation 
sign or is retrograde in its motion, the years assigned to 
it, shall be trebled ; and if the planet be in its Vargot- 
tama or Navamsa or Swakshetra or Drekkana, its years 
shall be doubled. The above is a special feature in 
Satyachar>iar's Ayurdaya. In other respects, it resembles 
the Pindayurdaya the several reductions (a} already re- 
ferred to~ apply to the present case. 

NOTES. 

(a} These are Satru-Kshetraharana except for 
Mars, Astangataharana except for Venus and Saturn and 
Chakrapataharana. The reduction known as Krurodaya- 



72 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. VII. 

harana does not apply to Satyacharyar's method (vide 
Stanza 12). 

According to Garga, a planet occupying his Neecha- 
rasi Loses one-half as stated in Note (g) to Stanza 2 
excepting Chakrapataharana, which must always be 
done. Of the other reductions, if several have to be done 
to the years of a planet it will be sufficient, if the biggest 
one alone be made. So says ( Bhattotpala and no autho- 
rity says otherwise. It is just the same whether the 
reductions are made first and the remainders are then 
doubled or trebled or the multiples made first and the 
reductions then applied to them. 

12. According to Satyacharya, the years, months, 
&c., for the Lagna, the rising degree, are the same as the 
n umber, of Navamsas passed over (a] (as in the case of 
planets) ; but if the rising sign be powerful (b\ then, the 
number of signs passed over represents the years, months, 
&c., (c). The reduction known as Krurodayaharana does 
not apply to Satyacharyar's method. In the case of ! the 
other reductions, the years given in the first stanza ought 
not to be employed (</). 

NOTES. 

(a) Beginning from the next preceding Navamsa 
of Aries. 

(b) As stated in Stanza 19, Ch. I. 

(c) As explained in Note (d] to Stanza 2 of this 
Chapter. 

(d) That is, the special years of each plarlet accord- 
ing to Satyacharya's method ought to be subjected to 
the several reductions. 

13. In the matter of Ayurdaya, the method of 
Satyacharya (known as Amsayurdaya) is the best 
(of the three methods of Ayurdaya). Objection is made 
to it, .on the ground, that the planetary years have to be 



. CH. VII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 73 

multiplied several times (a). This is not so; where any 
period has to be multiplied by several numbers, it \\ill be 
sufficient if the period is multiplied once and by the 
largest number (b). 

NOTES. 

(a) Suppose, Mercury to occupy sign Virgo which 
is his exaltation sign as well as his house. It would 
seem that under Stanza 11, Mercury's years should 
first be trebled and then doubled. Is this to be done'? 
Again, suppose Mercury to occupy the last Navamsa 
of sign Virgo which is his Vargottama position. His 
years, it would appear, have to be doubled on that 
account. Already, we found that for being in his house, 
his years had to be doubled. The question is whether 
the years of Mercury have to be doubled twice. Again, 
suppose Mercury while occupying Virgo his exaltation 
sign is also retrograde in his motion for which his years 
have to be trebled. Are his years then to be trebled twice? 
No. 

(3) If any period has to be doubled twice or thrice, 
it will be enough if it be doubled but once, and where 
the period has to be trebled twice or thrice, it will be 
enough if it be trebled but once. Again, if any period 
has to be both doubled and trebled, it will be enough if 
it be only trebled. 

According to Maniltha and Saravali, if the lord 
of the rising sign be a powerful planet, the Amsayur- 
daya method should be followed ; if the Sun be power- 
ful, the Pindayurdaya method should be followed j if 
the Mcon be powerful, the Naisargika method should be 
followed. 

According to others, both Pindayurdaya and Amsa- 
kayurdaya should be adopted in the division of life 
in Dasas and Antardasas and events predicted by both. 
Bhattotpala is in favour of Amsakayurdaya, 
10 



'74 Brihat Jdtakd. [CH. VIL 

14. The life of a person born when sign Cancer is 
rising, when Jupiter and the Moon occupy such rising 
sign, when .Mercury and Venus occupy the Kendras and 
the other planets occupy the llth, 6th and the 3rd houses 
is not subject to ordinary calculation, but far exceeds the 
maximum .period of the normal human existence (). 

NOTES- 

(a] In other words, the ordinary Ayurdaya rules 
-for ascertaining the length of a man's life do not apply to 
the horoscope mentioned in the text. For further parti- 
.eulars, vide, Notes at the end of Chapter IX. 



Notes. It may be interesting to quote here a few 
.horoscopes of the nature of the one referred to in the last 
stanza to which the ordinary Ayurdaya rules do not 
apply. These are mainly the horoscopes of eminent 
sages who are supposed to live for several centuries. 

1. The rising sign is Leo and Jupiter occupies it ; 
Venus occupies Cancer, Mercury the 2nd house Virgo, 
.and the malefic planets occupy the Upachaya places, viz., 
the 3rd, 6th, 10th, and the llth houses. A person born 
iii the above yoga will live for 1,000 years. 

2. The Sun and Mars occupy the 4th house from 
the ascendant ; Saturn occupies the rising sign, Rahu the 

12th house and the other planets the 8th house. A per- 
son born in the above yoga will live for 2,000 years. 

3. The rising sign is Aries and the Sun occupies 
it. .Saturn occupies the 4th or the 9th house, Mars the 
7th house and powerful Moon the 12th house. A person 
born in the above yoga will live for 2,000 years by the 
power of drugs. 

. 4. The rising sign is Sagittari or Pisces and Jupi- 
ter occupies it ; sign Gemini is unoccupied and Venus 
occupies one of the Kendra houses, A person born in 



CH. VII.] Briiiat Jdtakd. 75 

the above yoga will live for a great number of years by 
the power of drugs and will attain the position of fndra. 

5. If all the planets occupy either a single sign or 
the Trikona or the Kendra houses, a person born in the 
above yoga will either die immediately after birth or live 
for a yuga by the power of mantras. 

6. If malefic planets do not occupy the Trikona 
houses, benefic planets do not occupy the Kendra houses, 
and if the 8th house be not occupied by a malefic planet, 
a person born in the above yoga will become a Deva. 

7. The rising sign is Taurus and Venus occupies 
it ; Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra houses and the 
other planets occupy the 3rd, 6th and the llth houses. 
A person born under the yoga will become a Deva after 
living for a great number of years by the power of drugs 
and mantras. 

8. The rising sign is Cancer; Saturn occupies 
sign Libra; Jupiter occupies Capricorn ; and the Moon 
occupies Taurus. A person born in the above yoga attains 
the position of Brahma after living a great many years 
by the strength of drugs and mantras. 

9. The rising sign is Cancer and Cancer is also the 
rising Navamsa ; Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra 
houses, Mars the 7th house, and Venus is in Simhasa- 
namsa (). A person born in the above yoga will live 
long by the power of drugs. 

10. The rising Navamsa is the last Navamsa of 
sign Virgo and Mercury occupies it ; Jupiter occupies the 
7th house and is in Gopuramsa or Saturn is in Mridvamsa. 
A person born under the above yoga will live for an infi- 
nite number of years. 

11. Venus is in Devalokamsa ; Mars is in one of the 

(a) For an explanation of these Amsas or planetary positions, vide the 
notes at the end. 



76 Brihat Jdtakd. [CH. Vlt. 

Kendra houses and Jupiter is also in one of the Kendra 
houses and is in Simhasanamsa. A person born in the 
above yoga will live for a countless number of years. 

12. Venus occupies one of the Kendra houses and 
is in -Vargottama position and in Paravatamsa ; Jupiter 
occupies one of the Kendra houses and is in Swargalo- 
kamsa. A person born in the above yoga will live for a 
countless number of years by the power of drugs. 

13. Jupiter occupies one of the Keudra houses, and 
is' in Gopuramsa; Venus occupies one of the Trikona 
houses and is in Paravatamsa and the rising sign is Can- 
cer. A person born in the above yoga will live for a 
yuga. 

14. The rising sign is Cancer and Jupiter occupies 
it and is in the Navamsa of Sagittari and 2 or 3 planets 
occupy the Kendras. A person born in the above yoga 
will live long and attain the position of Brahma. 

15. Venus occupies the 3rd or IHh house and is in 
Gopura or other Amsas, and the rising Navamsa is 
Taurus of sign Taurus. A person born in the above 
yoga will live long and attain the position of Brahma. 

J6. Venus occupies the rising sign ; Jupiter the 7th 
house; the Moon, sign Virgo, and the rising Navamsa is 
Aries of sign Sagittari. A person born in the above 
yoga will obtain salvation. 

17. Mercury occupies the 5th house and is in 
Gopura or other Amsas ; the rising sign is Aquarius and 
Jupiter occupies it. A person born in the above yoga 
will attain the position of Brahma. 

1 8. Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra houses. 
Saturn occupies the llth house ; the Sun occupies the" 
2nd house ; Gulika, (the higher apsis of a planet's course) 
occupies the 7th house and Mars occupies the 9th house. 
A person born in the above yoga will live for a yuga. 



CH. VII.] Brihat Jdtaka. Tl 

19. Jupiter and Mercury are in the Trikona houses ; 
the rising sign is Taurus and Mars occupies it and the 
Moon is in Gopuranisa. A person born in the above 
yoga will live for 2,000 years. 

20. Jupiter occupies one of the Kendra houses; the 
rising sign is Cancer, Mars occupies the 7th house and 
Saturn the 4th house ; the time of birth is the light half 
of the month. If the birth of a person occurs in the above 
yoga and by day he will live for 10,000 years. 

21. Jupiter, Saturn, Mars and Venus occupy the 
Kendras and are mutually in Kendra positions to one 
another, or they all occupy the Trikona houses. A per- 
son born in either of the above yogas will live for 
10,000 years. 

22. Benefic planets occupy the Kendras; Malefic 
planets occupy the 3rd, 6th, and llth houses; the rising 
sign is Leo and Jupiter occupies it. A person born in 
the above yoga will live for 60,000 years. 

23. The rising sign is Capricorn, and planets from 
Mars to the Sun occupy it excepting Jupiter who occu- 
pies the 3rd house. A person born in the above yoga 
will live for a Kalpa. 

24. The last Navauisa of sign Aries is the rising 
Navamsa and Jupiter or Venus occupies it; the Moon 
occupies the 5th Navamsa of Taurus or Sagittari or Mars 
is in Simhasanamsa. A person born in the above yoga 
will live for a countless number of years. 

25. The Sun and Mercury occupy fixed signs; the 
Moon occupies sign Taurus, and Venus sign Gemini ; the 
rising sign js Cancer, and Jupiter occupies it, or the rising . 
sign is Libra and Saturn occupies it. A person born in 
the above yoga will become a J/;/z'or a Rishi. 

26. The Moon is in Devaiokamsa ; Mars is in Para- 
vatauisa; the Sun is in the rising sign and in Simhasa.- 



78 Brihal Jdtakd. [Cu. VII. 

namsa. A person born in the above yoga will become a 
Muni or a Rislii. 

27. The Sun, occupies sign Aries, Jupiter either the 
9th house or sign Cancer and the malefic planets occupy 
the 3rd, 6th and the llth houses. A person born in the 
above yoga will become a Muni. 

Amsas explained. 

In Chapter I, we have referred to the six modes of di 
vision of the Ecliptic known as Shadvarga. Certain 
writers have four more divisions known as Saptamamsa, 
Dasamsa, Shodasamsa and Shashtyamsa. These ten 
divisions of the Ecliptic are known as Dasavarga. 

Saptamamsa is the division of a sign of the Zodiac 
into 7 equal parts. The lords of the 7 parts of the odd 
signs are respectively the lords of the 7 signs of the Zodiac 
commencing from the odd sign ; and the lords of the 7 
parts of the even signs are respectively the lords of the 7 
signs of the Zodiac beginning from the 7th sign from the 
even sign. 

Dasamsa is the division of a sign of the Zodiac into 
10 equal parts. The lords of the 10 parts of the odd signs 
are respectively the lords of the 10 signs of the Zodiac com- 
mencing from the odd sign, and the lords of the 10 parts 
of the even signs are respectively the lords of the 10 signs 
commencing from the 10th sign from the even sign. 

Shodasamsa is. the division of a sign of the ecliptic 
into 16 equal parts. The lords of the 16 parts of the odd 
signs are the lords of the 1.2 signs commencing from the 
odd sign together with Brahma, Vishnu, Rudra and Surya ; 
the lords of the 16 parts of the even signs are the lords o 
the 12 signs commencing from the even sign together 
with Surya, Rudra, Vishnu and Brahma. 

Shashtyamsa is the division of a sign of the ecliptic 



CH, VII.] 



Brihat Jatakd. 



30 



into 60 equal parts, 
those of 

1. Ghora. 

2. Rakshasa. 

3. Deva. 

4. Kubera. 

5. Rakshogana 

6. Kinnara. 

7. Bhrashta. 

8. Kulaghna. 
i. Garala. 

10. Agni. 

11. Maya. 



The 60 parts of the odd signs are 



21. Padma. 

22. Lakshmi. 
28. Vageesa. 
24. Digambara. 

Deva. 

Ardra. 

Kalinasa. 

Kshitisvvara 

Kamalakara. 



25. 

26. 
27. 

28. 
29. 



30. Mandatmaja. 
81. Mrityu. 



41. Kalinasa. 

42. Mukhya. 

43. Vamsakshaya. 

44. Utpataka. 

45. Kala-rupa. 

46. Soumya. 

47. Mridu. 

48. Susitala. 

49. Danish trakarala. 

50. Indumukha. 
'51. Pravina. 

52. Kalagni. 

33. Davagni. 53. Dandayudha. 

34. Ghora. 54. Nirmala. 

35. Amaya. 55. Subha. 

36. Cantaka. 56. Asubha. 

37. Sudha. 57. Atisitala. 

38. Amrita. 58. Sudha. [na. 

39. Poornachandra.59. Payodhibhrama- 

40. Vishapradigdha.60.Indurekha. 

And the 60 parts of the even signs are the above in 
the inverse order; that is, beginning from Indurekha aud 
ending in Ghora. 

Now, a planet which occupies his particular house, 
Navamsa, Dwadasamsa, Trimsamsa, &c., is said to be in 
his Varga. A planet occupying two Vargas is said to he 
in Parijatamsa ; if he occupies three Vargas, he is said to 
be in Uttamainsa ; if four vargas, in "Gopuramsa ; if ftve 
vargas, in Simhasanainsa ; if six, in Paravatamsa ; if seven 
or eight, in Devalokamsa ; if nine, in Airavatamsa ; and 
if ten, in Vaiseshikamsa. 



12. Pretupureesa. 32. Kala. 

13. Apampati. 

14. Devaganesa. 

15. Kala. 

16. Ahi. 

17. Amritamsa. 

18. Chandra. 

19. Mridu. 

20. Komala. 



80 Brihat Jdtakd. [C'H. VIII. 

CHAPTER VIII. 

On Planetary Divisions and Sub- Divisions of Life 
Known as Dasas and Antardasas. 

1. Determine first which of the following three is 
powerful (a) the Rising Sign, the Sun and the Moon. 
His period comes first. Then follow the periods of the 
planets occupying the Kendra houses, from such power- 
ful rising sign or the Sun or the Moon. Then come the 
periods of the planets occupying the Panaphara houses 
from the same; and lastly come the periods of planets 
occupying the Apoklima houses (b). If there be no 
planets in the Kendra or Panaphara or Apoklima houses, 
then the periods of the other planets come in the order 
stated (c). 

NOTES. : 

(a) 111 more ways than one in comparison with the 
other two according to Yavaneswara (vide Stanzas 19 to 
21 of Ch. II. and Stanza 19 of Ch. I). 

(3) Tlie order in which come the periods of the 
several planets occupying the Kendra or the Panaphara 
or the Apolclima houses is given in the next stanza. 

(c) In other words, the 8 Dasa periods divide into 
three distinct groups. Those of the planets occupying the 4 
Movable signs form one group ; those of the planets occupy- 
ing the 4 Fixed signs form another group and those of the 
planets occupying the 4 Common signs form a third 
group. Now, if the L,agna, the Sun or the Moon 
whichever is more powerful than the other two, occupy a 
Movable sign, the Movable group comes first, the Fixed 
group comes next and the Common group comes last. If 
it occupy a fixed sign, the Fixed group comes first, the 
Common group comes next and the Movable group comes 
last. And if it occupy a Common sign, the Common group 
comes first, the Movable group comes next and the Fixed 



CH. VIII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 81 

group comes last. The group that comes first is always 
headed by the powerful Lagna, the Sun or the Moon. 

2. The lengths of the several planetary periods 
known as Dasas are the same as those of the planets as 
found in the last Chapter. Again, of the several planets 
occupying the Kendra or Panapbara or Apoklima houses, 
the Dasa period of the most powerful planet comes first 
then comes that of the planet next in power and 
so on ; but if the planets be of equal power (a], the Dasa 
period of the planet whose period is the longest comes 
first ; and if the planets be of equal power and period, 
then, the period of the planet which rises first (&) comes 
first. 

NOTES. 

(a) For instance, there are five ways of judging 
the strength of the planets. Now, out of Sthanabala, 
Dikbala, Chestabala, Kalabala and Grahadarsanabala, 
suppose Saturn to be powerful in 3 ways and Mars in 2 
ways; now, as Mars possesses Naisargika strength over 
Saturn, Mars and Saturn are said to be of equal power. 

(b] That is, reappears after its conjunction with 
the Sun, according to Garga. Taking Stanzas 1 and 2 
together, we find that the dasa period of the Lagna 
or the Sun or the Moon, whichever is most powerful, comes 
first. Then come the periods of the planets occupying 
the Kendra houses, in the order stated. Then come the 
periods of the planets occupying the Panaphara houses 
in the same order, and lastly those of the planets occupy- 
ing the Apoklima houses in the same order. 

3. The period of the Antardasa (a) (sub-division 
of planetary period) of the planet (b} occupying the same 
house as the lord of the Dasa period, is one-half of the 
Antardasa period of such lord. The Autardasa periods of 
the planets occupying the 5th and the 9th houses from 
the lord of the Dasa period, are, each, one-third ; those of 

11 



82 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. VIII. 

the planets occupying the 7th house from the lord are, 
each, one seventh ; and those of the planets, occupying the 
4th and. the 8th houses from the lord, are, each, one-fourth 
of the Antardasa period of the lord. The Antardasa 
periods of the Lagna-dasa shall be determined in the 
same way. 

NOTES. 

(a) Planetary divisions of life are known as Dasa 
periods and planetary sub-divisions of life ate known as 
the Antardasa periods. 

(3) The Antardasa periods of a particular Dasa period 
of a planet come in the order stated in the text, rvb. ? 
first comes the Antardasa period of the planet itself, then 
that of the planet occupying the same house as the lord of 
the Dasa period, then that of the planet occupying the 5th 
or the 9th house from the lord, then that of the planet 
occupying the 7th house from the lord, and lastly that of 
the planet occupying the 4th or the 8th house from such 
lord. If several planets occupy the same house as the 
lord of the Dasa period, the lord of the Antardasa is the 
most powerful of them. Similarly, if several planets 
occupy the 5th or the 9th house or the 7th house or the 
4th or the 8th house from the sign occupied by the lord 
of the Dasa, the lord of the Antardasa is the most powerful 
planet. If there be several planets in the 5th or the 9th 
house, then the fraction for the powerful planet of each 
is . Similarly, if there be several planets in the 4th or 
the 8th house, the fraction for the powerful planet of each 
is . If there be no planets in any of these places, the An- 
tardasa periods of the other planets alone should be taken. 

4. The fractions (a) should all be made to have a 
common denominator with different numerators. The 
Dasa period should be divided by the sum of the numera- 
tors and the quotient when multiplied by the several 
numerators will give the periods of the several Antardasas. 



CH. Vlii.] Brihat Jdtakd. 83 

NOTES. 

(a) That is i, \, -*-, -, ^, |, -f, are all the possible ones. 

Suppose for instance, there are planets in the several 
places referred to in the last stanza excepting, say, the 7th 
house from the signs occupied by the lord of the Dasa. 
The periods of the four Antardasas those of (1) the lord 
o the Dasa, (2) the planet with it, (3) the planet occupy- 
ing the 5th or the 9th house from it, and (4) the planet 
occupying the 4th or the 8th house from it are in the 
proportion of ]- : | : \ : : \. Reducing these to fractions 
with a common denominator, we get || : ^\ : T \ : -fa ; 
in other words, the Antardasa periods are in the propor- 
tion of 12: 6 : 4 : 3. The sum of these numbers is 25 ; if, 
therefore, the Dasa period be divided by 25 and the quo- 
tient multiplied by 12, 6,4 and 3, we shall obtain the 
periods of the four Antardasas. 

5. The Dasa period (a) of the most powerful (b) 
planet occupying at the time of birth the exaltation degree 
of its exaltation sign, (c} is known as Sampurna (a). The 
dasa period of a weak planet occupying the depression 
degree of its depression sign is known as Rikta (e). The 
dasa period of a planet occupying an inimical Navamsa 
and also the depression degree of its depression sign is 
known as Anishta. 

NOTES. 

(<?) As well as the Antardasa period in this and in 
the next two cases mentioned in the text. 

(b) Powerful in every way vide Stanzas, 19 to 21, Ch, 
II. 

(c) And also the dasa period of a planet though not 
powerful occupying the exaltation degree of its exaltation 
sign, according to the Commentator, 

(d) The dasa period of a planet occupying simply 
its exaltation sign and not very powerful is known as 
Poortia, 



64 Brihat Jdlakd. [Cn. Vlli. 

0?) The dasa -period of a weak planet occupying 
simply its depression sign is also known as Rikta. 

6. The dasa period (a) of a planet which quitting 
the exaltation degree moves towards the depression sign 
is known as Avarohini (b}\ while so moving, if the planet 
occupy a friendly or an exaltation Navarnsa (c), his dasa 
period is known as Madhyama. Again, the dasa period of 
a planet which quitting the depression degree moves 
towards its exaltation sign is known as A rohini (d) ; while 
so moving, if the the planet occupy an inimical or a de- 
pression Navamsa, his dasa period is known as Adhaina (e)* 

NOTES. 

(a) As well as the Autardasa period according to the 
Commentator. 

(b) Such dasa periods produce evil. 

(c} Or his own Navamsa according to the Commen- 
tator. Exaltation Navamsa is one which bears the name 
of the exaltation sign. 

(d) Such dasa periods produce prosperity. 

(e) Arohini dasas and Madhyama dasas produce 
prosperity and Avarohini dasas and Adhama dasas pro- 
duce evil. A planet which occupies a neutral sign or 
Navamsa produce neither good nor evil. 

7. The dasa period (#) of a planet, which occupies a 
depression or an inimical Navamsa, when in a good posi- 
tion (b\ is known as Nisraphala (c\ The several names of 
the dasas indicate by their-ineauing the nature of the dasa 
periods (d}. We shall describe (in the course of this Chap- 
ter) (e) the effects of the several planetary dasas. 

NOTES. 

(a) As well as the Autardasa period according to 
the Commentator. 

(ft) That is, when the planet occupies his own house, 
a friendly house or his Moolatrikona or exaltation house. 



CH. VIII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 85 

(c) Similarly, the dasa period of a planet whicli occu- 
pies an inimical or depression sign and is in his own Na- 
vamsa, in a friendly Navamsa or a Moolatrikona or 
exaltation Navamsa, or if he occupies a Vargottama place 
is also known as Misraphala. 

(d) E.g. The name Sampurna indicates vast pros- 
perity. Poorna indicates prosperity. Adhama indicates 
misery or destruction and very little prosperity. Rikta 
indicates misery and poverty. And Misraphala indicates 
a mixture of both good and evil. 

e) From Stanza ] 2 of this Chapter. 

8. According as the rising Drekkana is the first, 
second or third, the Lagna dasa is known as Adhama, 
Madhyama or Uttama if the rising sign be a common sign ; 
Uttama, Madhyama or Adhama if the rising sign be a 
movable sign ; and Adhama, Uttama or Madhyama if the 
rising sign be a fixed sign. 

NOTES. 

In other words, if the rising sign be one of the com- 
mon signs, Gemini, Virgo, Sagittari and Pisces, the 
Lagna dasa is known as Adhama if the rising Drekkana 
be the 1st, Madhyama if it be the 2nd, and Uttama or 
Pujita if it be the 3rd. Again, if the rising sign be one 
of the movable signs, Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn, 
the Lagna dasa is known as Uttama if the rising Drek- 
kana be the 1st, Madhyama if it be the 2t.d, and Adhama 
if it be the 3rd. Lastly, if the rising sign be one of the 
fixed signs, Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius, the 
Lagna dasa is known as Adhama or Asubha if the rising 
Drekkana be the 1st, Uttama or Ishta if it be the 2nd, 
and Madhyama or Sama if it be the 3rd. These names 
indicate, as already stated, the nature of the dasa period. 
E-g. Adhama indicates misery, Madhyama a mixture of 
both good and evil, and Uttama indicates prosperity* 



86 Brihat Jatakd. [Cn. VIII. 

9. The Naisargika (natural) dasas in the case of all 
creatures are those of the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus, 
Jupiter, the Sun and Saturn in the order stated, and their 
periods are respectively 1, 2, 9, 20, 18, 20 and 50 years 
(a}. If the Naisargika dasa period and the ordinary pla- 
netary dasa (b) period happen to run together, such period 
(c) will be a prosperous one. According to Yavaneswara, 
the closing period (d) is the Naisargika Lagna dasa and 
produces prosperity. This is objected to by some. 

NOTES. 

(a) In all 120 years. If the lord of the Naisargi- 
ka dasa period be powerful and occupy any of the Upa- 
chaya places, he will produce prosperity ; and if he be weak 
and occupy an Anupachaya place he will produce evil. 

(b) Or Antardasa period according to the Com- 
mentator. 

(c) A similar remark applies to the Autardasa 
periods. 

(d) The period of life after 120 years. 

10. If the lord of the dasa period or one of his 
friendly planets occupy the Lagna (a), or if the Lagna 
belong to the Varga (division) (b) of the lord of the dasa 
period, or if a benefic planet occupy the Lagna, or if the 
lord of the dasa period occupy the 3rd, 6th, 10th or the 
llth house from the Lagna, such dasa period (c) will be a 
prosperous one (d}. 

Again, when the Moon occupies (e) a sign friendly (/) 
to the lord of the dasa (g) or the exaltation sign of the 
lord of the dasa or the 3rd, 6th, 10th, llth, 5th, 9th or 
the 7th house (h) from the sign occupied by the lord of 
the dasa period, she will bring on prosperity ; otherwise 
(i), she will produce misery. 

NOTES. 

(a") Lagna: This is interpreted to mean the rising 
sigti at the moment of the eommeiicement of the dasa 



CH. VIII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 87 

period ; so that, the hour of commencement of a dasa 
period must first be ascertained and a figure of the Heavens 
drawn up for the hour. It is absolutely impossible to 
determine the Lagna at the commencement of the Dasa, 
much less its Varga (Division). 

(b) Varga : If, for instance, the Lagua be the sign, 
Hora, Drekkana, Navamsa, Dwadasamsa or Trimsainsa of 
the lord of Dasa period. 

(c) Or Antardasa period according to the Com- 
mentator. 

(d} If either the friendly planet or the benefic 
planet occupying the Lagna be an Atimitra planet to the 
lord of the dasa period, such period will be a very prospe- 
rous one ; if such benefic planet be an Atisatru planet, 
the period will not be a prosperous one ; but if the planet 
be a neutral one, just the effects of the dasa period will 
occur. 

(e) The Moon causes prosperity while it passes 
through the several places mentioned in the text. These 
places are with reference to the signs occupied by the 
lords of the Dasa and Antardasa periods in the course of 
their motions in the ecliptic. 

(f) Friendly for the time being. 

(g) Or Antardasas according to the Commentator. 
(/;) Vide, note (e). 

(/') That is when the Moon passes through the 
other places. 

The first para, of the text will determine the charac- 
ter of the Dasa and Antardasa period. The se'cond para, 
will enable a person to determine the happy or unhappy 
days indicated by the Dasa and Antardasa periods. It 
will also enable one to determine which of the 12 Bhavas 
from the rising sign at the time of birth the Moon occu- 
pies (for the time being). The good or bad effects will 



88 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. VIII. 

affect according to Garga the object signified by the 
several Bhavas Vide, Stanza 15, Ch. I. 

11. If, at the time of commencement of the Dasa 
period of a planet, the Moon occupy sign Cancer, the 
native will become rich, will live in comfort and will be res- 
pected ; if, at the time, the Moon occupy sign Aries or sign 
Scorpio, his wife will become unchaste ; if the Moon occupy 
either sign Gemini or sign Virgo, the person will become 
learned, get friends and become rich ; if the Moon occu- 
py sign Leo, the person will work in forests, on roads and 
near houses ; if the Moon occupy sign Taurus or sign Libra, 
he will eat sumptuous meals ; if she occupy sign Capri- 
corn or sign Aquarius, he will get a bad woman ; and if 
the Moon occupy sign Sagittari or sign Pisces, the 
person will become rich, happy and respected. 

12. In the dasa period (a) of the Sun, a person will 
acquire wealth by dealing in perfumes or nails, tusks of 
elephants and the like animals, in tiger skin and the like, 
in gold, by acts of cruelty, by means of roads, by the king 
and by battle. He will become cruel, courageous, persever- 
ing, renowned and valorous, will get into trouble through 
his wife, son, money, enemy, weapons, fire or the king ; 
and he will become liberal in gifts and addicted to sinful 
deeds ; he will quarrel with his servants and will become 
afflicted with pain in his chest and belly and the like 
diseases. 

NOTES. 

(#) Or Antardasa period according to the Commen- 
tator. The technical names, such as Sampurna, Adhama, 
&c., given to the planets indicate the benefic or the malefic 
character of their Dasa period Vide note (d) to Stanza 7. 

If the dasa period be good, the good effects alone 
will come to pass and if bad, the bad effects alone will 
come to pass ; and if both, the effects will be both good 
and bad Vide, Stanza 1 9. 



CH. VIU.] Brihat Utakd. 89 

13. In the Dasa period of the Moon, the person will 
derive benefits from dealing in or by means of the mantras, 
the Brahmins, the productions of sugar-cane, milk, ghee, 
and the like, cloth, flower, play, sesamum seeds, and food ; 
he will be of patient nature ; he will respect virtuous 
Brahmins and the Devas ; he will get daughters and will 
acquire an increase of wisdom, wealth and renown. 

The person will indulge in sleep and idleness, will 
lose his wisdom, wealth and renown and will quarrel with 
powerful men and with kinsmen. 

14. In the Dasa period of Mars, the person will 
acquire wealth, by fighting with his enemies, through his 
brother, the king, lands, woollen goods and goats, 

He will hate his sons, friends, wife, and brothers 
and will dislike learned men and men of importance ; he 
will suffer from diseases caused by or connected with 
thirst, blood, fever, bile, loss of limbs or sexual inter- 
course with other women. He will associate with men 
doing wicked deeds; he will become vicious, harsh in 
speech and cruel. 

15. In the Dasa period of Mercury, the person will 
acquire wealth by doing acts of message and through 
friends, preceptors and Brahmins. His praises will be 
sung by learned men. He will become famous and will 
get brass and the like mixed metals, gold, horses, lands, 
popularity, comfort and ease. He will be skilled in the 
art of ridiculing others and serving under other men. 
He will get an increase of wisdom and successfully do 
deeds of virtue. 

He will suffer from harsh words, will suffer from grief, 
imprisonment, pain of mind and diseases arising from an 
affection of the three dhatusvata (the air), pitta (bile), 
and sleshma (phlegm). 

16. In the dasa period of Jupiter, the person will 
acquire wealth by acts of worship, by his learning, valour 

12 



90 Brihal Jdtakd. [Cn. VIII. 

ingenuity, bright personal appearance, military fame, by 
acts of generosity, mantras, diplomacy, the king and the 
Vedas. He will have an increase of gold, horses, sons, 
elephants and cloths, and will acquire the friendship of 
good kings. 

He will learn things requiring much ingenuity, will 
suffer from foot journey and pain in the ear and will 
quarrel with wicked men. 

17. In the Dasa period of Venus, the person will 
enjoy sweet music, various pleasures, perfumes, sump- 
tuous meals, alcohol, fine cloths, women, and precious 
stones. He will be of fine appearance, valorous, and will 
enjoy every substance provoking sexual passion, will be- 
come learned in the Sastras, will obtain the object of his 
desire, will acquire friends, will become skilled in trade 
and in Agriculture and will get hidden treasures and 
wealth. 

He will quarrel with crowds of people, with the 
king, hunters and wicked men and he will suffer grief 
from his own friends. 

NOTES. 

(a) Yoga Sastra according to the Commentator. 

18. In the Dasa period of Saturn, the person will get 
asses, camels, birds, buffaloes and old women, will rule 
over hamlets, villages or towns, and will thereby become 
renowned and will get grain of inferior quality. 

He will suffer difficulties from phlegmatic and windy 
complaints ; from jealousy, anger, distraclion of mind, 
and dirty habits. He will be idle, suffer from grief and be 
much troubled. His servants, sons, daughters and wife 
will exercise authority over him and his organs will 
become defective. 

19. If the dasa period be a benefic one, the good 
effects will come to pass ; if it be a malefic one, the bad 



CH. VIlL] Brihattttakd. 91 

effects will coine to pass. If it be of a mixed nature, both 
effects will come to pass. The effects for the Lagna Dasa 
are the same as the effects for the dasa period of the lord 
of the rising sign. 

NOTES. 

As stated already, the character, whether benefic or 
malefic of a dasa period, is to be determined from the tech- 
nical names given to the lord of the period ( Vide Stanzas 
5 to 8.) Again, if, at the time of birth, any of the planets 
occupy the Upachaya houses, be of bright discs and of 
distinct motion, the effects will be good in their dasa pe- 
riods. But, if the planets occupy the Apachaya signs, 
suffer defeat in conjunction, be of disagreeable appearance 
or of small discs, the effects will be bad in their dasa pe- 
riods. The planets, which, at the time of commencement 
of their Antardasa periods might be aspected by benefic 
planets or occupy the Vargas (divisions) of benefic or 
Atimitra (very friendly) plauets, are powerful and will not 
cause death ; if they be situated otherwise, they will cause 
death. 

20. In the benefic Dasa periods of the planets, a per- 
son will acquire the several metals assigned to the planets, 
(vide Chapter II, 12) and in the malefic Dasa periods of 
the planets, he will lose them. Again, in the Dasa period 
of a planet, a person's occupation will be that mentioned 
for the planet (a}. The effects described for the 12 houses 
from the ascendant, (6) for the 12 signs from Aries, (c) for 
planetary aspects (d) and for all yogas (e) excepting 
Nabhasa yogas (/) will occur in the Dasa period of the 
planet which is most powerful among the yoga plauets. (g) 

NOTES. 

(a) Vide Stanzas 2, 3 and 4, Ch. 10. 

(b) Chapter 20. 

(c) Chapter 18. 



92 Bnhat JataM. [C. VIlL 

0) Chapter 19. 

(*) Chapters 11, 13, 14, 15 and 21. 
(/) The effects of the Nabhasa yogas will be felt 
throughout life Vide, Stanza 19, Ch. 12. 
(g) Vide also Stanza 5, Ch. 22. 

21. In the Dasa period of a particular planet, the 
person's complexion will be that due to the elementary 
principles presided over by the planet and the complexion 
will be accompanied by certain other qualities due to the 
elementary principles of earth, water, fire and Akas and 
discernible by their respective organs of sense, viz., the 
nose, the tongue, the eyes, the body and the ears. 

NOTES. 

Physical man is a composition of the five elementary 
principles earth, water, fire, air and Akas (ether) : Mer- 
cury presides over earth ; Venus and the Moon over water ; 
Mars and the Sun over fire; Saturn over air; and Jupiter 
over Akas. (Ch II., St. 6). In the Dasa period of a parti- 
cular planet, his elementary principles will predominate 
and the complexion of the person during such period will 
be that due to the particular elementary principle. Varaha 
Mihira, in Chapter 68 of his Brihat Samhita (Stanzas 90 
to 93 ) has thus stated in detail the complexion due to 
each of the seven planets : 

"The complexion discernible in shining teeth, skin, 
nails and hairs of the body and of the head will be attend- 
ed with prosperity ; it is caused by the element of earth ; 
it makes the person happy, rich and virtuous." 

" The complexion which is glossy, white, clear, green 
and agreeable to look at is caused by the element of 
water ; it will make all creatures possessing it happy and 
successful in all their attempts and will produce wealth, 
comfort, luxury and prosperity." 

"The complexion which is fearful, unbearable, of the 
Color of the lotus, gold or fire, and indicating strength, 



CH. VIII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 9$ 

power and valor, is caused by the element of fire, and it 
brings success to a person and enables him to gain his 
desired object." 

"The complexion which is dirty, not glossy, black 
and of bad scent, is caused by the element of air ; it will 
cause to the person death or imprisonment, disease, ruin 
and loss of wealth.'' 

" The complexion which is of the color of crystal, 
noble, clear and indicating wealth and generosity, is 
caused by the element of ether ; it gives a person all that 
he desires." 

Now, suppose the Dasa period to be that of Mars ; his 
element is fire ; the complexion caused by the elementary 
principle of fire described above will be the complexion 
of a person in the Dasa period of Mars and so for the 
other planets. 

Again, the property of earth is smell, discernible by 
the nose ; that of water is taste discernible by the toiigue ; 
that of fire or light is shape or appearance discernible by 
the eyes; that of air is touch discernible by the body ; and 
that of Akas is sound discernible by the ears. Suppose 
the Dasa period to be that of Venus ; his element is 
water ; the quality belonging to water is taste discerni- 
ble by the tongue. Therefore, in the dasa period of 
Venus, the person will eat juicy meals according to his 
desire. In the Dasa period of Jupiter (Akas sound), the 
person's speech will be sweet and agreeable to the ear ; 
in the period of Mercury (earth smell), the person's 
body will be with an agreeable odour ; in that of Mars 
(fire shape), he will be of an agreeable appearance ; and in 
that of Saturn (air touch), he will be of soft body. 

From a careful observation of these qualities and also 
the effects of the Dasa periods ( Vide, Stanzas 10 to 21, Ch. 
8) and Antardasa periods (Stanzas 2, 3, 4?, Ch. iO) the parti- 
cular dasa period of a person may also be determined, 



94 frrihat Jdtakd. [Cn. Vlll. 

22. In the benefic dasa period of a planet, the good 
effects are caused immediately by the Divine Soul living 
within the body and assuming for the time being a 
benefic character (a). When a person is found to enjoy the 
good effects described for a planetary Dasa period, it may 
be concluded that such dasa period is going on at the 
time. As regards the effects described for planets which 
might be powerless, these are experienced by a person 
either in his dream or in mental reveries (b). 

NOTES- 

(<z) If the dasa period be a malefic one, the Divine 
soul assumes a malefic character for the time, and pro- 
duces evil, and if the period be of a mixed nature, the 
Divine soul assumes a corresponding character and pro- 
duces both good and evil. 

(3) A wild train of thought in which a person 
enjoys or suffers according to his hopes or fears. 

23. If the effects of a planet be found to be benefic 
under one yoga and malefic in respect to the same 
point under another yoga () neither of the effects will 
occur ; if two or more yogas give a character, one a 
different character to one and the same planet, the former 
will take effect. But if, to two distinct planets, conflicting 
effects have been assigned, both will come to pass in their 
respective dasa periods. 

NOTES. 

(a) For example, if under an yoga, a planet is de- 
clared to bring wealth and under another to destroy it. 



N3. The division of life into dasas as given by 
the Author is hardly studied by Indian Astrologers, evi- 
dently from the difficulties attending its application. 
These Astrologers, as a class, employ the exceedingly 
simple division of life into what is known as Udu or 



CH. VIII.] Brihat Jdtakd, 95 

Nakshatra Dasas. According to this, the maximum period 
of human life is divided into 9 parts presided over by the 
seven planets and by Rahu and Ketu the two nodes of 
the Moon. They come in the following order and their 
years are also given below : 

(1) The Sun, 6 years. (5) Jupiter, 16 years. 

(2) The Moon, 10 (6) Saturn, 19 

(3) Mars, 7 (7) Mercury, 17 

(4) Rahu, 18 (8) Ketu, 7 

(9) Venus, 20 years. 

The lord of the dasa period, at the time of birth, is 
ascertained from the asterism which the Moon occupies 
at the time the nine triangular asterisms represent the 
nine dasas : if therefore at the time of birth, the Moon 
occupy one of the triangular asterisms of 

Krittika, U. Phalguni and U. Ashadha, the dasa 

period is that of the ... Sun. 

Rohini, Hasta and Sravana ... Moon. 

Mrigasirsha, Chitra and Sravishta ... Mars. 

Ardra, Swati and Satabhishak ... Rahu. 

Punarvasu, Visakha and P. Bhadrapada ... Jupiter. 

Pushya, Anuradha and U. Bhadrapada ... Saturn. 

Aslesha, Jyeshta and Revati ... Mercury. 

Aswiui, Magha and Mula ... Ketu. 

Bharani, P. Phalguni and P. Ashada ... Venus. 

How much of the period of a particular dasa has 
elapsed and how much remains at the time of birth must 
be ascertained from the portion of the asterism passed over 
by the Moon and the portion remaining at the time. This 
may be roughly ascertained from the time taken by the 
Moon to go over the portion of the asterism the whole 
time in which the Moon passes through a particular 
asterism (as given in the Calendar) representing the full 
period of a dasa ; e.g., suppose the Moon to take 64 



96 BrihatJdtakd. [Cn. VIII. 

ghatikas and 42 vighatikas to go over the asterism of 
Krittika, and suppose that at the time of birth, the Moon 
has gone over a portion of asterism covered by 24 ghatikas 
and 16 vighatikas. Required the number of years remain- 
ing at the time of birth in the dasa period of the Sun. 
Now, the time in which the Moon will go over the remain- 
ing portion of the asterism of Krittika =64 gh. 42. vigh 
24 gh. 16 vigh. =40 gh. 26 vigh. Now, 64 gh. and 42 
vigh. represent the whole period of 6 years of the Sun, 
Therefore time required 
6 years 



64 gh. 


42 vigh. 
6 


x(40 


x 60 + 

7278 


. 

26.) years. 


64 x 
6 


60 + 

x 2426 


42 


3882 




1941 





= 3 Savana years, 

8 months, 29 days, 51 ghatikas, 39 vighatikas = 3 Soura years, 
8 monthp, 14 days, 6 ghatikas, 3 vighatikas. 

To this must be added in the order stated the dasa 
periods of the Moon, Mars, Rahu, &c., till we come to the 
present age of the person. 

Again, the nine dasa periods are each divided into 9 
sub-divisons known as Antardasas the lord of the first 
antardasa being the lord of the dasa period, and those 
of the antardasas which follow are the same as the lords 
of the dasa periods which follow ; so that, the antardasas, 
of the dasa period of Jupiter, for instance, are those of 
Jupiter, Saturn. Mercury, Ketu, Venus, the Sun, the Moon, 
Mars and Rahu. The lengths of the antardasa periods 
bear the same proportion to each other as the lengths of 
the dasa periods. For instance, required the length of the 
antardasa period of Venus in the dasa period of Jupiter. 
The clasa period of Jupiter is 16 years, that of Venus is 20 



CH. IX.] Brihat Jdtakd. 97 

years, that of all the planets is 120 years; therefore the 

16 years 

length of the antardasa period required x 20 

120 years 

years = f years = 2 Savana years and 8 months. = 2 Soura 

years, 7 months, 19 days, 30 ghatikas. 

Again, each of the autardasa period is further sub- 
divided into 9 parts, in the same proportion, known as 
Sukshma periods. The Appendix will contain tables for 
the dasa and antardasa periods. 



CHAPTER IX. 
On Ashtakavargas. (a) 

1. The benefic places of the Sun are the 1st, 2nd, 
4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and llth houses from himself; the 
same houses from Mars and Saturn ; the 6th, 7th, and 
12th houses from Venus ; 5th, 6th, 9th and llth houses 
from Jupiter ; the 3rd, 6th, 10th and llth houses from 
the Moon; the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, llth and 12th 
houses from Mercury, and the 3rd, 4th, 6th, 10th, llth 
and 12th houses from Lagna. 

2. The benefic places of the Moon are the 3rd, 6th, 
10th and llth houses from Lagna; the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 
9th, 10th and llth houses from Mars; the 1st, 3rd, 6th, 
7th, 10th and llth houses from herself (Moon) ; the 3rd, 
6th, 7th, 8th, 10th and llth housesfrom the Sun ; the 3rd, 
5th, 6th and llth houses from Saturn ; the 1st, 3rd, 4tb, 
5th, 7th, 8th, 10th and llth houses from Mercury ; the 1st, 
4th, 7th, 8th, 10th, llth and 12th, houses from Jupiter, 
and the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 9th, 10th and llth houses 
from Venus. 

(a) This means the benefic and malefic places of a planet with refer- 
ence to eight places the places occupied by the seven planets and the 
at the time of birth. 

13 



98 Brihat JdtaM. [Cn. IX. 

3. The beuefic places of Mars are the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 
10th and llth houses from the Sun ; the 1st, 3rd, 6th, 10th 
and llth houses from L,agna; the 3rd, 6th, and llth 
houses from the Moon; the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th, 
and 1 1th houses from himself (Mars); the 1st, 4th, 7th, 
8th, 9th, 10th and llth houses from Saturn ; the 3rd, 5th, 
6th and 1 1th houses from Mercury ; the 6th, 8th, llth and 
12th houses from Venus; and the 6th, 10th, llth and 12th 
houses from Jupiter. 

4. The benefic places of Mercury are the 1st, 2nd, 
3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th and llth houses from Venus ; the 
1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and llth houses from 
Saturn and Mars; the 6th, 8th, llth and 12th houses from 
Jupiter ; the 5th, 6th, 9th, llth and 12th houses from the 
Sun ; the 1st, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, llth and 12th 
houses from himself; the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and llth 
houses from the Moon ; and the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 
10th, and llth houses from L,agna. 

5. The benefic places of Jupiter are the 1st, 2nd, 
4th 7th, 8th, 10th and llth houses from Mars; the 1st, 
2nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 10th and llth houses from himself ; 
the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th and llth houses 
from the Sun ; the 2nd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th and llth 
houses from Venus; the 2nd, 5th, 7th, 9th and llth 
houses from the Moon; the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 12th houses 
from Saturn ; the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th and 
llth houses from Mercury ; and the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 
7th, 9th, 10th and llth houses from Lagna. 

6. The benefic place o Venus are the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 
4th, 5th 8th, 9th and llth houses from Lagna; the 1st, 
2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, llth and 12th houses from the 
Moon ; the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 10th and llth 
houses from himself ; the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 
llth houses from Saturn ; the 8th, llth and 12th houses 
from the Sun; the 5th, 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th houses 



CH. IX.J Brihat Jdtakd. 99 

from Jupiter; the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th and 11th houses 
from Mercury; and the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 9th, llth and 12th 
houses from Mars. 

7. The benefic places of Saturn are the 3rd, 5th, 6th 
and llth houses from himself ; the 3rd, 5th, 6th, 10th, 1 Hh 
and 12th houses from Mars; the 1st, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 
10th and llth houses from the Sun ; the 1st, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 
10th and llth houses from Lagna ; the 6th, 8th, 9th, 10th ) 
lith and 12th houses from Mercury; the 3rd, 6th and 
llth houses from the Moon ; the 6th, llth and the 12th 
houses from Venus; and the 5th, 6th, llth and 12th 
houses from Jupiter. 

8. Thus have been described the benefic places of 
the planets ; the other places are malefic (a). A place will 
produce benefic or malefic effects if it be more benefic for 
the planet than malefic or vice versa (b}. 

These places are all with reference to the places oc- 
cupied by the planets at the time of birth. The planets 
while passing through places which happen to be 
Upachaya houses (<;) or which might be their own houses 
or their friendly or exaltation signs, (d) produce benefic 
effects/^//}' if such houses or signs are more benefic for 
the planets than malefic ; and planets while passing 
through places which happen to be Apachaya houses (e) 
or which might be their inimical or depression signs, 
produce malefic effects ftilly if such houses or signs be 
more malefic for the planets than benefic. (/ ) 

NOTES. 

(a) For instance, the 3rd, 5th, 6th and 12th houses 
from himself are malefic places for the Sun. The 1st, 
2nd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 9th and 12th houses from Lagua 
are malefic places for the Moou, and so forth. 

(<) In preparing tables of Ashtakavarga, it is usual 



100 



Brihat Jdtakd. 



[Cn. IX- 



to mark the benefic places with dots and the malefic 
places with lines. We will put down the Ashtakavarga 
table for Mars in the following horoscope : 



Lagna. 
Venus. 


Sun. 


Moon. Mercury. 






RASI CHAKRA. 


Jupiter. 


Mars. 








Saturn. 





Mark the benefic places of Mars with dots and the 
malefic places with lines. The result will be found to be 
as follows : 



000 = 3 
11111 = 5 


000 = 3 
11111 = 5 


000-3 
11111 = 5 


000-3 
11111 = 5 


000-3 
11111 = 6 


ASHTAKAVARGA OF MARS. 




0000 = 4 
1111=4 


00000 = 5 
111 = 3 


OOGOO-5 
111 = 3 


00=2 
111111=6 


0=1 
1111111-7 


00000 = 5 
111-8 


00-2 
111111 = 6 



The table means that while Mars moves through 
sign Aries for instance, the benefic effects will be f and 
the malefic effects will be f. In other words, he produces 
malefic effects to the extent of f f or f of his power. 
Similar remarks apply to the other places. 

(c) These are the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 1 1 houses from 
the Lagna. Also from the Moon according'to Sree Deva- 
keerti. 

(d) Or their Swakshetra or Mulatrikona houses also, 
according to Sree Devakeerti. 



CH. IX.] 



Brinat Jdtakd. 



ioi 



(e) From the rising sign and from the Moon accord- 
ing to ditto. 

(/) So that, in the Ashtakavarga of Mars given above, 
Mars while passing through Capricorn (his Upachaya 
house) produces beneftc effects fully and not to the extent 
of 2 /8 ; and while passing through Gemini (his Anupa- 
chaya sign) he produces malefic effects fully and not to the 
extent of 2 / 8 . 



N.B. The Ashatakavarga tables are generally pre- 
pared with the number of ben e fie dots alone marked in 
them the number representing the malefic lines being 
the difference between number 8 and the number of dots. 
The above table will then stand as follows : 



3. 


3. 


3. 


3. 


3. 




4. 


5. 


5. 


2. 


1. 


5. 


2. 



All these numbers represent the benefic dots. 

The A. V. tables are useful in the prediction of most 
of the important events of life. Regular treatises exist 
on this branch of horoscopy, which must be consulted for 
full particulars. We shall give here some of the uses of 
the A. V. tables, 

The tables prepared, as stated above, with figures re- 
presenting benefic dots are subjected to two reductions or 
eliminations, known as Trikona and Ekadhipatya reduc- 
tionsthat is, of the figures in the triangular sigus, and 



162 Brihat Jdtakd. [Ctt. IX. 

of the figures in the several pairs of signs forming the 
houses of the planets, from Mars to Saturn. 

I. 
TRIKONA OR TRIANGULAR REDUCTIONS. 

The Triangular signs are given in the notes to 
Stanza 6 of Chapter I. The reduction rules are : 

1. If the figures in the triangular signs be not all 
alike, subtract from each, the least of the three figures, 
keeping the remainders. 

2. If there be no figure in one of the three signs, no 
reduction need be made. 

3. If there be no figure in two of the three signs^ 
remove the figure in the third. 

4. If the figures in the three signs be equal, remove 
them all. 

II. 

EKADHIPATYA REDUCTIONS. 

The Ekadhipatya signs are given in the notes to 
Stanza 6 of Chapter I. The reduction rules are : 

1. If there be planets in both the houses of a planet, 
no reduction need be made. 

2. Of the two houses of a planet, one of which is 
occupied and the other not, (1) if the figure in the former 
be smaller than the figure in the latter, make the latter 
equal to the former ; (2) if the figure in the former be 
greater than the figure in the latter, remove the latter ; (3) 
if the figures in both be equal, remove the figure in 
the latter. 

3. Of the two houses of a planet, both of which are 
not occupied, (a) if the figures in the two houses be 
equal remove both ; (<$) if the figures be uuequal, make 
the larger figure equal to the smaller one. 



CH, IX.] 



Bnhat Jdtakd. 



103 



4. If there be no figure in one of the two houses, no 
reduction need be made. 

5. The figures in the signs Cancer and Leo, which 
are respectively the houses of the Moon and the Sun, are 
not subject to the Ekadhipatya reduction. 

ILLUSTRATION. 

We will apply these rules to the A. V. table of Mars 
given already. 

REDUCTION No. I. 

The figures in the Triangular signs of Aries, Leo and 
Sagittari are respectively 3,5, 2. Under rule (1) subtract 
2 from each, and the resulting figures are 1, 3, 0. The 
figures in the triangular signs of Taurus, Virgo and 
Capricorn, are respectively 3, 2, 5. Applying rule (1), we 
get 1, 0, 3. The figures in the triangular signs of Gemini, 
Libra and Aquarius are 3, 5, 3. Applying rule (1), we get 
0, 2, 0. The figures in the triangular signs of Cancer, 
Scorpio and Pisces are 4, 1,3. Applying rule (1), we get 
3, 0, 2. So that, the* A. V. of Mars after the first reduction 
stands as follows : 



2 


1 


1 








A. V. of Mars after Reduction 
No. I. 


3 


3 


3 








2 






REDUCTION No. II. 

This reduction should be made only to the figures re- 
ulting from Reduction No. I. 

Of Aries and Scorpio, the two houses of Mars, Aries 



Brihat Jdtakd. 



[Cn. IX 



is occupied and Scorpio is unoccupied. The figures in them 
are 1, and o, respectively. Under rule (4), no reduction need 
be made. Taurus and Libra, the two houses of Venus, are 
both occupied ; under rule (1), no reduction need be made. 
Gemini and Virgo, the two houses of Mercury, are both 
unoccupied ; the figures in them are o and o. Rule (4) applies, 
and there is no necessity for reduction. Of Pisces and 
Sagittari, the two houses of Jupiter, the former alone 
is occupied and the figures in them are 2 and o. Under 
rule (4), no reduction need be made. Of Aquarius and Cap- 
ricorn, the two houses of Saturn, the latter alone is occu- 
pied and the figures in them are o and 3. Applying rule 
(4), no reduction need be made. The figures in Cancer and 
Leo, which are respectively the houses of the Moon and the 
Sun, are not subject to reduction vide rule 5. These figures 
are 3 and 3. 

So that, after Reduction No. II, the A. V. table of Mars 
will stand thus : 



2 





1 








A. V. table of Mars after Re- 
ductions I and II. 


3 


3 


3 








2 






The total of figures after the two reductions is 15. 

Similarly, the A. V. tables of the Sun, the Moon, 
Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn may be reduced. 

We will now give some of the uses of these tables. 
A. V. of the Sun. 

In the case of A. V. of the Sun,() multiply the total 
(o) A. V, of a planet is the Ashtaka Vargaof a planet before reduction! 



CH. IX.] Brihat Jdtakd. Io5 

of the figures, after reductions, by the figure in the 9th house 
from the Sun in the A. V. Divide the product by 27 and 
take the remainder. Mark the asterism, counting the re- 
mainder from Aswini. When Saturn passes through such 
asterism or through its triangular asterisms, either a per- 
son's father or paternal uncle will die or suffer miseries, if 
the planetary dasa period at the time be a malefic one. 

No work shall be commenced when the Sun passes 
through signs where there are no figures in A. V. of the Sun. 

During such periods, a person suffers from diseases, 
misery and quarrel. 

Multiply the total of the reduced figures by the figures 
in the 8th house from the Sun in the A. V. of the 
Sun. Divide the product by 12. The remainder represents 
the (month) sign from Aries, through which or through one 
of its triangular signs when the Sun passes, a person dies (ill 
the year of his death). 

Add together the three figures in each of the 4 sets 
of the triangular signs Aries, Leo, Sagittari. &c. Find out 
which of these totals is the largest. Find out the Dik or 
quarter for the particular set of triangular signs giving 
the total (vide note (/) to Stanza 19, Chapter II). The 
place of worship in the house of a person will be in such 
direction. 

A. V. OF THE MOON. 

Multiply the total of the reduced figures by the figure 
in the 4th house from the Moon in A. V. of the Moon j 
divide the product by 27, take the remainder, and for it, 
find out the asterism from Aswini as before. When 
Saturn passes through such asterism or through its trian- 
gular asterisms, a person's mother dies or suffers miseries, 
if the planetary dasa period at the time be a malefic one. 

Multiply the total of reduced figures by the figure in 
the 8th house from the Moon in the A. V. of the Moon, 
14 



106 Brihat Jdtakd. [CH. IX. 

Divide the product by 27. Take the remainder, and for 
it find out the asterism from Aswini as before. When 
the Moon passes through it or through its triangular 
asterisms, there will be quarrel, anger and grief. 

No work shall be commenced when the Moon passes 
through signs in which there are no figures in the A. V- 
of the Moon. 

Find out the Dik or quarter as before and it will give 
the position of the bath-room in the house of a person. 

A. V. OF MARS. 

When Saturn passes through signs in which there 
are no figures in the A. V. of Mars, the person will suffer 
from diseases if Mars be powerful ; and will die if Mars 
be weak and if he be not the lord of the Ascendant. 

Find out the Dik or quarter as before and it will give 
the position of the kitchen in a person's house. 

A. V. OF MERCURY. 

When Saturn passes through signs in which there 
are no figures in the A. V. of Mercury, the person's son or 
friends will die. 

Find out the Dik or quarter as before and it will 
give the position of the play ground in the house of a 
person. 

A. V. OF JUPITER. 

The figure in the 5th house from Jupiter in the A. 
V. of Jupiter will give the number of sous of a person. 
The number of those meeting with early death will be the 
number of planets occupying inimical or depression signs. 

The Dik or quarter ascertained as before will give 
the position of the Treasury or Store-room, 



CH, IX.] Srihat Jdtakd. 107 

A. V. OF VENUS. 

A person will get a wife, lands and wealth when 
Venus passes through signs containing the largest figure 
in the A. V. of Venus after reduction. 

The Dik or quarter ascertained as before will give 
the position of the bed room. 

A. V. OP SATURN. 

In the A. V. of Saturn, add together the figures in 
the signs from the Ascendant to the house occupied by 
Saturn and also the figures in the signs from Saturn to the 
Ascendant. The two totals will give the years in which 
a person will suffer from diseases and from grief. Add 
the two totals ; the sum will give the year in which a 
person's life will be in danger. 

A similar remark applies to the A. V. of Mars. 

When the Sun and the Moon pass through signs in 
which the figures are least in the A. V. of Saturn a person 
dies (in his year of death). 

The Dik or quarter ascertained as before gives the 
position of the spot where the sweepings are gathered. 

Sarvashtaka Varga. 

The Ashtakavargas of the Sun and other planets 
considered separately are known as Bhinnashtaka vargas 
and their sum forms what is known as Sarvashtaka varga. 
In the latter, the figure in sign Aries is the sum of the 
figures in sign Aries in the several Bhinnashtaka vargas ; 
similarly, the figure in sign Taurus of S. A. V. is the sum 
of the figures in sign Taurus of the B. A. Vs. and the 
figures of the other signs may be similarly obtained. The 
total of these figures will always be 337 this being the 
sum of the totals of the figures of the seven B. A. Vs. 
The latter figures are 48, 49, 39, 54, 56, 52 and 39 front 
the Sun to Saturn* 



108 :rihat Jdtakd. [CH. IX. 

Now, various events of life are predicted by means of 
the figures of the S. A. V. table. 

1. If the figure in a particular sign exceed 30, 
then planets passing through it will produce benefic 
effects ; if it be between 25 and 30, such effects will be 
neither good nor bad, and if the figure be less than 25, 
the effects will be bad. 

Again, all good works shall be commenced when the 
rising sign is one whose figure is largest in the S. A. V. 
table ; and marriages and other connections, shall be form- 
ed with persons whose star is one of the stars of such sign. 

2. As the 10th house represents labour, the llth 
house gain, and the 12th loss, if the figure in the llth 
house be greater than the figure in the 10th house and if 
the figure in the 12th house be smaller than the figure in 
the 1 1th house and if the figure in the ascendant be greater 
than the figure in the 12th house, the person will be 
happy and prosperous the meaning is clear, the labour 
being slight, gain much and loss comparatively small. If 
the figures be otherwise, the person will be unhappy. 

3. Excepting the 6th, 8th and 12th houses, of the 
remaining 9 houses, the significations of those where the 
figures are large will be in a condition of prosperity (Vide 
note (a) to Stanza 15, Chapter I). 

4. Add together the figures of the four signs from 
Pisces, Pisces, Aries, Taurus and Gemini. Add also the 
figures of the four signs from Cancer and of the four 
signs from Scorpio. These three totals represent the 
three sections of a man's life. Whichever total is the 
largest, the corresponding division of life will be happy 
and prosperous. If three or more malefic planets occupy 
the four signs from Pisces, a person will suffer miseries in 
the 1st section of life ; if they occupy the four signs from 
Cancer, the miseries will occur in the 2nd section, and if 
they occupy the four signs from Scorpio, then, in the 3rd 



CH. IX.] Bfihat Jdtakd. 109 

section of life. If the planets in the several sections be 
benefic, the person will be happy ; and if both malefic and 
benefic planets occupy the several sections, the effects will 
be both good and bad. 

5. Add together the figures in the houses occupied 
by Saturn, Lagna and Mars. The sum will give the year 
in which a person will suffer from diseases and other 
miseries. 

6. Add together the figures of houses occupied by 
Rahu, Mars and Saturn. The sum will give the year in 
which a person will suffer from poison, weapons and 
wounds. 

7. Add together the figures of the signs occupied by 
benefic planets. The sum will give the year in which a 
person will get a son, wealth and the like. 

8. Multiply the total of the figures of A. V. of the 
planet who is the lord of the 8th house from the Ascendant 
by the figure of the 8th house in S. A. V. table. Divide the 
product by 12; the remainder w'1 give the Month from 
Aries in which a person dies (in the year of his death). 

In the same way, the month of death of a person's 
father may be ascertained by a similar calculation with 
reference to the 9th house and that of the mother with 
reference to the 4th house. 

9. Find out from the S. A. V. table the powerful 
Dik or quarter. .Cow sheds, rice fields, agricultural 
operations shall be conducted in such dik or quarter and 
the weak dik or quarter shall be rejected for all purposes. 

Again, Parasara in, his Hora Sastra, a very volu- 
minous work, has treated of 32 distinct processes for ascer- 
taining the length of human life. They are: 

I. Pindayurdaya ... ... ... 12 

II. Dhruvayurdaya or Naisargikayurdaya 4 
III. Rasmikayurdaya ... ,., ,.. 4 



110 Brihat Jdtakd. [CH. IX. 

IV. Arasakayurdaya .-, 4? 

V. Ashtakavargayurdaya 4 

VI. Vishayayurdaya ... 2 

VII. Nakshatramsakayurdaya 2 

Total... 32 
/. Pindayurdaya. 

This is divided into 3 schools : (1) that of Yavanacharya 
(m'de Stanza 1, Ch. 7), (2), that of Jeevasarma (vide Stanza 
9, Ch. 7), (3), that of Badarayana according to which the 
maximum years of each planet when in his exaltation sign 
is one-seventh of 100 years. 

Each of these three schools has 4 sub-divisions : (a) 
The Neechardhaharana process according to which the 
maximum period is one-half at depression, (b) The 
Neechabhava process according to which the period 
vanishes at depression, (c) The Kritaharana process 
according to which the periods suffer reductions, (d} 
The Akritaharana process according to which the periods 
suffer no reductions. 

Thus Pindayurdaya is of 12 sorts. 
II. Dhruvayurdaya. 

This is otherwise known as Naisargikayuidaya (vide 
Stanza 9, Ch. 8). As stated above, there are 4 kinds of this 
depending on the 4 divisions mentioned above (a), (6), (c) 

and (d). 

III. Rastnikayurdaya* 

According to this, the years of the planets from the 
Sun to Saturn are respectively 16, 20, 9, 8, 9, 25 and 26. 
There are 4 kinds of this as stated above. 
I V. Amsakayurdaya. 

This is Satyacharyar's method referred to at the end of 
Stanza 9, Ch. 7. This process, in certain cases, has to be 
varied into what is known as Prakramanugata method. 
The two processes again divide, each, into two parts known 



CH. IX.] Brihat Jdtakd. Ill 

as Kritavriddhika and Akritavriddhika i.e., the years are 
to be increased according to some and not to be increased 
according to others Vide Parasara's Hora Sastra. Thus, 
we get 4 kinds of Amsakayurdaya. 

V. Ashta ka vargayurdaya. 

This process as stated above has to be varied into 
what is known as Prakramanugata method. The two pro- 
cesses, again divide, each, into two parts known as Krita- 
vriddhi and Akritavriddhi as stated above Vide Parasa- 
ra's Hora. Thus, we get 4 kinds of Ashtakavargayurdaya. 
One of these 4 methods is given at the end of these notes. 
VI. Vishayayurdaya. 

This consists of two kinds the one according to 
Parasara and the other as mentioned in a work named 
Prakriyamala. These partake of the nature of the Ash- 
takavarga process. 

VII. Naftshatravieakaytirdaya* 

This is of two kinds the one is known as the Kala- 
chakra process and the other as the Nakshtradasa. 

Thus 32 processes are mentioned by Parasara who, at 
the same time, states the particular cases to which each 
process is applicable. Of these 32 processes, Varaha 
Mihira has mentioned the most important ones in Chapter 
VII. For further particulars in Ayurdaya, the reader is 
referred to the works of Parasara and other writers. 

We shall here state the details of the Ashtakavar^a 

o 

process. The following tables are employed in the pro- 
cess : 

Rast Gunakara or Zodical Factors. 



Aries 

Taurus 

Gemini 

Cancer 

Leo 

Virgo 



1 
10 

8 

4 
10 

5 



Libra ... 7 

Scorpio ... 8 

Sagittari ... 9 

Capricorn ... 5 

Aquarius ... 11 

Pisces 12 



112 jBriJiat Jdtakd. [CH. IX. 

Gra/ia Gunakara or Planetary Factors. 



The Sun ... 5 

The Moon ... 5 

Mars 8 



Jupiter ... 10 

Venus ... 7 

Saturn 5 



Mercury ... 5 

Multiply the several figures in the signs from Aries 
in the Ashtakavarga of the Sun by the figures of the Rasi 
Gunakara table respectively and add the products. 

Again, multiply the several figures in the signs occu- 
pied by the Sun and other planets by the figures of the 
Graha Gunakara table respectively and add the products. 
Add the two totals. Multiply the sura by 1, divide the 
product by 27. The quotient will give the years of the 
Sun. Multiply the remainder by 12 and divide the pro- 
duct by 27, the quotient will give the months. Multiply 
the remainder by 30 and divide the product by 27, the 
quotient will give the days. And similarly, find the Ghati- 
kas and Vighatikas. Thus, we have obtained the A. V. 
years of the Sun. 

Similarly, those of the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, 
Venus and Saturn may be obtained from the A. V. tables. 

Now, these periods are subject to the following reduc- 
tions. 

1. If a planet is accompanied by another planet in 
a sign, the amount of reduction is one-half of the period 
obtained. 

2. If a planet occupy his depression sign, the 
alnount of reduction is one-half. 

3. If he be an Astangata planet, the amount of 
reduction is also one-half. 

4?. . If he occupy an inimical sign, the amount is one- 
third. 

5. If he occupy the ^visible hemisphere, the amount 
is one-half. 



IX.] B-rihat Jdtakd. 113 

6. If he suffer defeat in conjunction, the amount is 
one-third. 

7. In the case of the Sun and the Moon again, if 
these be of unusual appearance the amount is one-third. 

N.B. Where several reductions have to be applied 
to the period of a planet, it will be enough if the largest of 
them alone be made. 

After making the several reductions, add up the result- 
ing years of the planets, multiply the sum by 334 and divide 
the product by 3G5. The quotient will give the length of a 
person's life in years, months, days, &c. 

Again, in the A. V. of Saturn as before, multiply the 
figures of the several signs from Aries by the Zodiacal fac- 
tors and add up the products. Multiply the figures in the 
several signs occupied by the Sun and other planets by the 
several planetary factors and add up the products. Add 
together the two totals. To the sum, add the sum of the 
figures resulting after making the Trikona and Ekadhi- 
patya reductions to the figures of the A. V. of Saturn. 
Multiply the sum by the figure in the 8th house from the 
ascendant in the A. V. of Saturn ; divide the product by 27; 
the quotient will also give the length of a person's life, pro- 
vided such length is otherwise found to range between 34 
and 66 years. The length of life will be 27 years less than 
the period obtained if the person's age is otherwise found 
to range from 1 to 33 years ; and 27 years more than the 
period obtained if such length be found to range between 
67 and 1 00 years and death will occur if the dasa period be 
a malefic one. There are brief processes for ascertaining 
by inspection whether the length of life of a person falls in 
the first, or the second or the third section of the maxi- 
mum period of 100 years Vide the Astrological Aphorisms 
of Jaimini. 

Hitherto, we have been dealing with the tables of 
the B. A. V. and S. A. V. prepared with the figures re- 



114 Brihat Jataka. [Cn. X. 

presenting the benefic planetary places. Tables can also be 
prepared with figures representing the malefic places of the 
planets ( Vide, Note b, to Stanza 8). Special rules exist 
relating to the prediction of events of life with the help 
of the figures of these tables. The reader is referred to 
the works of Parasara. 



CHAPTER X. 
On Avocation. 

1. A person gets wealth from his father, mother, 
enemy, friend, brother, wife or servant according as the 
planet which occupies the 10th house from the L,agna or 
from the Moon is the Sun, or the Moon, or Mars or 
Mercury, or Jupiter or Venus or Saturn respectively (#). 
The avocation of a person will be that stated for the 
planets (b) which might be the lords of the Navamsas 
occupied by the lords of the 10th houses from Lagna, the 
Moon and the Sun (c). 

NOTES. 

(a) He will get wealth in the manner stated in the 
Text in the Dasa period of the planet, according to Garga. 
If the 10th house from the ascendant and the 10th house 
from the Moon be both occupied by planets, a person 
will acquire wealth from both sources ; and if several 
planets occupy the 10th house, there will be several sources 
of wealth. 

(8) Vide Stanzas 2 and 3. 

(c) Suppose, sign Cancer is the Lagna ; the 10th house 
from Cancer is Aries ; the lord of Aries is Mars ; suppose, 
Mars to occupy the Navamsa of Sagittari ; the lord of 
Sagittari is Jupiter and the avocation stated for Jupiter 
(vide 3rd Stanza), will be the avocation of a person in the 
Dasa period of Jupiter, according to Garga. It also follows 



CH. X.] Brihat Jdtakd. 

that a person's avocation will be all the three stated for 
the lords of the Navamsas occupied by the lords of the 
10th house from the Lagna, the Moon and the Sun. 

2. If the lord of the Navanisa (a) be the Sun, a 
person will get wealth by dealing in perfumes, gold, 
woollen fabric, medicine and by medical treatment of 
patients. If the lord be the Moon, he will get wealth 
by tilling lands, by dealing in the productions of water (3) 
and through women (c). If he be Mars, the person 
will get wealth by dealing in metals or minerals, fire (d) 
weapons and will also acquire wealth by acts of bold- 
ness ; if he be Mercury, the person will be a writer, an 
accountant, and the like (e} and will also acquire wealth 
by various handicraft (/). 

NOTES. 

(a) That is, the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the 
lord of the 10th house from Lagna, the Moon and the Sun. 

(3) Such as pearls, corals, conch-shells, whale-bones 
and the like. 

(c) By serving under or otherwise following them. 

(d) Fire : he may be the driver of a fire engine or 
a dealer in matches and the like. 

(e) By writing commentaries on the works of writers 
and the like. 

(/) Such as painting, book-binding, arrow-making 
or the making of flower-wreaths, sandal paste, perfumes 
and the like. 

3. If the lord of the Navamsa be Jupiter, a person 
will get wealth through Brahmins, the Devas or learned 
men, through mines- (a) and the like (&) and through acts 
of virtue (c) ; if he be Venus, the person will get wealth 
by dealing in gems, (d) silver and other metals, in cows 
and buffaloes ; and if the lord be Saturn, the person will 
acquire wealth by means of hard labour (e) } by acts of 



116 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. X. 

torture (/), by carrying burdens and by low deeds unsuit- 
ed to his rank. Thus, persons acquire wealth by avo- 
cation stated for the lords of Navamsas occupied by the 
lords of the 10th house (g) and in the Autardasa periods 
of such lords (^). 

NOTES. 

(a) The word in the text is Akara which includes 
gold and silver mines, places where salt is produced or 
where elephants are found. 

(&) Such as contract work. , 

(c) Such as sacrificial rites, gifts, acts of charity, 
fasting, pilgrimage, service under Guru or preceptor. 

(d) Such as diamonds, rubies and the like. 
(ji) Such as walking and the like. 

(f) Father by self torture or torturirj g other creatures. 

(0) From Lagna, the Moon and the Sun. 

(K) Vide, Stanza 20, Ch. 8, and subject to planetary 
strength determined by Stanza 11, Ch. 20. 

4 If such yoga planet (a) occupy (6) a friendly sign, 
a person will acquire wealth (in the Antardasa period 
of such planet) through a friend. If such yoga planet 
occupy an inimical sign, the person will get wealth 
through his enemy ; and if such planet occupy his own 
house, the person will get wealth by means of or from his 
house. If, when the Sun happens to be the yoga planet, 
he occupy his exaltation sign, the person will acquire 
wealth by his own powers. If, (at the time of birth) 
powerful benefic planets occupy the llth house, the 
Lagna or the 2nd house, the person will acquire wealth 
in varicms ways (o). 

NOTES. 

(a) That is, either the planet which occupies the 
10th house from the ascendant or from the Moou or the 



CH. XI.] Brihat Jdtakd. 117 

planet which is the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the 
lord of the 10th house from the Lagna, from the Moon and 
from the Sun. 

(3) At the time of birth. 

(c) In other words, he will prosper well whatever 
may be the avocation he may choose to follow. 

CHAPTER XI. 
On Raja Yoga or the Birth of Kings. 

1. According to the Yavanas, a person born when 
three or more malefic planets are in their exaltation signs 
becomes a tyrannical king (a). According to Jeevasanna 
if such planets be malefic, a person will never become 

a king (b). 

NOTES. 

(a) If three or more planets occupying their exal- 
tation signs be benefic, the person becomes a good king ; 
if both benefic and malefic, he will become both a good 
and a bad king. In this view, Manittha concurs. 

(&) According to Jeevasanna, such a person will be- 
come rich, angry, and fond of quarrels but not a king. 
Varaha Mihira is of the opinion of the Yavanas. For, he 
says in his Swalpa Jataka that if 3 or more planets occupy 
their exaltation signs, a person becomes a king if he is 
born in a king's family ; and if 5 or more planets occupy 
their exaltation signs, he becomes a king in whatever 
family he may be born. The same remark applies to 
planets occupying Trikoua or Moola Trikona signs. 

2. Of the four planets Mars, Saturn, the Sun, 
and Jupiter, for all the four or any three of them occupy- 
ing exaltation signs, while each of the planets occupies the 
Lagna, the number of Raja-yogas is 16. Again,, of the 
same four planets, for any two or for any one occupying 
exaltation signs and in each case for each of the planets 
occupying the Lagna while the Moon occupies sign 
Cancer, the number of Raja-yogas is also 16. 



US Srihat Jdtakd. [CH. XI. 

NOTES. 

32 Raja yogas are mentioned in this stanza. A per- 
son born under any one of them becomes a king : suppose, 
all the 4 planets Mars, Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter to 
occupy their exaltation signs at the same time ', for any one 
of such signs being the ascendant, the number of Raja- 
yogas obtained is 4. Again, of the same 4 planets, there are 
4 groups, each of three planets : thus (1) Mars, Saturn and 
the Sun, (2) Mars, Saturn and Jupiter ; (3), Mars, the Sun 
and Jupiter ; (4), Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter. In the case 
of each group, for all the three planets occupying their 
exaltation signs and for each of such signs being the rising 
sign, the number of Rajayogas obtained is 3 ; there being 
4 such groups, the number of Raja-yogas obtained from 
them all is 4 x 3 or 12. Adding this to the 4 yogas 
already obtained, we get the first 16 yogas mentioned in 
the text. 

Again, of the same 4 planets, there are 6 groups each 
of 2 planets as follow : ( i) Mars and Saturn, (2) Mars and 
the Sun, (3) Mars and Jupiter, (4) Saturn and the Sun, 
(5) Saturn and Jupiter and (6) the Sun and Jupiter. In 
the case of each group, for both the planets occupying 
their exaltation signs and for each of such signs being the 
rising sign, the number of Raja-yogas obtained is 2. 
There being 6 such groups, the number of yogas obtained 
from all of them is 6x2 or 12. 'In each of these 12 cases, 
the Moon occupies sign Cancer. Again, of the same 4 
planets, by their severally being in their exaltation signs, 
while such sign is also the rising sign, the number of 
Raja-yogas obtained is 4. In each of these 4 cases, the 
Moon occupies sign Cancer. Adding these 4 yogas to the 
12 yogas already obtained, we get the second 16 yogas 
mentioned in the text. 

3. The Lagna or the Moon being in Vargottania 
positions, of all the planets excepting the Moon, for the 



CH. XL] Brihat Jdtakd. 119 

several groups of four, five and six planets aspecting the 
L,agna or the Moon, the number of yogas obtained in each 
case is 22. 

NOTES. 

44 Raja-yogas are described in this stanza. 

The six planets are, the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, 
Venus and Saturn. Of these, there are 15 groups each of 
4 planets as follow : 

(1) The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter. 

(2) Venus. 

(3) Saturn. 

(4) Jupiter, Venus. 

(5) ' Saturn. 

(6) Venus, Saturn. 

(7) The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. 

(8) Saturn. 

(9) Venus, Saturn. 
0) Jupiter, 

(11) Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. 

(12) ,, Saturn. 

(13) Venus, Saturn. 

(14) Jupiter, 

(15) Mercury, 

Again, of the same 6 planets, there are six groups 
each of five planets as follow : 

(1) The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. 

(2) Saturn. 

(3) ,, ,, Venus, Saturn. 

(4) Jupiter, 

(5) Mercury, 

(6) Mars, > 
AH the 6 planets form again into one group. 

Thus, there are 22 groups. For the planets of each 
group aspecting the rising sign in its Vargottama position, 
the number of yogas obtaine4 is 22 ; and by their aspect- 



120 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XI. 

ing the Moon in her Vargottama position, the number of 
yogas obtained is again 22. According to Mandavya, for 
each of the 12 signs from Aries being either the rising 
sign or the sign occupied by the Moon in the case of each 
yoga, the number of yogas obtained is 44 x 12 or 528. 

4. When Saturn occupies sign Aquarius, the Sun 
sign Aries, the Moon sign Taurus, Mercury sign Gemini, 
Jupiter sign Leo, and Mars sign Scorpio, a person born be- 
comes a king when the rising sign is Aquarius or when 
it is Aries or when it is Taurus. 

Again, when Saturn occupies sign Libra, the Moon 
sign Taurus, the Sun and Mercury sign Virgo, Venus 
sign Libra, Mars sign Aries, and Jupiter Sign Cancer, a 
person born becomes a king when the rising sign is 
Libra or when it is Taurus. 

5. When Mars occupies sign Capricorn, the Sun 
and the Moon sign Sagittari, Saturn sign Capricorn and 
when the rising sign is also Capricorn, a person born be- 
comes a king. 

Again, when the rising sign is Capricorn and when 
Mars and the Moon occupy it, and when the Sun occupies 
sign Sagittari, a person born becomes a king. 

Again, when Aries is the rising sign and when. the 
Sun occupies it, when Saturn and the Moon occupy sign 
Libra and Jupiter occupies sign Sagittari, a person born 
becomes a king. 

6. When the rising sign is Taurus and the Moon 
occupies it, when the Sun occupies sign Leo, Jupiter sign 
Scorpio and Saturn sign Aquarius, a person born becomes 
a king. 

Again, when the rising sign is Capricorn, and when 
Saturn occupies it, and when the Moon occupies the 3rd 
house, Mars the 6th house, Mercury the 9th house, and 
Jupiter the 12th house, a person born becomes a virtuous 
and famous king. 



CH. XI.] Brihat Jdtakd. 121 

7. When the Moon and Jupiter occupy sign Sagittari, 
and when Mars occupies sign Capricorn, a person born 
becomes a king when Pisces is the rising sign and Venus 
occupies it, or when Virgo is rising sign and Mercury 
occupies it. 

Again, when the rising sign is Virgo and when Mer- 
cury occupies it, when Mars and Saturn occupy the 5th 
house, when the Moon, Jupiter and Venus occupy the 4th 
house, a person born becomes a king. 

8. When Pisces is the rising sign, and the Moon occu- 
pies it, and when Aquarius, Capricorn and Leo are respec- 
tively occupied by Saturn, Mars and the Sun, a person 
born becomes a king. 

Again, when Mars occupies sign Aries and Jupiter 
sign Cancer, a person bom becomes a king when Aries is 
the rising sign, or when Cancer is the rising sign. 

9. When Cancer is the rising sign and Jupiter occu- 
pies it, and when the Moon, Venus and Mercury occupy 
sign Taurus and the Sun sign Aries, a person born be- 
comes a powerful king. 

10. When Capricorn is the rising sign and Saturn 
occupies it, when the signs Aries, Cancer and Leo are 
occupied by their lords and when Gemini and Libra are 
respectively occupied by Mercury -and Venus, a person 
born becomes a famous king. 

11. When Virgo is the rising sign and Mercury 
occupies it, when Venus occupies sign Gemini, the Moon 
and Jupiter occupy sign Pisces, and Mars and Saturn 
occupy sign Capricorn, a person born becomes a king. 

12. Persons born under the various yogas des- 
cribed above (<?), though they may be born in low families 
will become kings. If such persons are born in a king's 
family, they will doubtless become kings. We shall now 
proceed to describe certain yogas, persons born under 

16 



122 Brihat JataM. [Cn. XI. 

which will become kings if they belong to a king's family 
and will become rich, if otherwise. 

NOTES. 

() 96 Rajayogas have been described in all. 

13. When three or more planets are powerful and 
occupy either their exaltation signs or their Moolatrikona 
signs, a person born becomes a king if he belongs to a 
king's family. 

Again, when five or more planets are powerful and 
occupy their exaltations signs or their Moolatrikona signs, 
a person born becomes a king even if he be born in alow 
family. If, in either case, the number of powerful planets 
be less than three "or five, the persons described above 
will not become kings but will become only rich. 

NOTES. 

If the 3 or 5 planets be not all powerful, the person 
will not become a king. Again, it is not necessary that 
all the planets must occupy their exaltation or Moolatri- 
kona signs. It will be enough if some ba in the exalta- 
tion signs and some in the Moolatrikona signs. 

14. When Aries is the rising sign and the Sun (a) and 
the Moon occupy it, when Mars occupies sign Capricorn, 
Saturn sign Aquarius, and Jupiter sign Sagittari, a person 
born becomes a king if he belongs to a king's family (6). 

NOTES. 

(a) According to another reading, the Sun is 
made to occupy sign L,eo and the yoga remains the same 
in other respects. 

(b) And will become only rich, if otherwise. 

15. When Venus occupies the 4th house, and when 
such house is his own, when the Moon occupies the 9th 
house, and when the other planets occupy the 3rd, 1st and 
the llth houses, a person born becomes a king if he 
belongs to a king's family (#), 



CH. XL] Brihat Jatakd. 123 

NOTES. 

s 

(a) And only rich, if otherwise. 

As Venus is said to be in his Swakshetra he might 
be either in sign Taurus or in sign Libra. The Lagna 
must therefore be either sign Aquarius or sign Cancer 
respectively. As the Moon is said to be in the 9th house 
he occupies sign Libra in the former case and sign Pisces 
in the latter, and as the other planets are said to occupy 
the 3rd, 1st and llth houses from Lagna, these houses 
are signs Aries, Aquarius and Sagittari in the one case 
and Virgo, Cancer, and Taurus in the other. Thus two 
yogas are referred to in this stanza. 

16. When Mercury is powerful and occupies the 
rising sign (), when a powerful beuefic planet (6) occu- 
pies the 9th house 00 and when the other planets occupy 
the 9th, 2nd, 3rd, 6th 10th, and llth houses (d), a person 
born becomes a virtuous king if he belongs to a king's 
family. 

NOTES. 

() This may be any one of the 12 signs. 
(d) This is, either Jupiter or Venus. 

(c) The 4th house, according to a different reading. 

(d) In any way according to the Commentator. 

(e) And only rich, if otherwise. 

17. When Taurus is the rising sign and the Moon 
occupies it, when Jupiter occupies the 2nd house, Saturn 
the 6th house, and the other planets the llth house, a 
person born becomes a king if he belongs to a king's 
family (a). 

Again, when Jupiter occupies the 4th house, the Suti 
and the Moon occupy the 10th house, when Saturn occu- 
pies the Lagna (b) and when the other planets occupy 
the llth house, a person born becomes a king if he be 
born in a king's family (G), 



124 Brihal Sdtakd. [Cn. XL 

NOTES. 

(a) And only rich, if otherwise. 

(b) This may be any one of the 12 signs according 
to the Commentator. 

(G) And only rich, if otherwise. 

18. When the Moon occupies the 10th house, Saturn 
the 11 th house, Jupiter the rising sign, Mercury and 
Mars the 2nd house, and the Sun and Venus occupy the 
4th house, a person born becomes a king if he belongs to 
a king's family (#). 

Again, when Mars and Saturn occupy the rising sign, 
when the Moon occupies the 4th house, Jupiter the 7th 
house, Venus the 9th house, the Sun the 10th house, and 
Mercury the llth house, a person born becomes a king if 
he belongs to a king's family (<$). 

NOTES. 
(#), (b) And only rich, if otherwise. 

19. Of the planets producing a Rajayoga either in 
the Dasa periods O) of those which occupy the 10th 
house or the Lagna (&) or in that of the most powerful 
planet (c} } a person obtains kingdom and he loses it and 
courts the friendship of another king in the Dasa periods 
(d) of the planets occupying inimical or depression signs (<?) 

NOTES. 

(a) Or Antardasa periods, according to the Commen- 
tator. 

(&) If there be planets both in thelyagnaand in the 
10th house or if there be several planets in either, then in 
the Antardasa period of the most powerful of them. 

(c) IE there be no planets both in the Lagna and in 
the 10th house. 

(d) Or Antardasa periods according to the Com- 
mentator. 



XL] Bnhat Jdtakd. 

(e) If such planets be powerful, the king will lose 
his kingdom permanently, andjf they be not powerful, he 
will recover it by the help of his allies. 

20. When Jupiter, Venus and Mercury occupy the 
rising sign, (a) when Saturn occupies the 7th house and 
the Sun the 10th house, a person born will live in great 
comfort and luxury (b). 

Again, when powerful benefic signs (c) form the Ken- 
dras (<7) and malefic planets occupy malefic signs, a per- 
son born becomes rich and the chief of hunters or robbers. 

NOTES. 

(a) The rising sign is Aries according to the Com- 
mentator. 

The interpretation given of this portion of the 
text is objected to by some on the ground that when Venus 
and Mercury (the inferior planets) occupy the rising sign 
the Sun cannot occupy the 10th house a place more than 
60 degrees removed from them. For, the greatest elonga- 
tions of the two planets from the Sun are respectively 47 
and 29 degrees. Accordingly, the following interpretation 
is proposed : 

" If the rising sign be the house of Jupiter, Venus or Mercury." 

Hhatta Utpala, the Commentator, while granting the 
validity of the[objection, says, that the interpretation object- 
ed to has the support of Garga whom he quotes. A similar 
remark applies to the Vajra and other yogas described in 
Stanza 5 of the next Chapter, and in stanza 6 of the Same. 
Varaha Mihira, while admitting the impossibility of the 
yoga, says that his task is simply to state the views of the 
ancient writers and nothing more. Vide, notes to Stanza 
6, Chapter XII. 

(b) Though he may be poor and under whatever 
Yoga he may be born. 

(c) The signs of benefic planets. 



126 Brihat Jatakti. [CH. 3^11. 

(d) This portion of the text is interpreted by some 
as follows : 

"When powerful benetic planets occupy the Keiidras." 

But this interpretation is opposed to Garga whom the 

inienffltor minf-p<: 



Commentator quotes. 



CHAPTER XII. 
On Nabhasa Yogas. 

1. Nine, ten and eight, multiplied respectively by 
three, three and four give the sums of the numbers of the 
first two, the first three, and all the four groups of Nabhasa 
yogas (a). The Yavanas treat extensively of one thousand 
and eight hundred of such yogas (&). We shall here sum- 
marise them (c], 

NOTES. 

(#) Curiously enough, the Author adopts a rather 
circuitous method of stating the numbers of the several 
groups of Nabhasa yogas. The statement amounts to an 
Algebraical problem : to find 4 numbers such that the Ist-f- 
the2nd-9x3 = '27. Ist + 2nd + 3rd = 10x3 = 30. 1st + 2nd 
+ 3rd + 4th = 8 x 4 = 32. It is clear that the number of the last 
group = 3230 = 2. The number of the 3rd group = 30 
27 = 3. The number of the first and second groups iff 
given as 27. According to the Commentator, the 1st 
group consists of 20 yogas and the 2nd of 7. In other 
words, what the Author wants to say is briefly this The 
Nabhasa yogas cousist of 4 groups as follow : 

Akriti yogas 20 ; Sankhya yogas 7 ; Asraya yogas 3 ; 
and Dal a yogas 2. 

(b) Vide, note at the end of the Chapter for the 
particulars of the 1800 Nabhasa yogas. According to 
Suchidhwaja, the number of Nabhasa yogas is unlimited 
though the Yavanas speak of 1,800 of them. 



CH. XII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 127 

(c] The Author says that his 20 Akriti yogas and, 
7 Sankahya yogas contain the 1800 yogas of the Yavanas 
and that he speaks only of 32 yogas, because their effects 
are the same as the effects of the 1800 yogas. 

2. According to Satyachariyar, if all the planets occupy 
() the movable, fixed or common signs, the yogas are 
respectively known as Rajju, Musala, and Nala and these 
three form the group of Asraya yogas. Again according to 
Parasara, if the benefic planets (3) occupy the Kendras (c), 
the yoga is known as Srik or Mala ; and if malefic planets, 
(d) occupy the Kendras (e) the yoga is known as Sarpa. 
These two form the group of Dala yogas. 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the Author describes the three Asraya 
Yogas and the two Dala yogas. 

(a) One or two or three or all the four of the signs. 
According to some, the planets ought to occupy all the four 
signs. This is opposed to Garga. 

(1} Vtz. } Mercury, Jupiter and Venus according to 
Garga. 

(c) Three of the Kendras according to Garga ; while 
there are no malefic planets in any of the Kendra houses 
according to Badarayana. 

(d) Viz. : The Sun, Mars and Saturn according to 
Garga. 

0) Three of the Kendras according to Garga while 
there are no benefic planets in any of the Kendra houses 
according to Badarayana. 

3. Other Astrologers say that the Asraya yogas are 
identical with the Yava (a), Abja (6\ Vajra (c\ Andaja (d), 
Gola (e), and the like yogas (/>, and that when the effects of 
planets occupying the Kendras are described, the effects of 
Dala yogas are also described and they produce no separate 
effects (o}. 



128 Brihat Jdiaka. [CH. XII. 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the Author explains the reason why 
certain Astrologers have failed to treat of the Asraya and 
Dala yogas in their work?. 

(a), (6) (c) Vide Stanza 5. These are Akriti yogas. 

(d] Vide Stanza 4. This also is an Akriti yoga. 

(e) Vide Stanza 10. This is one of the Sankhya yogas. 
(/} The like yogas : such as Sakata (Stanza 4) an 

Akriti yoga; Kedara, Sula and Yuga (Stanza 10) Saukh- 
ya yogas. 

The Asraya yogas may be these and may not be these ; 
hence, the Anthor has deemed it advisable to treat them 
separately. For instance, if all the planets occupy signs 
Gemini and Sagittari 2 of the common signs when one 
of these is also the rising sign, the yoga is known both as 
Vajra and Nala ; but if any other sign be the rising sign, 
it is not a Vajra yoga but only a Nala yoga. 

() As regards the Dala yogas, it is said that other 
writers have described the effects of benefic and of malefic 
planets occupying the Kendras and as these are also the 
effects of the two Dala yogas they have omitted to treat of 
them separately ; the Author treats of these separately in 
order to make it known that the two are Nabhasa yogas 
and as such their effects are felt throughout life (vide 
Stanza 19\ While the other writers have included them 
among other yogas. 

4. If all the planets occupy any two adjacent Kendras, 
the yoga is known as Gada (a). If they all occupy the 
ascendant and the 7th house, the yoga is known as 
Sakata. If all the planets occupy the 4th and the 10th 
house, the yoga is known as Vihaga (Andaja) If all the 
planets occupy the ascendant, the 5th and 9th houses, 
the yoga is known as Sringataka and if all the planets 
occupy other triangular houses, the yoga is kaown as 
Hala (6), 



CH. XII.] Bnhat Jdtakd. 129 

NOTES. 

The Author now proceeds to describe the 20 Akriti 
yogas. Five of them are described in this stanza. 

(a) This may be in 4 ways : All the four planets may 
occupy, (l)the 1st and the 4th houses, (2) the 4th and 7th 
houses, (3) the 7th and the 10th houses, and (4) the 10th and 
the 1st houses. The Yavanas consider these 4 as four dis- 
tinct yogas and call them respectively as Gada, Sankha, 
Vibhuka and Dwaja. (.Vide notes at the end of the 
Chapter.) 

(b) This may be in three ways : all the planets may 
occupy, (1) the 2nd, 6th and the 10th houses, (2) the 3rd, 
7th and llth houses, and (3) the 4th, 8th and the 12th 

houses. 

5. If the benefic planets occupy the ascendant and 
the 7th house while the malefic planets occupy the 4th and 
the 10th houses, the Yoga is known as Vajra ; and if the 
reverse be the case (a) the yoga is known as the Yava. 
Again, if all the planets occupy the four Kendras, the yoga 
is known as Kamala (Abja) and if they occupy the four 
Panaphara (b) or the four Apoklima (c) houses, the yoga is 
known as Vapi. 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, four more Akriti yogas are described. 

(a) That is, if the malefic planets occupy the ascen- 
dant and the 7th house, while the benefic planets occupy 
the 4th and 10th houses. 

(6) That is, the 2nd, 5th, 8th and the llth houses. 

(c) That is, the 3rd, 6th, 9th and the 12th houses. 

6. I have described the Vajra and other (a) yogas 
adopting the view of former writers (). How can Mercury 
and Venus occupy the 4th sign (c) from the Sun (d) ? 

17 



130 Brihat JdtaU. [Cn. XH. 

NOTES. 

(0) ' That is, the Yava yoga and the yogas men- 
tioned in the beginning of stanza 20, of the Chapter 
on Raja-yoga. 

(b) Maya, Yavaiia, Garga and others. 

(c) On either side : that is the 4th or 10th house 
from the Sun. 

(d) \ According to Brahma Sree Sundareswara 
Srauti of Tiruvadi, the Vajra and Yava yogas refer to 
the positions of the planets in the Bhava Chakra and not 
to their positions in their Rasi Chakra as supposed by 
Varaha Mihira. He is, therefore, of opinion that Garga 
and other writers have not erred in treating of these 
yogas as possible ones. This, we shall now explain : 

Varaha Mihira says " How can Mercury and Venus 
occupy the 4th sign from the Sun." The word used in the 
text is Bhavana which means a sign of the Zodiac (vide 
Stanza 4, Chapter I). If the Vajra and Yava yogas refer 
to the positions of the planets in the Rasi Chakra, then, 
Varaha Mihira is right in declaring that the ancient 
writers have erred ; but not so if the yogas refer to the 
positions of the planets in the Bhava Chakra. Indeed, 
in all yogas where the positions of the planets are stated with 
reference to particular Bhavas or houses from the ascen- 
dant, they refer to Bhava Chakra. As it is somewhat 
tedious to construct this Chakra table, most of the 
Astrologers confound it with the other Chakra and 
wrongly apply all yogas to the Rasi Chakra. This is one 
of fruitful sources of error in astrological predictions. We 
shall now explain what is meant by Bhava Chakra. 

Both Rasi and Bhava Chakras are divisions of the 
ecliptic ; the former is division into 12 equal parts and 
the latter is division into 12 unequal parts depending upon 
the latitude of the place. 



CH. XII.J Bnhat Jdtakd. l3l 

Bhaskara Charyar defines Bhava Chakra as follows 
in his Gola Adhyaya : 



" The point where the ecliptic cuts the horizon in 
the East is known as Eastern or rising Lagna, and in the 
West as the Western or setting L,agna and the points 
where the meridian of the place cuts the ecliptic are 
known as Madhya or Middle L/aguas, the 10th and the 
4th Lagnas." 

These 4 points are respectively the middle points 
of the 1st, 7th, 10th and 4th Bhavas. The two points of 
trisection of the distance between the middle points of 
the 1st and 4th Bhavas are respectively the middle points 
of the '2nd and 3ra Bhavas. The two points of trisection 
of the distance between the middle points of the 4th and 
7th Bhavas are respectively the middle points of the 5th 
and 6th Bhavas. The two points of trisection of the dis- 
tance between middle points of the 7th and 10th Bhavas 
are the middle points of the 8th and 9th Bhavas. And the 
two points of trisection of the distance between the middle 
points of the 10th and 1st Bhavas are the middle points 
of the llth and 12th Bhavas. Thus, we have obtained 
the middle points of the 12 Bhavas. Now, if we bisect 
these twelve divisions of the ecliptic, the space between 
the two points of bisection immediately on both sides of 
the middle point of each Bhava will form a Bhava. 

Now, as the ecliptic is inclined to the equator by 
about 23 degrees, the pole of the ecliptic will always be 
removed from the pole of the equator by about 23 degrees 
and will describe round it a circle in the course of each 



132 Bnhat Jdtakd. [Cn. XII. 

day. So that, every day, the plane of the ecliptic meridian 
will coincide with the plane of the meridian of the place 
twice. Now, the point where the ecliptic meridian bisects 
the ecliptic is known in Astronomy as the Nonagesimal 
point. Call this point N. Call the point where the 
meridian of the place cuts the ecliptic M. and the points 
where the horizon cuts the ecliptic in the East and West 
as E. and W. respectively. 

W -E 

M N 

So that, N E = N W = 90 Degree = 3 signs, and M E 
is always 3 Bhavas and M W is also 3 Bhavas, M being 
the middle point of the 10th Bhava. 

Now, when the plane of the ecliptic meridian coincides 
with the plane of the merdian of the place, N coincides 
with M and therefore NM vanishes and the Rasi and 
Bhava Chakras coincide. This will occur twice a day. 
At other times, they will differ. Now, in the higher lati- 
tudes, the angle between the two rnerdian lines increases. 
( Vide Spherical Trigonometry). Therefore, the distance 
N M also increases and M W accordingly diminishes and 
it may even become less than 47 and 27 degrees and it 
nevertheless contains 3 Bhavas. So that, it is possible 
for Mercury and Venus to occupy M (the 10th Bhava) 
while the Sun occupies W (the 7th Bhava), *'.., Venus 
and Mercury may occupy the 4th Bhava from the Sun. 
So that, Garga and other writers have not erred if the 
Vajra and Yava yogas refer to the positions of the planets 
in the Bhava Chakra. 

7. If all the planets occupy the four signs (a) from 
the ascendant, the yoga is known as Yupa ; if they 
occupy the four signs (6) from the fourth house, the yoga 
is known as Ishu or Bana ; if they occupy the four signs 
(c) from the seventh house, the yoga is known as Sakti ; 



CH. XII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 

and if they occupy the four signs (d) from the tenth house 
the yoga is known as Danda. 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the Author describes four more Akriti 
yogas. 

(a) That is, the ascendant and the 2nd, 3rd and 4th 
houses. 

(b} That is, the 4th, 5th, 6th and the 7th houses. 

(<?) That is, the 7th, 8th, 9th and the 10th houses. 

(d) That is, the 10th, llth and the 12th houses and 
the ascendant. 

8. If, as before, all the planets occupy the seven 
signs (a) from the ascendant the yoga is known as Nau ; 
if they occupy the seven signs (6) from the fourth house, 
the yoga is known as Kuta ; if they occupy the seven 
signs (c) from the seventh house, the yoga is known as 
Chhatra ; and if they occupy the seven signs (d) from the 
tenth house, the yoga is known as Chapa. Again, if all 
the planets occupy the seven houses beginning from a 
Panaphara or Apoklima house, the yoga is known as 
Ardha-Chandra (e). 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the Author describes five more Akriti 
yogas. 

(a) That is, the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and the 
7th houses. 

(b) That is, from the 4th to the 10th house. 

(c) That is, from the 7th to the 12th house and the 
ascendant. 

(d) That is from the 10th to the 12th house and 
from the ascendant to the 4th house. 

(e) As there are 4 Panaphara and 4 Apoklima bouses, 
the Ardha-Chandra yogas are of 8 kinds : viz., all the 



134 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XII. 

planets may occupy (1) from the 2nd to the 8th house; (2) 
from the 3rd to the 9th house ; (3) from the 5th to the 
llth house ; (4) from the 6th to the 12th house ; (5) from 
the 8th to the 2nd house ; (6) from the 9th to the 3rd 
house ; (7) from the \ 1th to the 5th house ; and (8) from 
the 12th to the 6th house. 

9. If the planets (a) occupy the six alternate signs 
(ft) beginning from the second house the yoga is known 
as Samudra, and if they occupy the six alternate signs (c) 
beginning from the ascendant, the yoga is known as 
Chakra. Thus the Akrita yogas have been described 
briefly. 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the Author describes the remaining 
two (out of 20) Akriti yogas. 

(a) All the seven planets. 

(b) That is, the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and the 12th 
houses. 

(c) That is, the 1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and the llth 
houses. 

10. If all the planets occupy any seven signs, the 
yoga is known as Vallaki ; if they occupy any six signs, 
the yoga is known as Damini ; if they occupy any five 
signs, it is known as Pasa ; if any four signs, it is known 
as Kedara ; if any three signs, it is known as Sula ; if 
any two signs, it is known as Yuga ; and if they occupy a 
single sign, the yoga is known as Gola. When any of these 
Sankhya yogas are at the same time any other Nabbasa 
yogas, they are to be treated as belonging to the latter 
class (a). 

NOTES. 

(a) In this Stanza, the Author describes the seven 
Sankhya yogas. 



CH. XII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 135 

For instance, the Gada, Sakata and Vihaga yogas 
described in Stanza 4- are to be treated only as such and 
not as Yuga yogas described in this stanza ; the Stringa- 
taka and Hala yogas described in Stanza 4 are to be treat- 
ed only as such and not as Sula yogas described in this 
stanza. Again, the Vajra, Yava, Kamala and Vapi yogas 
described in Stanza 5 as well as the Yupa, Ishu, Sakti and 
Danda yogas described in Stanza 7 shall not be con- 
founded with the Kedara yogas described in this stanza. 
And so on. 

11. A person born under a Rajju yoga will be jea- 
lous of the wealth of others, will proceed to foreign lands 
and will be fond of travelling ; a person born under a 
Musala yoga will be respectable, rich, and will engage in 
various undertakings ; and a person born under a Nala 
yoga will be of defective organs, settled views, rich and 
skilled in work (#). Again, a person born under a 
Srik yoga will live in comfort and luxury, and one born 
under a Sarpa yoga will be miserable in many ways (). 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the Author describes the effects of the 
three Asraya yogas and of the two Dala yogas. 
(a) According to Satyacharyar. 
(8} According to Garga. 

12. If the Asraya yogas partake at the same time of 
the character of other yogas, they should be treated as the 
latter ; otherwise, they produce the effects described for 
them. 

NOTES. 

This subject has already been discussed in Stanza 3. 
For instance, if a Rajju yoga or a Musala yoga or a Nala 
yoga partake of the nature of a Kamala yoga (Stanza 5), 
it should be treated as the latter. 



136 Bnhat Jdtakd. [Cn. XII. 

13. A person born under a Gada yoga will perform 
sacrificial rites, will be rich, and will ever -be engaged in 
the acquisition of wealth ; a person born under a Sakata 
yoga will live by means of carts, will be afflicted with 
diseases, and will have a mean wife ; a person born 
under a Vihaga yoga will live by carrying messages, 
will be fond of travels and will cause quarrels ; a person 
born under a Sringataka yoga will be happy in the latter 
end of life (a) and a person born under a Hala yoga will 
till lands. 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the Author describes the effects of 
five Akriti yogas. 

(a) The word in the text is " Chira Sukhi." This 
is interpreted by some to mean " happy for a long time." 
This interpretation is opposed to Garga who adds that 
the person will also be of harsh speech. 

14. A person born under a Vajrayoga will be happy 
both at the beginning and end of life, will be a general 
favourite and will be bold in fight. A person born in Yava 
yoga will be powerful and will be happy at the middle of 
life. A person born under a Padma (Karnala) yoga will 
be of great renown, will be greatly happy and possessed of 
many attainments. A person born under a Vapi yoga 
will live in poor comfort for a long time, will bury his 
wealth under ground and will be a miser. 

NOTES. 

In the stanza, the Author describes the effects of 
four more Akriti yogas. 

15. A person born under a Yupa yoga will be liberal 
in gift and will perform high sacrificial rights. A 
person born under a Bana (Ishu) yoga will indulge in 
torture, will be a jailor and will make arrows. A person 
born under a Sakti yoga will engage in deeds disgraceful 



CH. XII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 137 

to his rank in life, will not be skilled in work and will 
be without money and comfort. A person born under a 
Danda yoga will be separated from persons of his affec- 
tion (a) and will earn his livelihood by the lowest of 
means, viz., servitude (3). 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the Author describes the effects of 
four more Akriti yogas. 
(a) Sons and the like. 
() That is, the work of a Sudra. 

16. A person born under a Nau yoga will be of wide 
spread fame, happy only now and then, and will be a 
miser. A person born under a Kuta yoga will indulge 
in lies, and will be a jailor (a). A person born under a. 
Chatra yoga will make his people happy and will live in 
comfort in the latter end of life. A person born under a 
Chapa yoga will delight in fight and will live in comfort 
both at the beginning and end of life. 

NOTES. 

The effects of four more Akriti yogas are described in 
this stanza. 

(a) According to another reading, the person will 
also be a miser. 

17. A person born under an Ardha-Chandra yoga 
will be a general favourite, of agreeable person and be 
respected by all. A person born under a Samudra yoga 
will be as prosperous as a king and will live in comfort. 
A person born under a Chakra yoga will have his feet 
illumined by the lustre of the gems in the crowns of kings 
falling prostrate before him by way of respect and sub- 
mission (a). A person born in a Vallaki yoga will be in- 
telligent and will delight in music and dance, 

13 



Srihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XII. 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the Author describes the effects of the 
three more Akriti yogas and of the first Sankhya yoga. 

(a) In other words, he will become an emperor or 
king of kings by virtue of his attainments in Divine 
knowledge according to the Commentator. 

18. Aperson born under a Damini yoga will beliberal 
in gift, will delight in helping others and will possess many 
cows. A person born in a Pasa yoga will, with his servants 
and kinsmen, earn wealth by proper means. A person 
born under a Kedara yoga will till lands, and by doing 
good deeds will be useful to many persons. A person 
born under a Sula yoga will be bold in fight, will receive 
blows and will be fond of money (a) but will be poor. 

NOTES. 



In this stanza, the Author describes the effects of four 
more Sankhya yogas. 

(a) " Will be fond of torture " according to some 
other reading. 

19. A person born under a Yuga yoga will be poor 
and will act in contravention of Vedic rules. A person 
born under a Gola yoga will be poor, dirty, ignorant, 
addicted to low deeds, unskilled in work, and will ever 
be wandering from place to place (a). Thus, have been 
described the several Nabhasa yogas with their effects. 
These effects are felt throughout a man's life. 

NOTES. 

In this stanza, the effects of the remaining two San- 
khya yogas are described. 

(a) For bare subsistence according to the Commen- 
tator. 

(b) Except in the case of Vajra and other yogas 
tanza 14) whose effects will be felt, as stated, in 



CH. XII.] Bfihat Utakd. 139 

particular Autardasa periods of a person's life. So that, 
wherever no periods are mentioned, the effects will be 
felt throughout life [Vide, Stanza 20, Chap. 8.] 



NOTES. Dala Yogas will coincide neither with 
Asraya yogas nor with Akriti yogas. They might coin- 
cide with Sankhya yogas with the Vallaki, the Damini, 
the Pasa, or the Kedara yogas, in which case the yogas 
are to be treated as only Dala yogas and not as Sankhya 
yogas. (Vide Stanza 10). Again, according to Stanza J 2, 
if the Asraya yogas coincide with Akriti yogas, they 
cease to be Asraya yogas ; and according to Stanza 10, it 
the Sankhya yogas coincide with Akriti yogas, they 
cease to be Sankhya yogas. Now, suppose, Asraya and 
Sankhya yogas to coincide with each other. Are they to 
be treated as the former or as the latter ? The Commen- 
tator says that if the coincidence refers to the Kedara, 
Sula, and Yuga yogas, the yogas are to be treated as 
Asraya yogas only ; but if it refer to the Gola yoga, it is 
to be treated as such and not as an Asraya yoga other- 
wise, there will be no room for Gola yoga at all. 

We shall now explain how the Yavanas obtain 1800 
Nabhasa yogas. As stated in Stanza 3, the Yavanas do 
not treat of the three Asraya yogas and the two Dala 
yogas. They treat of 23 Akriti yogas and 127 Sankhya 
yogas or 150 yogas in all for a L,agna ; there being 12 
Ivagnas, the number of Nabhasa yogas treated of by the 
Yavanas is 12 x 1 50 = 1 800. 

We shall explain these more fully. As explained in 
note (a) to Stanza 4, the Gada yoga of the Author is 
treated of as 4 distinct yogas by the Yavanas. Adding 
these to the remaining 19 Akriti yogas, we get 28 Akriti 
yogas as treated of by the Yavanas. 

Again, the seven Sankhya yogas of the Author are 
split into 127 Sankhya yogas for a L,agna by the Yavanas 



Brihat Jdtakd. [CH. XIE. 

as follows : The first Sankhya yoga treated of by Varaha 
Mihira is known as Vallaki yoga according to which the 
7 planets might occupy any seven signs. This may be 
in many ways ; but the Yavanas select only a few : As each 
of the seven planets might occupy the Lagna the number 
of yogas under this division is 7. Again the 2nd Sankhya 
yoga treated of by the Author is one according to which 
the 7 planets are said to occupy any six signs. This may be 
in many ways ; but the Yavanas select the following few : 
of the 7 planets, 5 may occupy 5 houses and 2 more may 
occupy the L/agna. These two may be any two of the 
seven planets. The number of yogas under this head will 
be the number of combinations of 7 things taken 2 to- 
gether -fxf- 21. 

Again, the 3rd Sankhya yoga is one in which the 
seven planets occupy 5 houses. This may be in many ways ; 
but the following are selected : 4- planets occupying 4- 
houses and 3 more occupying the Lagna. These three may 
be any three out of the 7 planets. The number of cases 
under this head is the number of combinations of 7 things 
taken 3 together = -xfx = 35. 

The next Sankhya yoga of Varaha Mihira is simi- 
larly split by the Yavanas into -f x | ; x $ x = 35, and the 
next into { x f x |- x | x | = 21; and the next into f x f x | x | 
xxf =7 ; and the last into-f xf xx xfxf x^ = 1. So 
that, the seven Sankhya yogas are split into 7+21+35+ 
35 + 21 + 7 + 1 = 12T. These added to 23 Akriti yogas give 
us 150 yogas for a Lagna or 1800 yogas for the 12 Lagnas. 

To find the number of combinations of n things taken 
r at a time, the reader is referred to the Lilavati of Bhas- 
kara Charyar or to the Chhandas Sutra of Pingala or to 
Chapter 77, Stanza 22 (notes) of the English Translation 
of Brihat Samhita or to the notes to Stanza 4 of the next 
Chapter of this Book. 



CH. xn.] 



Bnhat Jdtakd. 



141 



N.B. The 32 Nabhasa Yogas mentioned in this Book are 
given in the following Tabular form. 



Number. 1 


Names. 


Description. 


Reference 1 
to Stanzas.) 






The 3 Asraya Togas. 




1 


Rajju ' ... 


All planets occupy the movable signs 


2 


2 


Musla 


Do. do. the fixed signs 


2 


3 


Nalsi 


Do. do. the common or Ubhnya 


2 






signs. 








The 2 Dala Togas. 




1 


Srik or Mala ... 


Benefic planets occupy the Kendras 


2 


2 


Sarpa 


Malefic planets occupy the Kendras 


2 






The 20 Akriti Togas. 




1 


Gada 


All planets occupy any two adjacent Kendras 


4 


2 


Sakata 


Do. do. the 1st and 7th houses- 


4 


3 


Vihaga 


Do, do. the 4th and 10th houses. 


4 


4 


Sringataka 


Do. do. the 1st, ftth & 9th houses. 


4 


5 


Hala 


Do. do. the other triangular 


4 






house. 




6 


Vajra 


Benefic planets occupy the 1st and 7th 


5 






houses and Malefic planets occupy the 








4th and 10th bouses. 




7 


Yava ... 


Malefic planets occupy the 1st and 7th 


5 






houses and Benefic planets occupy the 








4th and 10th houses. 




8 


Kauiala (Abja).. 


All planets occupy the four Kendras 


5 


8 


Vapi 


All planets occupy the four Panaphara or 


5 






the four Apoklima houses. 




10 


Yupa 


All planets occupy the four signs from 


7 






Lagna or Ascendant. 




11 


Ishu or Bana ... 


All planets occupy the four signs from 


7 






the 4th house. 




12 


SakLi 


Ail planets occupy the four signs from the 


7 






7th house. 




13 


Uanda 


All planets occupy the four signs from 


7 






the 10th house. 




14 


Nau 


All planets occupy the seven signs from 


8 






Lagna. 




15 


Kuta 


Do. do. from the 1th house. 


8 


16 


Chatra 


Do. do. from the 7th house. 8 


17 


Ghapa 


Do. do. from the 10th house. 


8 


18 


Ardha Chandra. 


Do. do. from a Panaphara ' 


8 






or Apoklima house. 




19 


Samudra ... 


Ail planets occupy the six alternate signs 


9 






from the 2nd house. 




20 


Chakra 


Do. do. from the Lagna or 


9 






Ascendant. 





142 



Brihat Jdlakd. 



[CH. XIII. 










o cs 




I 


Names. 


Description. 


C 

OS 

o> -M 


* 






P^ Q 






The 1 Sankhya Togas. 




i 


Vallaki 


All planets occupy any seven signs 


10 


2 


Damini 


Do. do. any six signs 


10 


3 


Pasa 


Do. do. any five signs 


10 


4 


Eedara 


Do. do. any four signs 


10 


6 


Sula 


Do. do. any three signs 


10 


6 


Yttga* 


f>o. do. any two signs 


10 


7 


Gola 


Do. do. any single sign 


10 



CHAPTER XIII. 
On Chandra (Lunar) Yogas. 

1. The conduct, wealth, knowledge, intelligence and 
skill of a person will be poor, moderate or excellent accord- 
ing as the Moon occupies the Kendra, the Panaphara or 
the Apoklima houses from the Sun (a), and a person will 
be rich and will live in comfort if the Moon occupy his own 
Navarnsa or an Atrnitra Navamsa (<5), provided she is 
aspected by Jupiter if the birth occur by day, and by 
Venus if the birth occur by night. 

NOTES. 

(a) At the time of birth. In other words, a person 
will have very little of these qualities, if the Moon occupy 
either the sign occupied by the Sun or the 4th, 7th or 10th 
sign from it. He will have these qualities in a moderate 
degree if the Moon occupy the 2nd, 5th, 8th or the llth sign 
from the sign occupied by the Sun ; and he will have these 
qualities in a large measure, if the Moon occupy the 3rd 
6th, 9th or the 12th sign from the sign occupied by the 
Sun. 

(6) An Atimitra Navamsa is a Navamsa of an 
Atimitraor a very Friendly planet. ( Vidft Stanza 18, Ch. II.) 

2. If the benefic planets (a) occupy the 6th, 7th and 
the 8th houses from the Moon, the yoga is known as Adh* 



CH. XIII.] Brihal JdtaM. 14-3 

yoga (&). A person born in this yoga will become a gene- 
ral, a minister or a king (c) and will be in the enjoyment 
of great pleasures and wealth with subdued enemies and 
long life and free from diseases and fear. 

NOTES. 
(a) These are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. 

(&) According to Srutakeerti, the yoga is of 7 sorts 
according as the benefic planets occupy one or more of the 
three houses. They might occupy (1) all the three 
houses; (2) the 6th and the 7th houses; (3) the 6th 
and the 8th ; (4) the 7th and the 8th (5) the 6th ; (6) 
the 7th ; (7) the 8th house from the Moon. 

(c) According as Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are 
weak, of moderate power, or of very great power, according 
to Badarayana. 

In the Astrological work known as Saravali, the Adhi 
yoga is classed with Raja yoga when the planets Mercury, 
Jupiter and Venus are not Astangata planets, nor aspected 
by malefic planets. Mandavya is of the same opinion. 
According to Srutakeerti, if malefic planets occupy the 
6th, 7th and the 8th houses from the Moon, the effects will 
be bad. If both the benefic and malefic planets occupy 
the said houses, the effects will be both good and bad. 

3. Excepting the Sun, if the other planets occupy 
the 2nd, the 12th, or both the 2nd and the 12th houses 
from the Moon, the yogas are respectively known as 
Sunapha, Anapha or Durudhura ; otherwise (a), the yoga 
is known as Kemadruma by numerous writers. According 
to some (b), if the Moon occupy the Kendra house from 
the ascendant or if the Moon be accompanied by a planet, 
the yoga ceases to be a Kemadruma yoga. According to 
others (c), the three yogas, Sunapha, Anapha and Puru- 
dhnra are referred to the Kendra houses from the Moori 



144 Bnhat Jdtakd. [Cn. XIII. 

(d) ; while again, some others (e) refer the three yogas 
to the houses oil both sides of the sign the Navamsa of 
which the Moon occupies (f). But these views are not 
considered as authoritative. 

NOTES. 

(a) Otherwise : i.e,, in the absence of these 3 yogas. 
In this view Satyacharyar concurs. 
(&) Garga and Parasara. 
(c) Srutakeerti and others. 

(d} That is, if one of the planets excepting the Sun 
occupy the 4th house from the Moon, the yoga is known 
as Sunapha; if it occupy the 10th house from the 
Moon, the yoga is known as Anapha, and if they occupy 
both the 4th and the 10th houses, from the Moon, it is 
known as Durudhura and if the 4th and 10th houses from 
the Moon be not occupied by planets, the yoga is known 
as Kemadruma. 

(e) Jeevasarma. 

(/) Suppose the Moon to occupy the Navamsa of 
Sagittari in sign Aries. Now, if the planets, excepting 
the Sun and the Moon occupy the 2nd, or the 12th or both 
the 2nd and the 12th houses from sign Sagittari, the yogas 
are respectively known as Sunapha, Anapha and Duru- 
dhura. But if these two houses be not so occupied, the 
yoga is known as Kemadruma. 

4. The Sunapha and the Anapha yogas are each of 
thirty-one sorts, ajid the Durudhura yogas are of one hun- 
dred and eighty sorts, as will be found to be the case by 
forming series as described in the rule for finding the num- 
ber of combinations of a given number of things. 

NOTES. 

The rule for finding the number of combinations of 
a given number of things is only hinted at in the Text, 



CH. XIII.] Brihat Jatakd. 

but not fully given. It is quoted in Stanza 22 of Chapter 
79 of the Brihat Samhita. The rule is : 



" Beginning from unity, form a series by adding to- 
gether the first figure with the next and the sum with 
the next figure, and so on, omitting only the last. From 
the series thus formed, form a fresh series, similarly begin- 
ning from unity, and so on. The last terms of the several 
series will give the number of combinations required." 

Suppose, there are 7 substances. The figures 1,2, 3, 
4, 5, 6, 7, will form the 1st series. Obtain the 2nd series 
as follows: 1 + 2 = 3; 3 + 3 = 6; 6 + 4 = 10 ; '10 + 5 = 15 ; 
15 + 6 = 21. The 2nd series, therefore, is 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 21. 
Obtain the 3rd series as follows : 1 + 3=4?; 4 + 6 = 10 ; 
10 + 10 = 20 ; 20 + 15 = 35. The 3rd series, therefore, is 1, 4, 
10,20,35. Obtain the 4th series as follows: 1 + 4 = 5; 
5 + 1 - 1 5 ; 15 + 20 = 35. The 4th series, therefore, is 1,5, 
15, 35. Obtain the 5th series as follows : 1+5 = 6; 6 + 15 
- 21. The 5th series, therefore, is 1, 6, 21. Obtain the 6th 
series as follows : 1 + 6 = 7. The 6th series therefore is 
1,7x7 The seventh series is 1 . The last terms of the seven 
series are, 7, 21, 35, 35, 21, 7, 1. These are respectively 
the number of combinations of seven things taken 1, 2, 3, 
4:, 5, 6 and 7 at a time. 

Bhaskara Chariar gives a simpler process in his 
L,ilavati a work on Arithmetic. He says ; 

Form fractions with the numbers beginning from the 
last number to unity for numerators and with the num- 
bers beginning from unity to the last number for denomi- 
nators respectiveiy. The number of combinations taken 
1, 2, 3, 4, &c., at a time will respectively be, the first frac- 
tion, the product of the first two fractions, of the first three 
fractions or of the first four fractions, &c. Suppose, for 
instance, the number of things to be 7. Then the frac- 
tions are], , f, |, f, f, }. The number of combinations 
of 7 things taken one at a time ={- = 7 ; taken two at a 
time = }x $ = 21; taken* three at a time = f-xxf = 35 
19 



146 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XIII. 

taken four at a time = -fxxfx| = 35; taken five at a 
time=.fxf xf x^xf = 21 ; taken six at a time = -fx 
fxfx|x|x = 7; and taken seven at a time = -fxfx 
fx|xfxfx* = l. 

Now, in the Sunapha or Anapha yogas, the 2nd or 
the 12th house from the Moon may be occupied by the five 
planets from Mars either singly or two at a time or 
three or four or all at a time. The number required is 
the sum of the number of combinations of five things 
taken 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 together at a time. This is to be de- 
duced from the following fractions f, f, |, f, i. The 
number will be found to be 5 + 10 + 10 + 5 + 1=31. 

Take the case in which the 2nd house from the Moon 
is occupied by a single planet ; while it is so occupied, the 
remaining four planets may occupy the 12th house from 
the Moon 1, 2, 3 or 4 at a time. The number of these 
will be the sum of the number of combinations of four 
things taken 1, 2, 3 and 4 together. This will be 
found to be 4 + 6 + 4 + 1 = 15. So that, for one of the five 
Sunapha yogas, we get 15 Durudhura yogas. The five 
Sunapha yogas of one planet will therefore give us 5 x 15 
= 75 Durudhura yogas. Take one of the 10 Sunapha 
yogas of two planets from Mars to Saturn ; the remain- 
ing 3 planets may occupy the 12th house from the Moon^ 
1, 2 and 3 at a time. The number required is the sum 
of the number of combinations of three things taken 1, 2 
and 3 at a time. This will be found to be 3 + 3 + 1=7. 
Combining these with the 10 Sunapha yogas of 2 planets 
we shall get 10x7 = 70 Durudhura yogas. Similarly, the 
10 Sunapha yogas of three planets will give 10x3- 
30 Durudhura yogas ; and the five Sunapha yogas of 
4 planets will give us 5 x 1 = 5 Durudhura yogas. So that, 
the number of possible Durudhura yogas -75 + 70 + 30 + 
5-180. 

5. A person born in a Sunapha yoga will be possess- 
ed of self-acquired property, will be a king or will resent 



CH. XIIL] Brihai Jdtakd. 147 

ble a king, and will be a man of intelligence, wealth and 
renown. 

A person born in an Anapha yoga will be a man of 
influence and authority, will be free from diseases, will 
have a control over his passions, will be of great renown, 
will be in the enjoyment of all manner of pleasures, will 
wear neat dress and will be free from grief. 

6. A person born in a Durudhura yoga will be in 
the enjoyment of all manner of pleasures, will be possess- 
ed of wealth and carriage, will be liberal in his gift and 
will have good servants. 

A person born in a Kemadrunia yoga, though he may 
belong to a king's family, will be dirty, afflicted with grief, 
will do deeds not suited to his rank in life, will be poor, 
will serve under others and will be wicked. 

7. If the yoga planet be Mars, the person will be 
active, fond of fight, wealthy, and will engage in 
deeds without thought. If the yoga planet be Mercury, 
the person will be skilled in work, will be of good speech 
and learned in the arts (a). If the yoga planet be Jupite^ 
the person will be wealthy and virtuous, will live for ever 
in comfort and will be respected by the king. If the yoga 
planet be Venus, the person will be afflicted with sexual 
passion, will be very wealthy and in the enjoyment of all 
manner of pleasures. 

NOTES. 
(a) In music, dance, painting, &c. 

8. If the yoga planet be Saturn, the person will 
enjoy wealth, property and servants of others, will engage 
in various deeds and will be the chief of parties of men 
(a). If the birth occur by day, the Moon will bring on 
misery if she occupy the visible hemisphere, will 
bring on prosperity if she occupy the invisible hemisphere ; 
if the birth occur by night, the results will be the reverse 
of these (6). 



148 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. X11I. 

NOTES. 

(a) If two or more planets be yoga planets, the effects 
described for them all will come to pass. 

(&) That is, if the birtli occur by night, the Moon 
will bring on misery, if she occupy the invisible hemi- 
sphere and prosperity if she occupy the visible hemisphere. 

9. If all the benefic planets (a) occupy the Upachaya 
places (b) from the Ascendant at the time of birth, a person 
will be very rich and if they occupy the Upachaya places 
from the Moon, lie will be moderately rich. If two of the 
planets occupy the Upachaya places, a person will be 
moderately wealthy and if one of them occupy such places, 
he will possess small wealth (c\ Even if the person be 
born in other malefic Yogas (aT), the present yoga will take 
effect to their exclusion (e). 

NOTES, 

(a) Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. 

() The 3rd, 6th, 10th and llth houses from the 
Ascendant. 

(c) So that, if benefic planets occupy the Upachaya 
places both from the Ascendant and from the Moon, a 
person will be exceedingly rich ; and if the Upachaya 
places be not so occupied by any of the benefic planets, 
the person will be poor. 

(d) Such as Kemadruma yoga. 

(<?) That is, suppose a person to be born in a Kema- 
druma yoga and suppose the benefic planets to occupy the 
Upachaya places from the Ascendant or the Moon or both, 
the person will become rich and not poor. 



CH. XIV.] Brihat Jdtakd. 149 

CHAPTER XIV. 
On Double Planetary Yogas. 

1. If, at the time of birth, the Sun and the Moon 
occupy together a sign of the Zodiac, the person born will 
be a maker of fire engines (a) and will work in stones ; if the 
Sun and Mars occupy a sign together, the person will be 
addicted to sinful deeds ; if the Sun and Mercury occupy 
a sign together, the person will be skilled in work, will be 
intelligent and famous, and will live in comfort ; if the Sun 
and Jupiter occupy a sign together, the person will be 
cruel and will work for other men; if the Sun and Venus 
occupy a sign together, the person will gain money by 
engaging in public sports and by the use of weapons ; and 
if the Sun and Saturn occupy a sign together, the person 
will be skilled in metal work and in earthen-ware. 

NOTES. 

(a) Engines of destruction according to the Com- 
mentator. 

2. If the double planets, occupying together a sign 
of the Zodiac, at the time of birth, be the Moon and Mars, 
the person will earn money by the sale of works of art, of 
women, of liquor, and of pots and will give trouble to his 
mother ; if they be the Moon and Mercury, the person will 
be of sweet speech, skilled in literary interpretation and 
will become popular and famous ; if they be the Moon and 
Jupiter, the person will defeat his enemies, will be an im- 
portant person in his family, will not be of firm views 
and will be greatly rich ; if they be the Moon and Venus, 
the person will be skilled in cloth work (a) ; if they be 
the Moon and Saturn, the person will be the son of a 
re-married woman (). 

NOTES. 

(a) In weaving, stitching, dyeing, buying and 
selling cloths. 



150 Brihat Jdtaka. [Cn. XIV. 

(b) The Sanskrit term for the woman is Pimarbhu. 
She is said to be a woman, who, out of sexual passion, 
quits her husband and marries a person of her own caste 
whether or not she may have joined in sexual union. 

3. If the double planets occupying together a sign 
of the Zodiac at the time of birth be Mars and Mercury, 
the person will deal in roots and the like (ai), in oil, in works 
of art and will be skilled in duels ; if they be Mars and 
Jupiter, the person will be the chief of a town or 
a king, or a wealthy Brahmin (b) ; if they be Mars 
and Venus, the person will protect cows, will engage in 
duels, will be skilled in work, will indulge in sexual 
union with the wives of other men and will be a gambler; 
if they be Mars and Saturn, the person will be afflicted 
with grief, will be a liar, and will be despised by others. 

NOTES. 

(a) Fruits, flowers, bark, juice, &c. 

(b) Or learned according to another reading. 

4. If the double planets occupying together a sign of 
the Zodiac at the time of birth be Mercury and Jupiter, 
the person will be skilled in duels, will be fond of music 
and learned in dance ; if they be Mercury and Venus, the 
person will be one of good speech, and will be a ruler 
over countries and over men ; if they be Mercury and 
Saturn, the person will be skilled in deceiving others, 
and will reject the advice of his preceptor; if they be 
Jupiter and Venus, the person will be learned in some 
respectable department of knowledge, will possess wealth, 
a wife and various virtues ; if they be Jupiter and Saturn, 
the person will be a barber, a potman or a cook. 

5. If the double planets occupying together a sign 
of the Zodiac at the time of birth be Venus and Saturn, 
the person will be short-sighted, will have an increase of 



CH. XIV.] Brihat Mtakd. 151 

wealth through the friendship of a young woman, and 
will be skilled in writing and painting. In the case of 
other planetary yogas (a), the effects described shall be 
determined and applied. 

NOTES. 

(a) That is, if three or more planets occupy together 
a sign of the Zodiac at the time of birth, the yoga shall 
first be split into a number of double planetary yogas and 
the effects described in this Chapter shall then be applied. 
For example : suppose, the four planets, the Sun, the 
Moon, Mars and Mercury to occupy together a single sign. 
This yoga can be split into six double planetary yogas 
as follows : (1), the Sun and the Moon, (2), the Sun 
and Mars, (3), the Sun and Mercury, (4), the Moon and 
Mars, (5), the Moon and Mercury, (6), Mars and Mercury. 
The effects described for each shall be determined and 
applied. 

Notes. The following yogas referring to the several 
groups of 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 planets occupying together a 
single sign of the Zodiac at the time of birth are taken 
with their effects from a work known as Jataka Parijata. 

L OF TWO PLANETS. 
If the yoga planets occupying a single sign be 

(1) The Sun and the Moon, the person will be 
subject to the influence of women, will be skilled in 
work and will be of bright appearance. 

(2) The Sun and Mars, will be a strong man, a 
liar and sinner. 

(3) The Sun and Mercury, will be learned, beauti- 
ful, strong and of fixed views. 

(4) The Sun and Jupiter, will be earnest in work, 
will be a favourite with trie king and will be rich, 



152 Brihat Jatakd. [Cn. XIV, 

(5) The Sun and Venus, will acquire wealth 
through women, will have kinsmen and enemies and will 
be intelligent. 

(6) The Sun and Saturn, will be of dull under- 
standing and subject to his enemies. 

(7) The Moon and Mars, will be bold and born of a 
high family ; will be virtuous, wealthy and possessed of 
good qualities. 

(8) The Moon and Mercury, will be charitable, 
learned in sciences, and possessed of excellent qualities. 

(9) The Moon and Jupiter, will protect good and 
pious men and will be very intelligent. 

(10) The Moon and Venus, will be a. sinner and a 
merchant. 

(11) The Moon and Saturn, will possess a bad wife, 
will ill-treat his father and will be poor. 

(12) Mars and Mercury, will be of good speech and 
learned in medicine, arts and sciences. 

(13) Mars and Jupiter, will be of strong sexual pas- 
sion, will possess excellent qualities and will be a mathe- 
matician. 

(14) Mars and Venus, will be fond of fight and of 
the world, and will be deceitful. 

(15) Mars and Saturn, will be litigious, fond of 
music and of a dull understanding. 

(16) Mercury and Jupiter, will be of good speech, 
beautiful and very rich. 

(17) Mercury and Venus, will be a ruler over coun- 
tries and over men. 

(IB) Mercury and Saturn, will be deceitful, and will 
not be open to the advice of his preceptor. 

(19) Jupiter and Venus, will be of bright appear- 
ance, a favourite with the king, will be very intelligent 
and skilled in work, 



CH. XIV.] Brihat JdtaM. 153 

(20) Jupiter and Saturn, will be a sculptor and will 
protect cows. 

(21) Venus and Saturn, will be skilled in duels. 



XLOF THREE PLANETS. 

Again, if the Yoga Planets occupying a single sign be 

(1) The Sun, the Moon and Mars, the person will 
destroy the family of his enemy, will be rich and just. 

(2) The Sun, the Moon and Mercury, will resemble 
a king and will be learned and famous. 

(3) The Sun, the Moon and Jupiter, will be possess- 
ed of many good qualities and will be learned. 

(4) The Sun, the Moon and Venus, will commit 
adultery, will be cruel, will be subject to fear from his 
enemy and will be rich. 

(5) The Sun, the Moon and Saturn, will be a man 
of wrong views, will be deceitful and will travel to 
foreign lands. 

(6) The Suu, Mars and Mercury, will be without 
enjoyment of any kind and will have sons, wealth and 
wife. 

(7) The Sun, Mars and Jupiter, will be fond of 
sexual enjoyment, will be considerate, will be a commander 
of armies or a magistrate. 

(8) The Suu, Mars and Venus, will be afflicted 
with diseases of the eye, will live in comfort and be born 
in a good family. 

(9) The Sun, Mars and Saturn, will be separated 
from his kinsmen, will be dumb, will suffer from diseases 
and will be rich. 

(10) The Sun, Mercury and Jupiter, will be of 
sound views, will be learned, wealthy and famous, 

20 



154 Brihat Mtakd. [Cn. XIV. 

(11) The Sun, Mercury and Venus, will be of soft 
body, will be learned, famous and will live in com- 
fort. 

(12) The Sun, Mercury and Saturn, will be with- 
out kinsmen and poor will hate mankind and will be of 
vicious habits. 

(13) The Sun, Jupiter and Venus, will possess a 
good wife and children, will be very intelligent, will suffer 
from diseases of the eye and will be rich. 

(14) The Sun, Jupiter and Saturn, will be fearless, 
will be liked by the king and will be of quiet and excellent 
disposition. 

(15) The Sun, Venus and Saturn, will be of bad 
reputation and will be haughty and insolent. 

(16) The Moon, Mars and Mercury, will be glut- 
tonous, will be addicted to wicked deeds and will abuse 
other people. 

(17) The Moon, Mars and Jupiter, will be of angry 
speech, will be of strong sexual passion and will be 
beautiful. 

(18) The Moon, Mars and Venus, will be of bad 
conduct, will have no sons and will be fond of travels. 

(19) The Moon, Mars and Saturn, will be virtuous 
and wealthy, will have a bad wife and will be litigious. 

(20) The Moon, Mercury and Jupiter, will be 
charitable and learned in sciences, will protect good and 
pious men and will be of good speech. 

(21) The Moon, Mercury and Venus, will be 
learned, will be addicted to low deeds and will have 
numerous servants. 

(22) The Moon, Mercury and Saturn, will be 
liberal in gift, will be respected by the king and will be 
possessed of good qualities. 

The Moon, Jupiter and Venus, will be 



CH. XIV.] terihat Jdtakd. 155 

intelligent, will have good sons and will be skilled in 
works of art. 

(24) The Moon, Jupiter and Saturn, will be learned 
in sciences, will be fond of old women and will be as 
happy as a king. 

(25) The Moon, Venus and Saturn, will be 
learned in the Vedas, will be tlie king's chaplain and will 
be liked by all people. 

(26) Mars, Mercury and Jupiter, will be fond of 
music, of Vedas, of literature and of drama. 

(27) Mars, Mercury and Venus, will be of defec- 
tive organs, will be born of a bad family and will be of 
settled views. 

(28) Mars, Mercury and Saturn, will serve under 
other men, will suffer from diseases of the eye and will be 
fond of travels. 

(29) Mars, Jupiter and Venus, will be liked by the 
king, will have good sons, and will live in comfort. 

(30) Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, will be of thin 
body, without comfort, respectable and given up to a 
vicious course of life. 

(31) Mars, Venus and Saturn, will have bad sons 
and will ever be of pure mind. 

(32) Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, will conquer 
over his enemies and will be of wide-spread fame. 

(33) Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, will live in great 
comfort, will be wealthy and will be attached to his wife. 

(34) Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will tell lies. 

(35) Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, will be of clear 
understanding and will be happy and famous. 



156 Srihat Jdtaka. [Cn. XIV. 

III. OF FOUR PLANETS. 
Again, if the yoga planets occupying together 'a sign 
of the Zodiac at the time of birth be 

(1) The vSun, the Moon, Mars and Mercury, the 
person will be deceitful, skilled in the art of writing and 
will suffer from diseases. 

(2) The Sun, the Moon, Mars and Jupiter, will be 
rich, famous, intelligent and liked by the king and will be 
free from diseases and from grief. 

(3) The Sun, the Moon, Mars and Venus, will have 
a wife and children, will be learned, a moderate eater, 
happy, skilled in work and merciful. 

(4) The Sun, the Moon, Mars and Saturn, will 
suffer from diseases of the eye, will be fond of travels 
and of prostitutes and will be poor. 

(5) The Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter, will 
have eight sons, will be rich and possessed of good quali- 
ties; will be famous, powerful aud liberal in gift. 

(6) The Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Venus, will 
be of defective organs aud of good speech. 

(7) The Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Saturn, will 
be poor and ungrateful. 

(8) The Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and Venus, will be 
possessed of many good qualities, -will commit adultery 
with other women, will be intelligent and will suffer from 
diseases of the eye, 

(9) The Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn, will 
be fond of travels, will be rich, intelligent and attached to 
prostitutes. 

(10) The Sun, the Moon, Venus and Saturn, will 
be of defective limbs, will be timid, will follow girls and 
will be fond of wealth and meals. 

(11) The Sun, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter, will be 
strong, will get into difficulties, will be married and rich, 



CH. XIV.] Srihat Jdtakd. 157 

will suffer from diseases of the eye and will be fond of 
travels. 

(12) The Sun, Mars, Mercury and Venus, will be 
fond of the wives of other men, will be of fearful eyes and 
appearance, will be addicted to thieving and will be weak. 

(13) The Sun, Mars, Mercury and Saturn, will be 
a commander of armies or a minister, will be addicted 
to low deeds and will be in the enjoyment of numerous 
pleasures. 

(14) The Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Venus, will be as 
famous as the king, will be respected everywhere and will 
be rich. 

(15) The Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, will be 
blind, will be a wanderer and will have friends and kins- 
men. 

(16) The Sun, Mars, Venus and Saturn, will suffer 
disgrace, will be slothful and possessed of good qualities. 

(17) The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, will be 
very rich and famous. 

(18) The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, will 
bring about quarrels, will be respectable and of vicious 
habits. 

(19) The Sun, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will 
be of good speech, will be truthful, will be a man of prin- 
ciple and will be of good conduct. 

(20) The Sun, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, will be 
learned in arts, will be the chief of low people and will be 
obstinate. 

(21) The Moon, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter, will 
be liked by the king, will be a minister or an eminent 
poet. 

(22) The Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus, will 
have a good wife and sons, will be intelligent, will be 
ugly and deformed and will live in comfort. 



158 Brihat Jdtakd. [Ctf. XtV. 

(23) The Moon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn, will 
have double parents, will be bold and will have several 
wives and children. 

(24) The Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus, will do 
sinful deeds, will indulge in sleep and will be fond of 
money. 

(25) The Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn will be 
of firm views, bold, happy and learned. 

(26) The Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn, will be 
of bad conduct, will have no sons, will be learned in the 
Vedas or will be the king's priest. 

(27) The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, will 
be very rich, attached to his kinsmen and virtuous. 

(28) The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, will 
be liberal in gifts, will be respected by the king and will 
live in great comfort, will be wealthy and attached to his 
wife. 

(29) The Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will 
be hated by the people and will be fond of the wives of 
other men. 

(30) The Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, will 
be without sons, will not be earnest in work and will be 
without mercy. 

(31) Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, will be 
rich and despised by the people. 

(32) Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, will 
suffer from diseases and will be poor. 

(33) Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will be of 
defective limbs, will serve under other men, will tell lies 
and will have bad sons. 

(34) Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, will be liked 
by the king, will be of thin body, will have bad sons and 
will be of clear understanding. 



CH. XIV.] Brthat Jdtakd. 159 

35) Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, will be 
very rich, learned, and of good conduct, 



IV. OF FIVE PLANETS. 

Again, if the yoga planets occupying together a sign 
of the Zodiac at the time of birth be 

(1) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and 
Jupiter, the person will engage in fight, will be deceitful 
and skilled in work. 

(2) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus, 
will be devoid of charity, will be earnest in work, will be 
without kinsmen and will work for other men. 

(3) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn, 
will be of short life, will be fond of earning money and 
without wife and children. 

(4) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus, 
will delight in annoying other men, will be rejected by 
his parents and kinsmen and will be of defective eyes. 

(5) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, 
will be avaricious and will be afflicted with grief owing to 
separation from his wife. 

(6) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn, 
will be wealthy, powerful, able and dirty and will covet 
the wives of other men. 

(7) The Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and 
Venus, will be a minister, will be rich, successful, 
famous and powerful and will also be a magistrate. 

(8) The Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and 
Saturn, will depend on other men for meals, will be timid, 
will commit sins and will engage in fearful deeds. 

(9) The Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus and 
Saturn, will be poor, tall, without sons and sickly. 



Brihat Jdtakd, [Cn, XIV. 

(10) The Sun, the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and 
Saturn, will be without a wife, of good speech, will have 
enemies, will be fearless and learned in jugglery. 

(11) The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, 
will be without grief, a good friend and master of horses 
and covet the wives of other men. 

(12) The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn,- 
will beg his meals, will be dirty and dressed in ragged 
clothes. 

(13) The Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, 
will be an important person and will be afflicted with grief, 
fear, disease and hunger. 

(14) The Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, 
will be respected everywhere, will be rich, will be blind 
and will have friends and kinsmen. 

(15) The Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, 
will possess a knowledge of Atma, will do deeds accept- 
able to Devas and to his preceptors and will be learned 
in sciences. 

(16) The Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, 
will be of a mild disposition, happy, rich, powerful and 
learned. 

(17) The Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, 
will be skilled in Engineering, will be of strong phy- 
sique and will be famous for his skill in work. 

(18) The Moon, Mars, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, 
will have a good wife and sons, will be intelligent and 
will live in comfort. 

(19) The Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, 
will work for other men, will be poor, of dirty appearance, 
ignorant and addicted to thieving. 

(20) The Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, 
will be respected in all lands, will be of defective 
limbs, will be a minister and will resemble a king. 



CH.XIV.] Brihat Jdtakd. 161 

(21) Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, 
will be respected everywhere, will be skilled in work, 
will suffer from torture, imprisonment and disease. 



V. OF SIX PLANETS. 

Lastly, if the yoga planets occupying a single sign of 
the Zodiac at the time of birth be the several planets 
except 

(1) Saturn, the person will be a writer of scientific 
works, will dwell in woods and mountains and will be 
possessed of a wife, sons and wealth. 

(2) Venus, will be addicted to thieving, will covet 
other women, will be despised by his kinsmen, will be 
without sons, will be a fool and will travel to foreign 
lands. 

(3) Jupiter, will be a man of low birth, will' work 
for other men, will suffer from consumption and will be 
despised by the people. 

(4) Mercury, will be a minister, will be possessed 
of a wife, sons, wealth and comfort and will have a con- 
trol over his passions. 

(5) Mars, will suffer from headache, will be mad, 
will live in places unfrequented by man and will travel to 
foreign lands. 

(6) The Moon, will be an energetic traveller and 
intelligent. 

(7) The Sun, will visit holy places and will be 
rich. 



21 



162 Brihnt Jdtakd. [Cn. XV. 

CHAPTER XV. 
On Ascetic Yogas. 

1. A person born when four or more (a) powerful (d) 
planets occupy a single sign of the Zodiac becomes an 
ascetic of the Sakya, Ajivika, Bhikshuka, Vriddhasravaka, 
Chakra, Nirgrandha or Vanyasana class according as the 
most powerful planet of the group is Mars, Mercury, 
Jupiter, the Moon, Venus, Saturn or the Sun. (c} If such 
powerful planet be one that has suffered defeat in con- 
junction at the time of birth, the ascetic will, after a time, 
revert to his previous condition of life. 

NOTES. 

(a) That is 5, 6 or 7 planets. 

() If no planet be powerful, there will be no Pravra- 
jya (ascetic yoga). 

(c) The ascetic life of the most powerful planet will 
be embraced by the person first, then that of the planet 
next in power and so on. The first change of life will 
occur in the Dasa and Antardasa period of the most 
powerful planet; the succeeding changes will occur in the 
Antardasa periods of the respective planets, If the yoga 
planet be a single powerful planet which does not suffer 
defeat in conjunction, the ascetic life assumed will 
continue till death. We shall now explain the terms 
referring to the several classes of ascetics. 

(1 ) Sakya : A Buddhist ascetic dressed in red robes. 

(2) Ajivika : A Jaina ascetic ; the term includes 
Vaishnava ascetics as well. 

(3) Bhikshuka : A Brahman ascetic who abandons 
his house and family and subsists entirely on alms. 

(4) Vriddhasravaka : known as Kapalika, a follower 
pf Siva. 



CH. XV. J Brthat Jdtakd. 

(5) Chakra : known as Chakradhara, an ascetic 
who wears a discus. 

(6) Nirgrandha : a iiaked ascetic. 

(7) Vanyasana : an ascetic who subsists ou the 
roots aud fruits of the forest and is engaged in Divine 
meditation. 

2. If the most powerful yoga planet be an Astan- 
gata planet, (a) a person will not become a Deekshita (3) 
but will be attached to persons who are such. Again, if 
the powerful planet which suffers defeat in conjunction 
be aspected by other planets, a person will not become a 
Deekshita (c), but will possess a strong desire to become 
one. 

NOTES. 

(a) This has already been explained (vide Notes to 
Stanza 2, Ch. 7.) 

(V) That is, one of the holy order of men. 

(c) If not aspected, he will become one, and after a 
time, revert to his former condition of life as stated in the 
last Stanza. 

X.B. Stanzas 1 and 2 should be read together. 

3. If the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon as- 
pects Saturn and be not aspected by any other planet, (a) 
or if Saturn (6) aspect the lord of the sign occupied by 
the Moon when such lord is not powerful (c) a person will 
become au ascetic. Again, if the Moon occupy the Drek- 
kana of Saturn aud the Navamsa of Saturn or Mars and 
be aspected by Saturn (d\ a person will become an 
ascetic (.c). 

NOTES- 

(a) The Pravrajya will be that of such lord or Saturn 
whichever is powerful. 

(b) When powerful according to the Commentator. 



164 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XVL 

(c) The Pravrajya will be that of Saturn. 

(d] And not aspected by any other planet. 

(<?) The ascetic life will be that described for Saturn. 

4. A person born when Jupiter, the Moon and the 
rising sign are aspected by Saturn, when Jupiter occupies 
the 9th house from the Ascendant and under one of the 
Raja yogas becomes a scientific Author (a). Again, a 
person born when Saturn occupies the 9th house from the 
Ascendant and is not aspected by other planets and under a 
Raja yoga will become both an emperor and an ascetic (b\ 

NOTES. 

(a) If the horoscope contains Raja yoga and an 
ascetic yoga, the former will not take effect, but the latter 
will, such for instance as the lives of Varaha Mihira, 
Kanada Buddha, Panchasikha, Brahma-Gupta and others. 
If the horoscope contain two Raja yogas and an ascetic 
yoga, the person will become a king as well as a scientific 
Author such as Janaka, Kasiraja, iSuchidhwaja and 
others. 

(t>) If the horoscope contain no Raja yogas but only 
the ascetic yogas described in the Text, the person will be- 
come an ascetic. 

END. OF POORYABHAGA (PARTI.) 



CHAPTER XVI. 
On The Nakshatras 

OR 

The Moon in The Asterisms. 

1. A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Aswini will be fond of ornaments, will be of 
fine appearance, will be popular, skilled in work and in- 
telligent. 



CH. XVI.] Brihat Jdtakd. 165 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Bharani will be successful at work, truthful, free 
from diseases, able and free from grief. 

2. A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Krittika will be a glutton, fond of the wives of 
other men, of bright appearance and of wide-spread fame. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the as- 
terism of Rohini will be truthful, will not covet the property 
of other men, will be of cleanly habits, of sweet speech, of 
firm views, and of fine appearance. 

3. A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Mrigasirsha will be of no firm principles, will 
be able, timid, of good speech, of active habits, rich and 
will indulge in sexual pleasures. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Ardra will be insincere, of irascible temper, 
ungrateful, indulge in torture and be addicted to wicked 
deeds. 

4. A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Punarvasu will be devout and of patient habits, 
will live in comfort, will be good-natured, quiet, of wrong 
views, sickly, thirsty and pleased with trifles. 

5. A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Pushya will have a control over his desires, will 
be generally liked, learned in the Sastras, rich and will be 
fond of acts of charity. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Aslesha will not be attentive to the work of 
other men, will be a promiscuous eater, will be sinful, un- 
grateful and skilled in cheating other men. 

6. A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Magha will have numerous servants, will be 
very rich > will live in comfort, will worship the Devas 
and Pitris and will be engaged in important works, 



166 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XVI 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of P. Phalguni will be of sweet speech, will be 
liberal in his gifts, of fine-appearance, of wandering habits 
and will serve under kings. 

7. A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of U. Phalguni will be generally liked, will earn 
money by his learning and will live in comfort. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Hasta will be of active habits, full of resour- 
ces, shameless, merciless and a thief and a drunkard. 

8. A person born when the Moon passes through 
the asterism of Chittra will wear cloths and flowers of 
various colours and will have beautiful eyes and limbs. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Swati will be of a mild and quiet nature, will 
control his passion, will be skilled in trade, will be merci- 
ful, (a) of sweet speech and disposed to do acts of charity. 

NOTES. 

(a) Unable to bear thirst according to another 
reading. 

9. A person born when the Moon passes through 
the asterism of Visakha will be jealous of another's pros- 
perity, will be a niggard, of bright appearance, of distinct 
speech, (a) skilled in earning money and disposed to 
bring about quarrels among men. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Anuradha will be rich, will live in foreign 
lands, will be unable to bear hunger and disposed to 
wander from place to place. 

NOTES. 

(#) Will be skilled in earning money according to 
another reading. 

10. A person born when the Moon passes through 
the asterism of Jyeshta will have few friends, will be 
very cheerful, virtuous, and of irascible temper. 



CH. XVI.] Brihat Jdtakd. 167 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Moola will be haughty, rich, happy, not dis- 
posed to injure other men, of firm views and will live in 
luxury. 

11. A person born when the Moon passes through 
the asterism of P. Ashadha will have an agreeable wife> 
will be proud and attached to friends. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of U. Ashadha will be obedient, will be learned 
in the rules of virtue, will possess many friends, will be 
grateful and return favours received and will be generally 
liked. 

12. A person born when the Mopn passes through 
the asterism of Sravana will be prosperous and learned, 
will have a liberal-minded wife, will be rich, aod of wide- 
spread fame. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Dhanishta will be liberal in gifts, rich, valiant, 
fond of music and will be a niggard. 

13. A person born when the Moon passes through 
the asterism of Satabhishak will be harsh in his speech, 
will be truthful, will suffer grief, will conquer his enemies, 
will thoughtlessly engage in work and will be of inde- 
pendent w.ays. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the as- 
terism of P. Bhadrapada will suffer from grief, will place 
his wealth at the disposal of his wife, will be of distinct 
speech (a) and will be a niggard. 

NOTES. 

(#) Or will be skilled in earning money. 

J4. A person born when the Moon passes through 
the asterism of U. Bhadrapada will be an able speaker 
will be happy, will possess children and grand- children 
will conquer his enemies and will be virtuous, 



168 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XVII. 

A person born when the Moon passes through the 
asterism of Revati will possess perfect limbs, will be liked 
by all people, valiant in fight, will never covet the 
property of other men and will be rich, 

NOTES. 

The effects described above will fully come to pass 
only if the Moon be powerful. 



CHAPTER XVII. 
On the Moon in the Several Signs of 
the Zodiac. 

1. A person born with the Moon in sign Aries will 
have round red-eyes, will be fond of vegetable food and 
will eat hot meals but in a moderate degree ; will be of a 
quickly relenting nature, will be fond of travels and of 
sexual union ; will be of weak knees; will possess no 
permanent wealth ; will be fond of fight and of women ; 
will be skilled in serving under other men ; will have dis- 
figured nails and a wounded head ; will be haughty, will 
be the eldest of his brothers ; will have lines in his hand of 
the shape of the weapon known as Sakti; will be fickle- 
minded and will be afraid of water. 

2. A person born with the Moon in sign Taurus will 
be of fine appearance and of beautiful gait; will possess 
large thighs and face ; will possess marks on his back, face 
or sides ; will be liberal in his gifts ; will bear misfortunes ; 
will possess great influence and authority ; will have a 
large hump on the neck ; will have daughters ; will suffer 
from phlegmatic affections ; will be separated from his 
kinsmen, wealth and sons ; will be liked by all men 
will be of patient nature ; will be a great eater ; will be 
fond of women ; will be attached to his friends and will be 
Jiappy both in middle age and old age (a). 



CH. XVII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 169 

(a) And therefore unhappy when young. 

3. A person born with the Moon in sign Gemini will 
be fond of women, will be skilled in sexual union ; will 
possess red eyes ; will be learned in the Sastras ; will carry 
messages ; will possess curling hairs and a sharp intellect ; 
will be skilled in wit, in discovering the thoughts of other 
men and in game ; will possess beautiful features ; will be 
of sweet speech ; will be a great eater ; will be fond of 
music, and skilled in the rules of dance; will join in 
sexual union with hermaphrodities ; and will possess an 
elevated nose. 

4. A person born with the Moon in sign Cancer 
will walk fast with his body bent ; will have a high hip ; 
will be subject to the influence of women ; will have an 
excellent friend ; will be learned in Astrology ; will have 
numerous houses ; will have a wealth which will increase 
and decrease as the Moon ; will be short ; will possess a 
thick neck ; will be capable of being won over by kind 
words ; will be attached to his friends and will be fond of 
water and forests. 

5. A person born with the Moon in sign Leo will be 
of irascible temper, of large cheeks, broad face and brotvn 
eyes; will have very few sons; will hate women ; will be 
fond of animal food, forests and hills; will continue angry 
at trifles for a longtime ; will be afflicted with pains caused 
by hunger, thirst, stomach-ache, tooth-ache as well as 
purely mental anxieties ; will be liberal in his gifts ; wii 
be bold in fight ; will be of fixed principles ; will be 
haughty and attached to his mother. 

6. A person born with the Moon in sign Virgo will 
have lovely eyes and slow gait through modesty ; will 
have his shoulders and arms sunk or depressed; will 
live in comfort ; will have soft body and speech ; will be 
truthful, will be skilled in dance, music painting and book- 
making; will be learned in the Sastras; will be viituoijs 

tt 



170 Brihat Jdtakd. [CH. XVII. 

and intelligent, will be fond of sexual union ; will enjoy 
.the house and property of other men ; will live in foreign 
lands ; will be of sweet speech ; and will have daughters 
and very few sons. 

7. A person born with the Moon in sign Libra will 
respect the Devas, Brahmins, and holy men ; will be in- 
telligent (a) will never covet the property of other men ; 
will be learned in the Vedas ; will be subject to the 
influence of women ; will be tall ; will have a raised nose; 
will be of thin and defective limbs and fond of travels; 
will be rich ; will be a trader ; will bear the name of a 
Deva coupled with an excellent surname granted by a 
body of learned men ; will be sickly ; will protect his 
family and will be disgraced and rejected by his kinsmen. 

NOTES. 

;. (a The Sanskrit term used is Pragna which is in- 
terpreted to mean a person of very acute intelligence 
and one that possesses a knowledge of the current and 
future events. 

8. A person born with the Moon in sign Scorpio will 
have broad eyes, a broad breast and round shanks, thighs 
and knees ; will be separated from his parents and precep- 
tors; will be afflicted with diseases when young; will be 
respected by the king's family ; will be of brown colour; 
will not be of a straightforward nature ; will have lines in 
his hand and feet of the shape of the fish, the Vajrayudha 
or a bird ; and will endeavor to conceal his sins. 

9. A person born with the Moon in sign Sagittari 
will have a long face and neck ; will inherit his father's 
property; will be liberal in his gift ; will be a literary 
author ; will be powerful and skilled in speech ; will have 
large teeth, ears, lips and nose, will engage in numerous 
works ; will be skilled in fine arts ; will have indistinct 
shoulders, disfigured nails and large ^arms ; will be of a 



CH. XVII.] tirihat Jdtakd. 171 

deep and inventive intellect, will be a man of right under- 
standing; will hate his kinsmen ; will never yield to com- 
pulsion but only to kind treatment. 

10. A person born with the Moon in sign Capricorn 
will be ever attached to his wife and children ; will do 
deeds of virtue for outward show; will have weak lower 
limbs, good eyes and a thin waist; will readily under- 
stand what is spoken ; will be liked by all and slow at 
work ; will not bear cold ; will be of a wandering nature, 
liberal or powerful and a literary author; will be a nig- 
gard and will be attached to old women of low caste j 
will be shameless and merciless. 

11. A person born with the Moon in sign Aquarius 
will have a neck like that of the camel, a body covered 
with muscles, rough and covered with hair; will be tall ; 
will have large feet, thighs, back, buttocks, face and 
lower belly ; will be deaf; will be attached to the wives 
and property of other men and do wicked deeds ; will rise 
and fall by turns ; will be fond of flowers and perfumes ; 
and will be attached to friends and will walk without 
feeling tired. 

12. A person born with the Moon in sign Pisces 
will be a dealer in the produce of the sea and enjoy the 
property of other men ; will be fond of his wife and clothes 
will have perfect limbs, a bright body, long nose and 
large head, will put his enemies to disgrace, will be sub- 
ject to the influence of women, will have beautiful 
eyes, and will be fair; will enjoy hidden treasure; will be 
rich, and learned. 

1 3. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon, the 
sign occupied by the Moon and the lord of such sign be 
all powerful, the effects described in this chapter will fully 
come to pass (a}; the same remark applies to planets other 
than the Moon (6) t 



172 Brihat Jdtakd. [On. XVIIL 

NOTES- 

(a} If two of the three be powerful, the effects 
will come to pass imperfectly ; if only one of the three 
be powerful, they will come to pass still more imperfect- 
ly and if none of the three be powerful, the effects will 
fail, 

() This refers to the next chapter in which the 
Author describes the effects of the various planets occupy- 
ing the several signs of the Zodiac at the time of birth. 



CHAPTER XVIIL 

On the Sun, Mars and other Planets 
in the several Signs of the Zodiac. 

1. A person born with the Sun in Aries but not in 
its exaltation degree (a^will be of wide-spread fame, abil- 
ty of wandering habits, possessed of small wealth and 
will carry weapons. 

A person born with the Sun in sign Taurus will deal 
in clothes, perfumes and other articles, will hate women 
and will be skilled in music, vocal and instrumental. 

NOTKS. 

(a) A person born with the Sun in the exaltation 
degree will be very rich, \vill remain for ever in a place, 
will have servants carrying arms, will be of great fame 
and ability. 

2. A person born with the Sun in sign Gemini will 
be learned in grammar, will be. an Astrologer and will be 
rich. 

A person born with the Sun in Cancer will be in* 
dependent and fierce, poor, will do the work of other 
people and will suffer fiolit the fatigue of foot -journey. 



CH. XVIII.] BriJiat Jdtakd. 173 

A person born with the Sun in sign Leo will be fond 
of living in forests, mountains and cow-sheds, will be 
powerful and will be a fool. 

A person born with the Sun in sign Virgo will be 
skilled in writing, painting, in literary productions, in 
mathematics and in worldly knowledge, and will possess 
a body resembling that of a woman. 

3. A person born with the Sun in sign Libra will 
be fond of liquor or will manufacture it, will be of a 
wandering nature, will be an alchemist and will do 
wicked deeds. 

A person born with the Sun in sign Scorpio will be 
of a fierce nature, will thoughtlessly engage in work, will 
earn money by acts connected with poison (<?), and will be 
vastly learned in the use of arms. 

A person born with the Sun in Sagittari will be res- 
pected by sages, will be rich and independent and will be 
learned in medicine and sculpture. 

A person born with the Sun in sign Capricorn will 
engage in deeds unsuited to his rank in life, will be igno- 
rant, will deal in mean articles, will possess small wealth, 
will be avaricious and will enjoy the property of other 
men. 

NOTES. 

(a} According to another reading, his earning will 
become useless to him. 

4. A person born with the Sun in sign Aquarius 
will engage in deeds unsuited to his rank in life, will be 
poor and will have no sons and no property* 

A person born with the Sun in sign Pisces will be- 
come rich by dealing in the produce of water, will be res- 
pected by women. The person will also possess a mole or 
other marks in the part of body corresponding to the sign 
occupied by the Sun and the Moon together at the time of 
his birth (vide. Stanza 4, Ch. I.) 



Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XVlil. 

5. A person born with Mars in sign Aries or Scorpio 
will be respected by the king, will be of a wandering 
nature, will be a commander of armies, a trader, will be 
rich, will have a body marked with wounds, will be a 
thief and will be in the enjoyment of the pleasures of the 
senses. 

A person born with Mars in sign Taurus or Libra 
will be subject to the influence of women, will not be 
open to the advice of friends, will be fond of the wives of 
other men, will be learned in the games of magic, will- 
adorn his person, will be of a timid nature and will have 
a rough body. 

6. A person born with Mars in sign Gemini or Virgo 
will be of bright appearance, will have sons and no 
friends, will help others, will be skilled in music and 
fight, will be a niggard, and will bs fearless and of a 
begging nature. 

A person born with Mars in sign Cancer will be 
rich, will cross seas and earn wealth, will be intelligent} 
will be of defective limbs and will be wicked. 

7. A person born with Mars in sign L,eo will be 
poor, will patiently bear afflictions, will wander in the 
forests, will be fearless and will have few wives and 
children. 

A person born with Mars in sign Sagittari or Pisces 
will have many enemies, will be the king's minister, will 
be of wide-spread fame, will be fearless and will have 
very few children. 

A person born with Mars in sign Aquarius will ever 
suffer grief, will be poor, will wander from place to place, 
will be a liar, will be independent and wicked, 

A person born with Mars in sign Capricorn will be 
Very rich, will have inany sons and will be a king or will 
resemble a king* 



CH, XVIII.] BriJiat Jdtakd. 175 

8. A person born with Mercury in sign Aries or 
Scorpio will be fond of gambling, of running into debt, 
and of liquor ; will be an atheist, will argue against the 
spirit of the Sastras, will be a thief, will be poor, will 
have a mean wife, will be deceitful, will be a liar and will 
swerve from the path of rectitude. 

A person born with Mercury in sign Taurus or Libra 
will be a preacher, will have many sons and wives, will 
ever be engaged in earning money, will be liberal in gift 
and will respect his preceptor (a). 

NOTES. 

(<?) And parents, according to the Commentator. 

9. A person born with Mercury in sign Gemini will 
be boastful, will be learned in the sciences, and in music, 
dance and painting ; will be of sweet speech and will live 
in comfort. 

A person born with Mercury in sign Cancer will 
earn money by works connected with water (<?) and will 
be disliked by his kinsmen. 

NOTES, 
(a.) Acts of strength according to another reading. 

10. A person born with Mercury in sign Leo will be 
disliked by women, will be poor, will have neither com- 
fort nor sons, will wander from place to place, will be 
ignorant, will be fond of women and will suffer disgrace. 

A person born with Mercury in sign Virgo will be 
liberal in gift, will be learned, will possess many virtues 
will live in comfort, will be of a patient nature, will be 
ingenious and fearless. 

11. A person born with Mercury in sign Capricorn 
or Aquarius will work for other men, will be poor, will 
be a sculptor, will run into debts and will work for no 
fees. 



176 Brihat Jdtakd. [CH. XVI11. 

A person born with Mercury in sign Sagittari will be 
respected by kings, will be learned in sciences and in 
laws. 

A person born with Mercury in sign Pisces will be 
skilled in befriending other men, will readily discover 
the views of other people, and will be learned in the 
handicraft of men of low castes such as shoe-making 
and the like. 

12. A person born with Jupiter in sign Aries or 
Scorpio will be a commander of armies, will be very rich, 
will have many wives and children, will be liberal in gift, 
will have good servants, will be of a patient nature, and 
of bright appearance, will be happy with his wife and 
will be of great fame. 

A person born with Jupiter in sign Taurus or Libra 
will be free from diseases, will live in comfort, will be 
rich, will have friends and sons, will be liberal in gift 
and will be liked by all. 

A person born with Jupiter in sign Gemini or Virgo 
will have many clothes, houses, servants, sons and friends, 
will be a minister and will live in comfort. 

13. A person born with Jupiter in sign Cancer will 
be possessed of gems, sons, wealth, wife, influence, intelli- 
gence and comfort. 

A person born with Jupiter in sign Leo will be all 
that has been said in the case of a person born with Jupi- 
ter in Cancer and will, besides, be a commander of armies. 

A person born with Jupiter in sign Sagittari or Pis- 
ces will be the ruler of a province or a minister under a 
king or the commander of armies or will be very rich. 

A person born with Jupiter in sign Aquarius will be 
all that has been said in the case of a person born with 
the Moon in sign Cancer. 



CH. XVIIL] Brihat Jdtakd. 177 

A person born with Jupiter in sign Capricorn will do 
deeds disgraceful to his rank in life, will possess very little 
wealth and will be afflicted with grief. 

14. A person born with Venus in sign Aries or 
Scorpio will be fond of the wives of other men, will lose 
his property through their influence and will bring dis- 
grace on his family. 

A person born with Venus in sign Taurus or Libra 
will acquire wealth by his own powers and intelligence, 
will be liked by the king, will be an important person 
among his kinsmen, will be a man of fame and will be 
fearless. 

15. A person born with Venus in sign Gemini will 
do the work of a king, will be rich and learned in music. 

A person born with Venus in sign Virgo, will en- 
gage in hard work. 

A person born with Venus in sign Capricorn or Aqua- 
rius will be liked by all, will be subject to the influence of 
women and will be fond of mean women. 

16. A person born with Venus in sign Cancer will 
have two wives, will be a beggar, will be timid and very 
haughty and will suffer much grief. 

A person born with Venus in sign Leo will acquire 
money through women, will have an excellent wife and 
very few sons. 

A person born with Venus in sign Sagittari will be 
possessed of excellent qualities and will be rich. 

A person born with Venus in sign Pisces will be learn- 
ed, will be rich, will be respected by the king and will be 
liked by all. 

17. A person born with Saturn in sign Aries will be 
a fool, will wander from place to place, will be a fop and 
will have no friends. 

A person born with Saturn in sign Scorpio will suf- 
23 



178 Brihat Jatakd. [Cn. XVIII. 

fer imprisonment, will receive blows, will be indifferent 
to work and will be merciless. 

A person born with Saturn in sign Gemini or Virgo 
will be shameless, will suffer grief, will be poor, will have 
no sons, will be a bad painter or writer, will be a consta- 
ble and will be a chief officer. 

18. A person born with Saturn in sign Taurus will 
be fond of women of low caste, will possess small wealth 
and will have several wives. 

A person born with Saturn in sign Libra, will be a 
man of well-known fame, will be the chief of a party of 
men in a town or in an army or in a village and will be 
rich. 

A person born with Saturn in sign Cancer will be 
poor, will have very few teeth, will be separated from his 
mother, and will have no sons and will be a fool. 

A person born with Saturn in sign Leo will not be 
deserving of respect, will suffer grief, will have no sons 
and will carry burdens. 

19. A person born with Saturn in sign Sagittari or 
Pisces will die an excellent death, will be a faithful officer 
in the king's palace, will have good sons and a good wife, 
will be ; possessed of good wealth, will be the chief man in 
a town, in an army or in a village. 

A person born with Saturn in sign Capricorn or 
Aquarius will be with the wives and property of other 
men, will be the head of a town, a village or an army, will 
have weak eyes, will be dirty, will be indifferent to bathing, 
will have a permanent wealth and authority and will 
enjoy the property acquired by him. 

NOTES. 

To determine the effects of the planetary places, the 
reader is referred to Stanza 13 and Note (b) to it of the last 
Chapter. 



CH. XVIII.] &rihat Jatakd. 179 

20. Effects similar to those described for the 
several signs of the Zodiac when the Moon occupies them 
and when she is aspected by planets are mentioned also for 
the rising sign ; nay more effects are due to the rising 
sign and to the 2nd, 3rd and other bhavas (houses) ; if the 
houses be powerful and if their lords be also powerful, the 
objects signified by them will be promoted, and reduced, 
if weak. 

NOTES. 

If the rising sign and its lord be powerful, a person 
born will be of strong physique ; if the 2nd house and its 
lord be powerful, the person will be rich. Similar remarks 
apply to the other bhavas. 

The following have been extracted from Satyachariar's 
work on Horoscopy. 

1. A person born when Aries is the rising sign will 
have disfigured ringers, will be of irascible temper, will 
bring on enmity, will act inconsistenly with his views, 
will be of bilious and windy temperament, will be a nig- 
gard, will suffer grief, will, when young, be separated from 
his parents and from his preceptor, will have foolish sons, 
will assist his brothers and kinsmen, will be virtuous, will 
travel to foreign lands, will engage in useless work, will 
marry either a woman of low caste or a deceitful woman or 
a woman of defective limbs or one who was already married, 
will obtain as relation persons of a friendly nature and will 
meet his death either by weapons or by poison or by 
bilious complaints or by the people about him ,pr by fire, 
by rain, by being shut up in a prison or by fall. 

2. A person born when Taurus is the rising sign will 
have large lips, cheek, nose and forehead, will be of phleg- 
matic and windy temperament, will be liberal in gift, will 
be a spendthrift, will have daughters and very few sons, 
will ill-treat his parents, will be fond of work, will do 
wicked deeds, will earn much wealth, will ever be fond of 



180 Brihat Jatakd. [Cti. XVlil 

his wife and will suffer from weapons. He will meet his 
death by weapons, ropes or animals, in foreign lands or 
will die through overwork or by water or by a spear or 
through want of exercise or by quadrupeds. 

3. A person bom when the rising sign is Gemini will 
either be of defective limbs or will possess extra limbs, will 
be of sweet speech, will engage in excellent works, will be 
of a mixed temperament, will be of small understanding 
and of small body, will be liked by his preceptor and by 
sages, will have very few younger brothers, will not be of 
very active habits, will put other men to disgrace, will 
possess good qualities, will be anxious to engage in a 
number of works will be virtuous and not wicked, will 
earn and spend much, will possess several wives and will 
be free from serious diseases. He will meet his death by 
snake-bite, poison, animals or by water. 

4. A person born when the rising sign is Cancer will 
be a man of no fixed principles, will suffer from diseases of 
genital organs, will be of a timid nature, will be grateful, 
will be of phlegmatic and windy temperament, will be of 
firm understanding, will do sinful actions, will spend the 
property of other men - also, will be haughty among his 
people, will be put to disgrace by his kinsmen, will lose 
his children, will engage in important works in foreign 
lands, will be of imperfect speech, will be a master over 
other men, will have an unequal wife, will suffer disgrace 
from his enemies and will be respected by many persons. 
He will meet his death by means of a neck ornament or a 
rope, by phlegmatic complaints, by the fracture of 
bones, by sword cut, or by dropsy. 

5. A person born when the rising sign is Leo will 
be severe, fond of animal food and of bilious tempera- 
ment, will dispel destruction, will support his family by 
engaging in various works, will be a niggard, will like 
people, will be a man of renown and of resignation ; 



CH. XVIII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 181 

will annoy his kinsmen, will be able and energetic, will 
be of a sinful nature, will possess several wives and will 
have a diseased waist, knees and teeth. He will meet 
his death by weapons, hurtful animals, by poison, by 
wood, by diseases, by the creatures of water or by 
starvation. 

6. A person born when the rising sign is Virgo, will 
be of sweet speech, of bright personal appearance, long 
legs and arms, will be of a mixed temperament, will be of 
excellent beauty, will receive wounds, will be rich, will be 
a niggard, will be attached to his kinsmen, will have 
many daughters, will be in bad terms with his brothers 
and sisters, will be inclined to deeds of virtue, will not 
earn much, and will be skilled in work. He will meet 
his death by means of quadrupeds, weapons, bilious 
attacks, grief, fire or rope. 

7. A person born when Libra is the rising sign will 
be of a rough body, a harsh nature and a phlegmatic and 
Windy temperament, will thoughtlessly begin a work, will 
be of short neck, will be grateful, will acquire much 
wealth, will become famous by his acts of liberality, will 
serve under his preceptor, will be respected by his 
father, brothers and others, will be fond of travels, will 
be virtuous, will conceal himself to escape troubles from 
his kinsmen, will lose his wife, will be fond of fight and 
will suffer from grief. He will meet his death by a 
famous man, by his kinsmen, by mild quadrupeds, by 
calamity, by separation from an object of desire or by the 
fatigue of journey. 

8. A person born when the rising sign is Scorpio 
will have a broad face and a long belly, will be of a harsh 
nature and of a bilious temperament, will have brown 
eyes, will be slow and of quick pace, will be a master over 
others, will protect a large family, will be hated by his 
kinsmen, will spend much, will have many children, will 



182 krihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XVlH. 

not live in comfort, will have no enemies, will lose his vir- 
tues, will protect oxen, will fall into bad temper on account 
of his wife, will yield nothing to his enemies, will have his 
own men for his enemies, will suffer from numerous 
diseases and will surrender himself to his foe out of fear 
of sword-cut. He will meet his death by imprisonment, 
blows, sword-cut, bad diseases or by fire. 

9. A person born when the rising sign is Sagittari 
will have large limbs, teeth and nose, will be of phlegmatic 
and windy temperament, will have a fleshy genital organ, 
thighs and arms, will be of defective nails, will be skilled 
in work, will be bold in fight, will serve under men of 
low caste, will be deprived of his property by thieves, by 
fire or by the king, will be learned in laws, will be respected 
by many people, will give trouble to his brothers, will 
work in foreign lands, will be liked by the king, will be 
indifferent to deeds of virtue, will quarrel with his wives 
and will have a diseased face. He will meet his death by 
quadrupeds, snakes, the king or by imprisonment. 

30. A person born when the rising sign is Capricorn 
will have a small nose, long face, arms and legs; will be 
of windy temperament, of a timid nature, will thoughtlessly 
engagein work, will suffer imprisonment, will have a small 
family, and small wealth, will be a niggard, will have 
daughters, will have no kinsmen, will live in plenty, will 
acquire wealth by his valour through the kingand by forest, 
will observe fasting, will have a wife of low caste, and will 
be attached to her, will have a large body, few hairs and 
weak knees and will suffer from diseases. He will meet 
his death by children, by the wind, by weapons, by the 
king, by poison, by fall, by an elephant, by an increase 
of bile or by dyspepsia. 

11. A person born when the rising sign is Aquarius, 
will be of inactive habits and of harsh nature, will be the 
eldest in the family, will be of bilious and windy tempera- 



CH. XIX.] Brihat Jdtakd. 183 

.ment, will have a nose shaped like the flower or sesa- 
mum plant, will waste his wealth, will have many ser- 
vants, will be hated by his kinsmen, preceptors, enemies 
and friends; be fond of deeds of wickedness, will acquire 
much property, will never spend money on charity, will 
assume a show of virtue, will worship the Devas and will 
suffer from phlegmatic attacks affecting the chest. He 
will meet his death from pains in the belly by vomition 
and by drugs administered by women. 

12. A person born when the rising sign is Pisces 
will have thick lips, fish-like eye and large nose, will be 
of phlegmatic and windy temperament, will be a sage, 
will be of disfigured skins and of active habits, will be 
remarkable for his gain and loss, will have good servants 
and kinsmen, will be disposed to deeds of virtue, will 
have a good wife, will help his father, will join a woman of 
low deeds and will have bad enemies. He will meet his 
death by disease, corruption of the blood, snake bite, attack 
of a lion, by the chiefs of parties of men, by venereal 
diseases, by drugs, by fasting or by the fatigues of journey . 



CHAPTER XIX. 
On Planetary Aspects. 

1. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign 
Aries and be aspected by Mars, the person will become a 
king ; if she be aspected by Mercury, the person will be 
learned; if by Jupiter, he will resemble a king ; if by 
Venus, he will be a man of good conduct ; or a trader 
according to another reading, ; if by Saturn, he will be 
a thief and if by the Sun, he will be poor. 

If at the time of birth the Moon occupy sign Taurus 
and be aspected by Mars, the person will be poor ; if she 
be aspected by Mercury, he will be a thief; if by Jupiter 
he will be respected by the people ; or will be a rich king 



184 Bnhat Jdtakd. [CH. XIX. 

according to another reading, ; if by Venus he will be a 
king ; if by Saturn, lie will be rich and if by the Sun, he 
will be a servant. 

If at the time of birth the Moon occupy sign Gemini 
and be aspected by Mars, the person will sell weapons ; if 
she be aspected by Mercury, he will become a king; if by 
Jupiter, he will be learned ; if by Venus, he will be fear- 
less ; if by Saturn, he will be a weaver and if by the Sun, 
he will be poor. 

If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Cancer 
and be aspected by Mars, the person will be a valiant sol- 
dier; if she be aspected by Mercury, he will be a literary 
Author ; if by Jupiter, he will be learned ; if by Venus, he 
will be a king ; if by Saturn, he will live by weapons and 
if by the Sun, he will suffer from diseases of the eye. 

2. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Leo 
and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be an Astro- 
loger; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be rich; if by 
Venus, he will be a king; if by Saturn, he will be a bar- 
ber; if by the Sun, he will be a king, and by if Mars, he 
will also be a king. 

If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Virgo 
and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be a king, if 
aspected by Jupiter, he will be a commander of armies, if 
by Venus, he will be vigilant and if by Saturn, the Sun 
or Mars, he will live by serving under women. 

If at the time of birth the Moon occupy sign Libra 
and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be a king; if 
aspected by Jupiter, he will work in gold ; if by Venus, he 
will be a trader ; and if by Saturn, the Sun or Mars, he will 
be deceitful. 

If at the time of birth the Moon occupy sign Scorpio 
and be aspected by Mercury, the person will get twins ; (or 
will have two fathers according to some Commentators) ; if 
aspected by Jupiter, he will be obedient; if by Venus, he 



CH. XIX.] Brihat Jdtakd. 185 

will be a washerman ; if by Saturn, he will be of defective 
limbs ; if by the Sun, he will be poor and if by Mars, he 
will be a king. 

3. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign 
Sagittari and be aspected by Mercury, the person will 
protect his kinsmen ; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a 
king; if by Venus, he will protect many men ; and if by 
Saturn, the Sun or Mars, he will be a fop put on a 
show of virtue and will not attend to the work of othet 
persons. 

If at the time of biith, the Moon occupy sign Capri- 
corn and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be the 
king of kings; if aspected by Jupiter, he will be a king ; 
if by Venus, he will be learned ; if by Saturn, he will be 
rich; if by the Sun, he will be poor ; and if by. Mars, he 
will be a king. 

If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Aqua- 
rius and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be a 
king; if aspected by Jupiter, he will resemble a king; if 
by Venus or Saturn or the Sun or Mars he will be fond of 
the wives of other men. 

If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy sign Pisces 
and be aspected by Mercury, the person will be witty ; if 
aspected by Jupiter, he will be a king; if by Venus, he 
will be learned and if by Saturn, the Sun or Mars, he will 
do wicked deeds. 

NOTES. ' 

As stated in the last Stanza of the last chapter, all that 
has been said of the Moon applies also to the rising sign. 
The Moon by aspecting the several signs of the Zodiac 
except sign Cancer, produces malefic effects when such 
signs are rising signs. 

4. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Solar 
or Lunar hora of a sign, she will produce benefic effects if 
she be aspected by planets occupying respectively the 



186 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XIX. 

Solar and Lunar horas. (a) If the Moon be aspected (1) by 
the lord of the Drekkaua occupied by her (3), or (2) by 
the Lords of planets occupying friendly signs (c), she wijl 
produce beuefic effects. The effects described for the 
Moon occupying the several signs and being aspected by 
the several planets apply to her when she occupies the 
several Dwadasamsas and is aspected by the several 
planets, (d) If the Moon occupy particular Navamsas and 
be aspected by the several planets, the effects will be 
those stated as follow. 
, NOTES. 

(a) If the Moon be aspected by planets occupying 
hotus whose lords are different from the lords of the horas 
occupied by her, the effects will be malefic. The same re- 
marks apply to the rising hora. 

(b) According to Swalpa Jataka, if the lord of the 
Drekkana aspecting the Moon be a benefic planet the 
effects will be benefic ; if malefic, the effects will also be 
malefic. The same remarks apply to the rising Drek- 
kana. 

(c} So that if the Moon be aspected by planets 
occupying inimical signs the effects will be malefic. 

(d) The same remark holds with reference to the 
rising Dwadasamsa. If the rising Dwadasamsa be other 
than that of Cancer, and if the rising sign be aspected 
by the Moon, the effects will be malefic ; if the rising 
Dwadasamsa be that of Cancer, and if the rising sign be 
aspected by the Moon, the effects will be benefic. 

5. If at the time of birth the Moon occupy the 
Navamsa of Mars and be aspected by the Sun, the person 
will be the protector of a city ; if aspected by Mars, he 
will be fond of torture ; if aspected by Mercury, he will 
be skilled in duel fight ; if by Jupiter, he will be a king ; 
if by Venus he will be rich ; and if by Saturn, he will 
bring on quarrels. 



CH. XIX.] Brihat Jdtakd. 187 

If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Navamsa 
of Venus and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be 
a fool ; if aspected by Mars, he will be fond of the wives of 
other men ; if by Mercury he will be a good poet or will 
covet the wives of other men according to another reading > 
and if by Jupiter, he will produce good literary works ; 
if by Venus, he will be fond of comforts ; if by Saturn, he 
will unite with the wives of other men. 

6. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the 
Navamsa of Mercury and be aspected by the Sun, the 
person will be a duellist or a dancer ; if aspected by Mars, 
he will be a thief ; if by Mercury, he will be a great poet ; 
if by Jupiter, he will be a minister ; if by Venus, he will 
be skilled in music, and if by Saturn, he will be skilled in 
mechanical arts. 

If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Navamsa 
of Cancer and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be 
of small body; if aspected by Mars, he will be either a 
niggard or will possess small wealth ; if by Mercury, .he 
will practise austerities ; if by Jupiter, he will be a chief, 
if by Venus, he will thrive by women ; and if by Saturn, 
he will be fond of work. 

7. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the 
Navamsa of L,eo and be aspected by the Sun, the person 
will be a man of angry temper ; if aspected by Mars, he will 
be liked by the king ; if by Mercury, he will become rich 
by the discovery of hidden treasure ; if by Jupiter, he will 
be a man of influence and authority ; if by Venus, he will 
have no sons and if by Saturn he will do wicked deeds. 

If at the time of brith, the Moon occupy the Navamsa 
of Jupiter and be aspected by the Sun, the person will be a 
man oE well-known powers ; if aspected by Mars, he will be 
learned in the rules of fight ; if by Mercury, he will be 
skilled in ridicule ; if by Jupiter, he will be a minister ; if 



188 Srihat Jdtaka. [Cn. XIX- 

by Venus, he will be a mau of no virility ; and if by Saturn, 
he will be charitably disposed. 

8. If at the time of birth, the Moon occupy the 
Navamsa of Saturn and be aspected by the Sun, the per- 
son will have very few children ; if aspected by Mars, 
he will be unhappy though rich ; if by Mercury, he will 
be haughty ; if by Jupiter, he will do deeds suited to his 
station in life ; if by Venus, he will be fond of bad women 
and if by Saturn, he will be a niggard (). All that has 
been said for the Moon occupying particular Navanisas 
and being aspected by the several planets applies also to 
the Sun with this exception that where Solar aspect has 
been referred to, it shall be read as Lunar aspect. 

NOTES. 

(a) The same remark applies to the rising Navam- 
sa as to the Moon but if the Moon aspect the rising 
sign when the rising Navamsa is other than that of Can- 
cer, the effects will be malefic. 

9. If the Moon occupy a Vargottama position, her 
own Navamsa, or other Navanisas, the benefic effects 
described for the Moon occupying the several Navamsas 
and being aspected by planets will respectively be full, 
imperfect and small : and the malefic effects described will 
respectively be small, imperfect and full, (a} If the lord of 
the Navamsa be powerful, the effects described for planet- 
ary aspects in the case of Navamsas (3) will alone come to 
pass and not those described for the Moon occupying the 
several signs and being aspected by the several planets (c). 

NOTES. 

(a) The same remark applies to the rising sign and 
to the Sun occupying particular Navanisas and being 
aspected by planets. 

(/>) Navamsas occupied by the Moon or the rising 
Navamsa and being aspected by the planets. 



Cu. XX.] Brihat Jdtakd. 189 

(c) And not those described for planetary aspects 
for the Moon occupying the several floras, Drekkauas and 
Dwadasamsas. 



CHAPTER XX. 
On the Planets in the Bhavas. 

1. If at the time of birth of a person, the Sun occupy 
the Ascendant, the person will be fond of fight, slow at 
work, without sight and without mercy ; but if Aries be 
the rising sign and the Sun occupy it, the person will be 
rich and afflicted with diseases of the eye ; if Leo be the 
rising sign and the Sun occupy it, he will be blind at 
night ; if Libra be the rising sign and the Sun occupy it, 
the person will be blind and poor ; if Cancer be the rising 
sign and the Sun occupy it, he will have a inote in his 
eye. If the Sun occupy the 2nd house from the Ascen- 
daut, the person will be greatly rich, will have his wealth 
carried away by the king and will suffer from diseases in 
the face. 

2. If at the time of birth, the Sun occupy the 3rd 
house from the Ascendant, the person will be intelligent 
and powerful ; if he occupy the 4th house, the person will 
be afflicted with grief and mental sufferings ; if he occupy 
the 5th house, he will have no sons and will be poor and 
if he occupy the 6th house, the person will be powerful 
and be subjugated by his enemy (a). 

NOTES. 

(a) According to another reading, if the Sun occupy 
the 6th house from the Ascendant, the person's enemies 
will meet with ruin. According to Satyachariar, such a 
person will be free from enemies, diseases and grief; but 
the Text has the support of Yavauachariar and Suchidhwa- 
ja. 



190 Briiiat Jfitakd. [CH. XX. 

3. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Sun occupy 
the 7th house from the Ascendant, the person will suffer 
disgrace at the hands of women ; if he occupy the 8th 
house, the person will have very few sons and will become 
blind ; if he occupy the 9th house, the person will have sons, 
wealth and comfort (a) ; if he occupy the 10th house, the 
person will live in comfort and will be powerful ; if he 
occupy the llth house, the person will be very rich and if 
he occupy the 12th house he will become an apostate. 

NOTES. 

(a) According to another reading a person born with 
the Sun in the 9th house will have neither sons nor wealth. 
Accordingly, Satyachariar says that such a person will do 
wicked deeds, will be afflicted with diseases and will attain 
an humble position in life. 

4?. If at the time of birth of a person the Moon occupy 
the ascendant such person will become dumb or mad or 
an idiot or blind or deaf; he will do mean deeds or will 
become a slave ; if the rising sign occupied by the Moon 
be Cancer, Aries or Taurus the person will be rich, will 
have many sons or will be wealthy respectively. If the 
Moon occupy the 2nd house from the ascendant, the per- 
son will be a man of a large family. If she occupy the 3rd 
house, he will delight in torturing animals. If she occupy 
the 4th or the 5th house, he wiil be in the full enjoyment 
of what the houses signify (a). If she occupy the 6th house, 
the person will have numerous enemies, will be of soft 
body, will have a dull appetite, will be sparing in sexual 
union, will be cruel and will be slow at work. 

NOTES. 

(#) That is, if the Moon occupy the 4th house from 
the ascendant, the person will be happy, will have kins- 
men and houses, and will be learned ; and if she occupy 
the 5th house, the person will possess intelligence, sons 
and the like. 



C H. XX.] Brihat Jdtakd. 191 

5. If at the time of birth the Moon occupy the 7th 
house from the ascendant, the person will be jealous of the 
prosperity of other men and will be lustful. If she occupy 
the 8th house, the person will be fickle-minded and will 
be afflicted with diseases. If she occupy the 9th house, the 
person will be liked by all and will have sons, friends, 
kinsmen and wealth. If she occupy the 10th house, he 
will be successful in all places, will be virtuous, wealthy, 
intelligent and valorous. If she occupy the llth house, 
the person will be famous and will gain wealth and the 
like and if she occupy the 12th house from the ascendant, 
the person will be wicked and of defective limbs. 

6. If at the time of birth of a person Mars occupy 
the ascendant, such person will possess a wounded body ; 
if he occupy the 2nd house, the person will eat low meals ; 
if he occupy the 9th house, the person will be a sinner ; 
and if he occupy the remaining houses (a) he will produce 
the same effects as the Sun in those places. 

Again, if at the time of birth of a person Mercury 
occupy the Ascendant, such person will be learned, if 
he occupy the 2nd house, the person will be wealthy. If 
he occupy the 3rd house the person will be very wicked. 
If he occupy the 4th house, the person will be learned. 
If he occupy the 5th house, he will be a minister under a 
king ; if he occupy the 6th house, he will have no enemies. 
If he occupy the 7th house, he will possess a' knowledge 
of the law. If he occupy the 8th house, the person will be 
renowned for his virtues. If he occupy the 9th, 10th, 
llth and 12th houses he will produce the same effects as 
the Sun in those places. 

NOTES. 

(a) That is, the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 10th, 
llth and 12th houses. 

7. If at the time of birth of a person Jupiter occupy 
the 12 signs from the Ascendant, such person will respec- 



192 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XX. 

tively be learned, of good speech, a niggard, will live in 
comfort, will be intelligent, will have no enemies, will 
possess virtues superior to those of his father, will do 
deeds unsuited to his rank in life, will be a devotee, will 
be possessed of wealth, will be full of gain and will be 
wicked. 

8. If at the time of birth cf a person Venus occupy 
the ascendant, such pers6n will be skilled in acts of love 
and will live in great comfort ; if Venus occupy the 7th 
house, the person will be fond of quarrels and of sexual 
union ; if Venus occupy the 5th house the person will live 
in comfort and if he occupy the remaining houses (a) the 
effects will be the same as those of Jupiter in those places ; 
but if Venus occupy sign Pisces at the time of birth, the 
person will become rich. 

NOTES. 

() That is the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 
llth and 12th houses. 

9. If at the time of birth of a person Saturn occupy 
the Ascendant, such person will be poor, will be afflicted 
with diseases and sexual passion, will be dirty, will suffer 
much from diseases while young, and will be of indistinct 
speech. But if the Ascendant occupied by Saturn be Libra 
Sagittari, Capricorn, Aquarius or Pisces, the person will 
be as happy as a king, will rule over a village or a town, 
will be learned and will possess fine limbs. But if Saturn 
occupy any of the other houses (from the 2nd to the 12th) 
the effects will be the same as those of the Sun in the 
same places. 

10. In determining the effects of the planets in the 
several houses from the Ascendant the nature of such 
houses shall be taken into account, that is, whether the 
houses occupied by the several planets are their friendly 
signs or inimical or neutral signs or their own houses or 



CH. XX. J Brihat Jdtakd. 193 

their exaltation signs and the like (a). Again, according 
to Satyachariar, benefic planets promote the Bhavas while 
malefic ones reduce them ; but in the cases of the 6th, 8th 
and 12th houses, the reverse is the case (). 

(a) According to Garga, planets in their exaltation, 
Moolatrikona, Swakshetra or Friendly signs promote the 
Bhavas occupied by them ; planets in their inimical or 
depression signs reduce the Bhavas occupied by them ; 
and planets in ther neutral signs neither promote nor 
reduce the Bhavas occupied by them. 

(3) That is, if a beuefic pianet occupy the 
6th house, the enemies will meet with ruin and 
if a malefic planet occupy it, the enemies will increase. 
Again, if a benefic planet occupy the 8th house, a person 
will be freed from dangers to life and if a malefic planet 
occupy it, danger to life will increase. Lastly, if a benefic 
planet occupy the 12th house, there will be no loss to the 
person and if a malefic planet occupy it, there will be an 
increase of loss. This view is according toSwalpa Jataka. 

11. If the planets to which goad effects have been 
assigned occupy their exaltation signs, such effects will 
fully come to pass. If they occupy their Moolatrikona (a) 
signs, only three-fourths of such effects will come to pass ; 
if they occupy their own houses, one-half of such effects 
will come to pass ; if they occupy their friendly signs, one- 
quarter of such effects will come to pass ; if they occupy 
their inimical signs, less than one-quarter of such effects 
will come to pass and if the planets occupy their depression 
signs or if they happen to be Astangata planets (b], the 
good effects described will wholly fail. 

NOTES. 

(a) Vide Stanza 14, Ch. I. 

(6) Vide Note to Stanza 2, Ch. VII. 

If the effects be bad, then, if the planets occupy their 



194 Brikat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXI. 

depression signs or if they be Astangata planets, the evil 
effects will fully come to pass. If they occupy ther inimi- 
cal signs, then three-fourths ; if they occupy their friendly 
signs, then, one-half; if they occupy their own signs, then> 
one-quarter ; if they occupy their MoolaTrikona signs, then 
less than a quarter of the evil effects will come to pass. 
But if they occupy their exaltation signs, the evil effects 
will fail. 



CHAPTER XXI. 
On the Planets in the several Vargas. 

If a single planet occupy its own house at the time 
of birth of a person such person will possess the average 
dignity of the members of his family ; if two planets occupy 
their own houses the person will be an important member of 
his family ; if three planets occupy their own houses, the 
person will be respected by his kinsmen ; if four planets 
occupy their own houses, the person will be rich ; if five 
planets do so, he will live 1 in comfort ; if six, he will live 
in luxurious ease and. as happy as a king ; and if seven 
planets occupy their own houses, the person will become 
a king. 

Again, if one of the planets occupy a friendly sign, the 
person will lead a dependent life; if two planets do so, he 
will be protected by his friends ; if three, by his kinsmen ; 
if four, by his brothers and cousins ; if five, the person will 
be a master over many people ; if six, he will become a com- 
mander of an army ; and if seven, he will become a king. 

2. If at the time of birth of a person, a single planet 
occupy its exaltation sign and be aspected by a friendly 
planet, such person will become a king; if at the time of 
birth one of the planets occupy its exaltation sign and be 
accompanied by a friendly planet, the person will become 
very rich and will be universally respected ; if at the time 
of birth, one of the planets occupy either an inimical or a 



CH. XXL] Brihat Jdtakd. 195 

depression sign, the person will become poor ; if two planets 
occupy their inimical or depression signs, the person will 
become afflicted with grief. If three planets occupy their 
inimical or depression signs, the person will become a fool. 
If four planets do so, the person will become afflicted with 
diseases. If five planets do so, the person will suffer im- 
prisonment ; if six planets, the person will be a victim to 
much grief and if seven planets do so, he will subject to 
torture persons who ought not to be tortured. 

NOTES. 

Mercury and the Sun cannot at the same time occupy 
their depression signs, viz., Pisces and Libra respectively. 
Seven planets cannot therefore occupy their depression 
signs at the same time. In this, as in certain other cases 
already stated, the Author has simply quoted the views of 
former writers. 

3. According to Satyacharya, a person born when 
Aquarius is the rising sign will not be happy ; but accord- 
ing to the Yavanas, a person born when Aquarius is the 
rising Dwadasauisa will not be happy (). This latter view 
is objected to by Vishnugtipta on the ground that each 
sign of the Zodiac contains the Dwadasamsa of Aquarius 
and that benefic effects have been ascribed to several signs. 

NOTES. 

(a) This has the support of Srutakeerti. 

4. A person born when malefic planets occupy the 
Solar floras of odd signs will be of wide-spread fame, will 
do important deeds, will be powerful, wealthy and of 
bright appearance. A person born when benefic planets 
occupy the Lunar lioras of even signs will be of gentle 
manners and of bright appearance; will live in comfort, 
will be liked by all; will be intelligent and will be of 
sweet speech. 



196 tirihat Jdtakd. [Cn. 

5. If the floras occupied by the malefic and benefic 
planets be the same as stated above, while the signs are 
different, (a) the person will be all that has been stated 
above for the two yogas in a moderate degree ; but if 
both the horas and signs be different (&), the effects will 
fail. 

NOTES. 

(0) That is, if the malefic planets occupy the Solar 
horas in even signs orthe benefic planets occupy the Lunar 
horas in odd signs. 

(o) That is if the malefic planets occupy the Lunar 
horas of the even signs or the benefic planets occupy the 
Solar horas of odd signs. 

KB. Both the Author and Commentator have failed 
to notice the case of a person born when the malefic 
planets occupy the Lunar horas of odd signs orthe benefic 
planets occupy the Solar horas of even signs. Evidently a 
person born under these yogas will be all that has been 
stated in the 4th stanza in a moderate degree. 

6. A person born when the Moon occupies either her 
own Drekkana or a friendly (a] Drekkana will be of very 
fine beauty and of well-known virtues ; but if the Moon 
occupy other Drekkanas the person will be what has been 
stated above, agreeably to the character of the lord of such 
Drekkana. (). 

If at the time of birth the Moon occupy a Vyala 
(serpent) Drekkana (c) the person will be wicked ; if she 
occupy an Ayudha (weapon) Drekkana (d) the person will 
do deeds of torture ; if she occupy a Chatushpad 
(quadruped) Drekkana (e) the person will cohabit with 
his preceptor's wife, and if she occupy a Pakshi (bird) 
Drekkaua (/) the person will be of wandering habits. 

NOTES. 

(a) Friendly at the time of birth Vide Chapter II, 
Stanza 18. 



Cn.XXL] Brihat Jdtakd. 19 1 ? 

(I) That is, if such lord be neutral (at the time of 
birth) to the Moon, the person will be what has been 
stated in a moderate degree ; but if he be inimical to the 
Moon, the effects will fail. 

(c) Vyala Drekkanas : These are the 2nd Drekkana 
of Cancer, the 1st of Vrischika and the 3rd of Pisces. 

(d) Ayudha Drekkanas : These are the 1st and 3rd 
Drekkanas of Aries, the 2nd of Gemini, the 1st of Leo, 
the 2nd of Libra and the 1st of Aquarius. 

(e) Chatushpad Drekkanas: These are the 2nd 
Drekkaua of Aries, the 2nd and 3rd of Taurus, the 1st 
of Cancer, the 3rd of Libra, the 3rd of Scorpio and the 
1st of Sagittari. 

(/) Pakshi Drekkanas : These are 2nd Drekkana 
of Aries, the 2nd of Gemini, the 1st of Leo and the 2nd 
of Libra. 

If the Drekkanas occupied by the Moon be of more 
than one character, the person will be all that has been 
stated for each character. 

7. A person born when the rising Navamsa (a) is 
that of Aries, will be a thief ; when it is that of Taurus, 
he will enjoy away his earnings; when it is that of 
Gemini, the person will be learned ; when it is that of 
Cancer, he will be wealthy ; when it is that of Leo, he 
will be a king ; when it is that of Virgo, he will be 
hermaphrodite ; when it is that of Libra, he will be bold 
in fight; when it is that of Scorpio, he will earn his 
livelihood by carrying loads ; when it is that of Sagittari, 
he will become a slave ; when it is that of Capricorn he 
will be a sinner ; when it is that of Aquarius, he will be 
wicked, and when it is that of Pisces, he will be fearless. 

But if the rising Navamsa be at the same time a 
Vargottama Navamsa (b) the person born will be the chief 
of the respective classes of persons mentioned (c}. 



198 tirihat Jatakd. [Cn. XXI. 

The rising Dwadasamsas produce the same effects 
as if they were the rising signs (d). 

NOTES. 

(a) These Navamsas of Aries, Taurus, Gemini, &c., 
are Navamsas other than those of the respective signs 
Aries, Taurus, Gemini, &c. In other words, Vargottama 
Navamsas excepted. 

(3) That is, the Navamsas excluded in note (a). 

(c) For instance, the person will be a chief of 
thieves, &c. 

(d) Vide Stanza 20, Ch. XVIII, and Vide Ch. XVII. 

8. A person born when Mars occupies his own 
Triinsamsa will be a married man, will be powerful, will 
wear ornaments, will be generous, will be of bright 
appearance and will thoughtlessly engage in work. 

A person born when Saturn occupies his own Triui- 
samsa will be afflicted with diseases ; his wife will die 
before him, he will be wicked, will covet the wives of 
other men, will be afflicted with grief, will have a house, 
clothes, attendants and the like and will be dirty. 

9. A person born when Jupiter occupies his own 
Triinsamsa will be rich, famous, happy, intelligent, of 
bright- appearance, universally respected, free from 
diseases, of active habits and will live in luxury. 

A person born when Mercury occupies his own 
Trimsamsa will be intelligent and learned in the fine 
arts; will be a fop, a literary author, of distinct speech, 
will be skilled in carpentry and the like, will follow the 
rules of life laid down by sages, will commence bold 
projects and will be much respected. 

10. A person born when Venus occupies his own 
Trimsamsa will have many sons, will live in great com- 
fort, will be free from diseases, will be liked by all (a) will 



CH. XXII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 

be rich, beautiful, wicked, of fair body and will enjoy many 
women. 

A person born when the Trhnsamsa of Mars is occu- 
pied by the Sun, will be bold in fight and when it is 
occupied by the Moon, he will be slow at work. 

A person born when the Trimsamsa of Saturn is 
occupied by the Sun will be wicked and when, it is occu- 
pied by the Moon, he will indulge in acts of torture. 

A person born when the Trimsamsa of Jupiter is 
occupied by the Sun will be of good disposition and 
when it is occupied by the Moon, the person will become 
rich. 

A person born when the Trimsamsa of Mercury is 
occupied by the Sun will live in comfort and when it is 
occupied by the Moon, the person will be learned. 

A person born when the Trimsamsa of Venus is occu- 
pied by the Sun, will possess a fine body and when it is 
occupied by the Moon, he will be liked by the people. 

NOTES. 

(a) According to another reading, he will have a 
wife. 



CHAPTER XXII. 
On Miscellaneous Yogas. 

1. Planets occupying their own signs or their exal- 
tation or Moolatrikona signs are said to be Karaka planets 
to one another, if, at the same time they occupy the Ken- 
dras from the Ascendant. In the above case, a planet 
occupying the 10th house from another planet is said to 
be the special Karaka of that planet. 

NOTES. 

In this and in the next two stanzas, the term " Karaka 
(helping) planets " is defined, 



200 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXII.. 

2. Accordingly, if the rising sign be Cancer and the 
Moon occupy it and if Mars, Saturn, the Sun and Jupiter 
occupy their exaltation signs, these four planets are 
known as Karaka planets to one another (a) Again, to a 
planet occupying the rising sign all planets (b) occupy- 
ing the 10th or the 4th house are Karaka planets (c). 

NOTES. 

(a) In other words, Jupiter occupies sign Cancer 
which is at the same time the rising sign, Saturn occupies 
the 4th house Libra, Mars the 7th house Capricorn and 
the Sun the 10th house Aries. The Commentator infers 
from this stanza that planets occupying their Swakshetra, 
Ucha and Mulatrikona signs are also mutually Karaka 
planets, if they occupy Kendra signs from one another 
though not the Kendra signs from the Ascendant. 

(b) A II the planets whether they occupy their own 
signs, their exaltation signs or their Mulatrikona signs or 
not, according to the Commentator. 

(c) That is, the reverse does not hold. In other 
words, the planet occupying the Ascendant is not a Ka- 
raka planet of those occupying the 4th or the 10th house. 

3. A planet occupying its Mulatrikona and exaltation 
sign (a] is also said to be a Karaka planet to one that 
occupies the 10th house () from such sign, and to the 
latter, his Atimitra planet is also said to be a Karaka planet. 

NOTES. 

(a) But not occupying the Kendra houses from the 
Ascendant. 

(b) This latter planet must be in his Swakshetra, 
Mulatrikona or exaltation house. The effects of the Ka- 
raka planets are described in Varaha Mihira's work on 
Yoga Yatra in which it is stated that when a prince loses 
his kingdom, he recovers it in the Autardasa period of a 



CH. XXII] BriJiat Jdtakd. 201 

Karaka planet ; again, it is there said that a man enjoys 
comfort, wealth and success when the Moon passes through 
the house of a Karaka planet, or through the 2nd house 
from that occupied by the Sun. Also, that the journey 
may be a successful one, it shall be commenced when 
the Moon occupies either of the two places mentioned 
above ; otherwise, the traveller will receive blows on his 
way. 

4-. A person born when the rising Navamsa is a 
Vargottamaoneor when the Moon occupies a Vargottama 
position will be happy and prosperous. The same remark 
applies to a person at the time of whose birth the 2nd 
house from the Sun may be occupied by benefic planets 
(a) or the Kendra houses may happen to be occupied by no 
planets at all (b). Also, a person at the time of whose birth 
there are Karaka planets occupying the signs of the Zodiac 
will be happy and prosperous. 

NOTES. 

(a) Mercury, Jupiter or Venus according to the 
Commentator. 

(3) If one of the Kendras be occupied the person 
will be happy ; if two or more be occupied he will be hap- 
pier still, and if the planets be benefic the person will be 
exceedingly happy and prosperous. 

5. If at the time of birth of a person, Jupiter, or the 
lord of the sign occupied by the Moon, or the lord of the 
Ascendant occupy a Kendra house, such person will be 
happy when in his mmhood. Again, if at the time of 
commencement of a dasa period the lord of such period 
happy to occupy a Prishtodaya sign, he will produce his 
effects (a) at the end of the period. If such lord occupy a 
Sirodaya sign he will produce his effects at the commence- 
ment of the period and if he occupy a Sira-Prishtodaya 
sign, the eiRcts will be felt in the middle of the period. 
26 



202 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXIII. 

NOTES. 

() Whether benefic or malefic. 

The Dasa period is to be divided into three equal 
parts ; and the Sirodaya, Prishtodaya and Siraprishtodaya 
signs are defined in Stanza 10 of Chapter I. 

6. The Sun and Mars produce their effects (a) imme- 
diately after entering a sign ; Jupiter and Venus when 
passing through the middle of a sign ; Saturn and the 
Moon before quitting a sign and Mercury throughout his 
course. 

NOTES. 

(a) Both benefic and malefic. 

The sign must be supposed to be divided into three 
equal parts of 10 degrees each. 



CHAPTER XXIII. 
On Malefic Yogas. 

1. If at the time of birth of a person the 5th and 7th 
houses from the Ascendant or from the Moon be either 
occupied or aspected by benefic planets or by their lords, 
such person will have respectively sons (a) and a wife- 
otherwise, (b) he will not have either the one or the other. 
If Virgo be the rising sign and if the Sun occupy it, the 
person will lose his wife provided Saturn occupies sign 
Pisces at the same time and will lose his sons if Mars 
occupysigu Capricorn at the same time. 

NOTES. 

(a) One of 12 sorts of sons (1) Ourasa, (2) Kshetraja, 
(3) Datta, (4) Kritrima, (5) Adhamaprabhava, (6) Gudhot- 
panna, (7) Apaviddhi, (8) Pounarbhava, (9) Kanecna, 
(10) Sahodha, (11) Kreeta and (12) Dasiprabhava. 

(b) That is if the 5th and 7th houses from the As- 
cendant or the Moon be not occupied or aspected by beue- 



CH. XXIII] Brihat Jdtaka. 203 

fie planets or by the lords of the houses. 

If the Moon and Saturn occupy the 7th house a per- 
son's wife will quit him and marry another. 

If the 7th house be aspected by the Moon and Saturn, 
the number of wives of a person will be the number repre- 
sented by the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the 7th 
house counting from the Navamsa of Aries. 

If Jupiter or the Moon and Venus occupy the 7th 
house and the Navamsa of the Sun or Mars, the person 
will have a single wife ; but if the 7th house be aspected 
by the Moon and Venus, the person will have several 
wives. 

2. If, at the time of birth of a person, three malefic 
planets (a) occupy the 4th and 8th houses from Venus or 
if two malefic planets be on both sides of Venus, one on 
each side (b) or if Venus be not accompanied or aspected 
by benefic planets the person's wife will die by fire, by 
fall or by ropes respectively (c). 

NOTES. 

(a) The Sun, Mars and Saturn. 

(b) Either in the same sign occupied by Venus or 
in the next sign before or behind. 

(c) During the life time of her husband. 
Provided, in the first Yoga, Venus at the same time 

occupies an Agui (fiery) Drekkana, in the second a 
Nipata (falling) Drekkana and in the third a Pasa 
(rope) Drekkana Vide Chapter XXVII (On the Drek- 
kanas.) 

3. If, at the time of birth of a person one of the two 
houses, the 12th and the 6th, from the Ascendant be occu- 
pied by the Sun and the other by the Moon, the person 
and his wife will each have a single eye. Again, if Venus 
and the Sun (a) occupy one of the three houses the 7th, 



204 Brihat Jdtaka. [Cn. XXlIi. 

the 9th and the 5th from the Ascendant, the person's 
wife will be of defective limbs. 

NOTES. 

(a) Venus or the Sun according to some. This is 
opposed to Garga whom the Commentator quotes. 

4. If, at the time of birth of a person, Saturn occupy 
the rising sign (a) and if Venus occupy the Chakra- 
sandhi Navamsas and the 7th house, the person's wife 
will be barren (6) provided the 5th house is not occupied 
by benefic planets. Again, if the malefic planets occupy 
the 12th and the 7th houses and the Ascendant (c] and 
the waning Moon occupy the 5th house, the person will 
have neither wife nor sons. 

NOTES. 

(#) It is clear that the rising sign must be Taurus or 
Virgo or Capricorn in which case the 7th house will 
respectively be Scorpio, Pisces and Cancer and the last 
Navamsas of these three houses are known as Chakra- 
sandhis or Rikshasandhis (Vide Stanza 7, Ch. I.) 

() If the person marry again, he may get sons 
according to some. 

(c) All the three houses or any two houses or any 
one house according to the Commentator. 

5. If, at the time of birth of a person, Venus occupy 
the 7th house from the Ascendant and be in the varga 
(division) of Saturn or Mars and be aspected by Saturn 
or Mars, the person will commit adultery. Again, if 
when Venus occupies the varga of Saturn or Mars and is 
aspected by Saturn or Mars, the Moon, Saturn and Mars 
occupy the 7th house from the Ascendant, both the man 
and his wife will commit adultery. Again, if when 
Venus occupies the varga of Saturn or Mars and is aspect- 
ed by Saturn or when Mars occupy the 7th house from 



CH. XXIIi.] Brihat Jdtakd. 205 

the Ascendant, both the man and his wife will commit 
adultery. Again, if when Venus and the Moon occupy 
a sign, Saturn and Mars occupy the 7th house from the 
Ascendant, the person will have neither wife nor sons. 
Again, if when male and female planets occupy a sign, 
Saturn, Mars occupy the 7th house from the Ascendant 
and be aspected by benefic planets, the person's wife will 
be of advanced age and the man will marry late in life. 

6. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon 
occupy tlie 10th house, Venus the 7th house and the 
malefic planets (Jthe 4th house, such a person will des- 
troy his family. (6) If, at the time of birth, Saturn occupy 
a Kendra house and aspect a sign, the Drekkana of whose 
lord may be occupied by Mercury, the person will be- 
come a painter. If, at the time of birth, Venus occupy 
the 1 2th house from the Ascendant and the Navamsa of 
Saturn, the person will be the son of a serving woman ; 
and if at the time of birth, the Sun and the Moon, occupy 
the 7th house and be aspected by Saturn, the person 
will do deeds unsuited to his rank in life. 

NOTES. 

(a) These are the Sun, Mars and Saturn. 

(6) The family will become extinct with him. The 
Commentator instances the case of the Kuru prince, 
Duryodhana. 

7. If, at the time of birth of a person, Venus and 
Mars occupy the 7th house from the Ascendant and be 
aspected by malefic planets such person will be afflicted 
with swelling illness (a). If, at the time of birth of a 
person, the Moon occupy the Navamsa of Cancer or Scor- 
pio and be accompanied by malefic planets, the person 
will be afflicted with diseases of the genital organ. If, at 
the time of birth, the Moon occupy the Ascendant, Saturn 
andMars occupy the 12th and 2nd houses and the Sun 



206 Brihat JdtakCi. [Cn. XXIII. 

the 7th house, the person will be afflicted with white 
leprosy. If at the time of birth of a person, the Moon 
occupy the 10th house from the Ascendant, Mars the 
7th house and Saturn the 2nd house from the Sun, such 
person will be of defective limbs. 

NOTES. 
(a) Such as elephantiasis and the like. 

8. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon 
occupy a place between Saturn and Mars and the Sun 
occupy sign Capricorn, such person will be afflicted with 
asthma, consumption, the diseases of the spleen or internal 
abscess; and if at the time of birth, the Sun and the Moon 
occupy each the 'sign or the Navamsa of the other, the 
person will be afflicted with pulmonary consumption, and 
if the Sun and the Moon occupy together either Cancer 
or lyeo, the person will be reduced to a skeleton. 

9, If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon 
occupy the 5th Navamsa of Sagittari (a) or the Navatnsa 
of Pisces, Cancer, Capricorn, or Aries (b} } and be either 
accompanied or aspected by Saturn or Mars, such person 
will be afflicted with leprosy (c). Again, if the 5th or the 
9th house from the Ascendant be sign Scorpio, Cance^ 
Taurus, or Capricorn and be either occupied or aspected by 
Saturn and Mars, the person will also be afflicted with 
leprosy (<aQ. 

NOTES. 

(a) That is the Navamsa of L,eo in sign Sagittari. 

(&) These may be Navamsas of any sign. 

6?) According to Yavanacharya, if the Moon be 
aspected by benefic planets also at the same time, the 
person will be of disfigured body resulting from scratching. 

(d) In other words, the rising sign must be one of 
the triangular signs (1) Vrishabha, Kanya, Makara or (2) 
Kataka Vrischika, Meeua. 



CH. XXIII] Brihat Mtaka. 207 

10. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Sun, the 
Moon, Mars and Saturn occupy the 8th, 6th, 2nd and 12th 
houses in any way, such person will become blind by 
causes pertaining to the most powerful of the four 
planets (a). 

NOTES. 

(a) It the powerful planet be the Moon, blindness 
will be caused by phlegmatic affections. If such planet 
be Mars, it will be caused by bilious affections ; if it be the 
Sun, then by heat or wood ; and if it be Saturn, it will be 
caused by windy affections, by stones and like. 

11. If, at the time of birth of a person, the malefic 
planets (#) occupy the 9th, llth, 3rd and 5th houses and 
be not aspected by benefic planets, such person will 
become deaf by causes pertaining to the most powerful 
planet ; if such malefic planets occupy the 7th house from 
the Ascendant, (6) the person will be of deformed teeth. 

NOTES. 

(a) The Sun, the Moon, Mars and Saturn. 
(t>) And not aspected by benefic planets. 

12. If, at the time of birth of a person, the eclipsed 
Moon, occupy the rising sign, and if Saturn and Mars 
occupy the 5th and 9th houses from the Ascendant such 
person will be subject to the influence of ghosts. Again, 
if, at the time of birth, the eclipsed Sun occupy the rising 
sign and if Saturn and Mars occupy the 5th and 9th 
houses from the Ascendant, the person will lose his eyes. 

13. If, at the time of birth of a person, Saturn 
occupy the 7th house and Jupiter the Ascendant, such 
person will be afflicted with windy complaints. If, at the 
time of birth, (1) Mars occupy the 7th house and Jupiter 
the Ascendant, or (2), Saturn occupy the Ascendant and 
Mars occupy the 5th, 7th or the 9th house, or (3), the 



208 Brihat JAtakd. [Cn. XXIII. 

waning Moon and Saturn occupy the 12tli house, the 
person will become insane or an idiot. 

14. If, at the time of birth of a person, one of the 
four planets the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the 
Moon, the Sun, the Moon, and Jupiter occupy the 
Navarnsa of the lord of its depression sign or an inimical 
Navamsa, such person will serve under other men for his 
livelihood ; if two of the four planets occupy either the 
one Navamsa or the other, he will become a slave ; and if 
three of the planets or all the four occupy the one 
Navamsa or the other, the person will be the son of a 
slave. 

15. If, at the time of birth of a person, the rising 
sign be Taurus, Aries or Sagittari and if malefic planets 
aspect it, such person will have ugly teeth ; if, at the time 
of birth, one of the malefic signs (a) or sign Sagittaii or 
sign Taurus be the rising sign and if such sign be aspec- 
ted by malefic planets, the person will be bald-headed ; if 
the Sun occupy the 9th or the 5th house from the Ascen- 
dant and if he be aspected by malefic planets, the person 
will be of weak sight ; if, at the time of birth, Saturn 
occupy the 5th or the 9th house and be aspected by 
malefic planets, the person will be afflicted with various 
diseases ; and if at the time of birth, Mars occupy the 5th 
or the 9th house and be aspected by malefic planets, the 
person will be of defective limbs. 

NOTES. 

(#) These are the signs of Aries, Leo, Scorpio, 
Capricorn and Aquarius. 

16. If, at the time of birth of a person, the mnlefic 
planets occupy the 12th, oth, 2nd, and 9th houses in any 
way, such person will suffer imprisonment and restraint of 
the nature of the rising sign (a). A<;ain, if, at the time of 
birth, the rising Drekkana be either a Sarpa (b) (snake) 



CH. XXtIL] Brihat Jdtakd. 209 

Drekkana or a Pasa (c) (rope) Drekkana and if the sign 
(d) represented by its lord be powerful and be aspected 
by a malefic planet the person will also suffer imprison- 
ment of the nature of such sign. 

NOTES. 

(a) If the rising sign be Aries, Taurus or Sagittari, 
the person will be bound with ropes. If the rising sign be 
Gemini, Virgo, L,ibra or Aquarius, he will be loaded with 
fetters. If the rising sign be Cancer, Capricorn or Pisces, 
the person will be shut up in a fortress but will be taken 
care of. If the rising sign be Scorpio, the person will be 
kept in a subterranean cellar. 

(fe) Bhujaga Drekkanas : These are the first Drek- 
kana of Cancer, the 1st and 2nd of Scorpio, and the 3rd of 
Pisces. 

(c) Nigala Drekkana : This is the 1st Drekkana 
of Capricorn. 

(d) That is, if the rising Drekkaua be the first 
Drekkana of Cancer, for instance, the lord of such Drek- 
kana is the Moon whose sign, again, is Cancer. If the rising 
Drekkana be the 2nd Drekkana of Cancer, its lord is 
Mars whose sign is Scorpio and if it be the 3rd Drekkana 
of Cancer, the lord of such Drekkana is Jupiter whose 
sign is Pisces. 

17. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Moon be 
accompanied by Saturn, aspected by Mars and be 
surrounded by a halo, such a person will be a man of harsh 
speech, will be afflicted with epilepsy and with consump- 
tion (a). 

If, at the time of birth, the Sun, Saturn and Mars 
occupy the 10th house from the Ascendant and if they be 
not aspected by benefic planets, the person will be a 
servant of varying rank dignified, of moderate rank and 
of a low rank (). 
27 



210 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXIV. 

NOTES. 

(a) If the Moon be subject to the first of the three 
malefic Yogas, the person will be a man of harsh speech ; 
if she be subject to the 2nd Yoga, the person will be 
afflicted with epilepsy ; and if to the 3rd Yoga, the 
person will be afflicted with consumption. 

(6) If one of three planets occupy the 10th house 
the person will be a dignified servant. If two planets 
occupy the 10th house he will be a servant of middle 
rank and if three occupy the 10th house he will be a 
servant of low rank. 



CHAPTER XXIV. 
On the Horoscopy of Women. 

1. The same remarks apply to the horoscopy of women 
as to the horoscopy of men ; but the effects which are 
suitable will alone affect women and the rest will affect 
their husbands. According to some, all the effects (a) will 
affect the husband. The death of the husband shall be 
determined from the 8th house (from the Ascendant) in the 
horoscope of a woman. Matters connected with the phy- 
sique of a woman shall be determined from the rising 
sign and the sign occupied by the Moon and matters 
connected with her fortune and her husband shall be 
determined from the 7th house. 

NOTES. 

(a) Effects which can be enjoyed by both will 
affect both. Such effects as high appointments in the 
state will affect the husband and matters connected with 
the body will affect the woman only. Hence the advis- 
ability of a man marrying a girl born under excellent 
planetary Yogas. 

2. If the rising sign and the sign occupied by the 



CH. XXIV.] Brihat Jdtakd. 211 

Moon be even signs the woman will be of a true 
feminine character and if such signs be aspected by 
benefic planets she will be virtuous and modest and will 
wear ornaments, (a) But if such signs be odd, the 
woman will possess a masculine shape and will be of a 
masculine character ; and if they be either occupied or 
aspected by malefic planets she will be wicked and 
will possess few virtues (b\ 

NOTES. 

(a) According to some, virtues will be her orna- 
ments. 

(b) If either the rising sign or the sign occupied by 
the Moon be odd or even, while the other sign is even or 
odd, the woman will partake of the character of a male 
and a female. A similar remark applies when one of the 
signs is occupied or aspected by a malefic or a benefic 
planet and the other by a benefic or a malefic planet. 

3. When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the 
Moon at the time of birth of a woman is either Aries or 
Scorpio, if the rising Trimsarnsa or the Trimsamsa occu- 
pied by the Moon be that of Mars, she will become un- 
chaste before marriage ; if it be that of Saturn, she will 
lead a life of servitude. If it be that of Jupiter, she will 
be chaste ; if it be that of Mercury, she will be deceitful ; 
and if it be that of Venus, she will be of bad character. 

4. When 'the rising sign'or. the sign occupied by 
the Moon at the time of birth of a woman is either Taurus 
or Libra, if the rising Trimsamsa or the Trimsamsa 
occupied by the Moon be that of Ma'rs, she will be of bad 
conduct ; if it be that of Saturn, she will marry a second 
time ; if it be that of Jupiter, she will possess good quali- 
ties ; if it be that of Mercury, she will be skilled in music 
and dance ; and if it be that of Venus, she will possess all 
good qualities and will be of wide-spread fame. Again 



212 Srihat Jdtaka. [Cn. XXIV. 

when the rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon 
at the time of birth of a woman is either Gemini or 
Virgo, if the rising Trimsarnsa or the Trimsanisa occupied 
by the Moon be that of Mars, she will be deceitful ; if it be 
that of Saturn, she will partake of the nature of a her- 
maphrodite ; if it be that of Jupiter, she will be chaste ; 
if it be that of Mercury, she will possess many good 
qualities ; and if it be that of Venus, she will, out of lust, 
commit adultery. 

5. When the rising sign or the sign occupied by 
the Moon at the time of birth of a woman is Cancer, if 
the rising Trimsanisa or the Trirnsamsa occupied by the 
Moon be that of Mars, she will be of an independent nature ; 
if it be that of Saturn, she will murder h er husband ; if it 
be that of Jupiter, she will possess many good qualities ; 
if it be that of Mercury, she will be skilled in works of 
art; and if it be that of Venus, she will be of bad character. 

When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the 
Moon at the time of birth of a woman is Leo, if the ri- 
sing Trimsamsa or the Trirnsamsa occupied by the Moon 
be that of Mars, she will be of a masculine nature (a). If 
it be that of Saturn, she will commit adultery ; if it be that 
of Jupiter, she will be the wife of a king ; if it be that of 
Mercury, she will be of a masculine nature ; and if it be 
that of Venus, she will commit adultery with a person of 
low caste. 

When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the 
Moon at the time of birth of a woman is either Sagittari or 
Pisces, if the rising Trimsamsa or the Trimsamsa occupied 
by the Moon be that of Mars, she will possess many good 
qualities ; if it be that of Saturn, she will not indulge 
much in sexual union ; if it be that of Jupiter, she will 
possess many good qualities ; if it be that of Mercury, she 
will be a woman of knowledge ; and if it be that of 
Venus, she will not be chaste. 



CH. XXIV.] Brihat Jdtakd. 213 

When the rising sign or the sign occupied by the Moon 
at the time of birth of a woman is either Capricorn or Aqua- 
rius, if the rising Trimsamsa or the Trimsanisa occupied 
by the Moon be that of Mars, she will lead a life of servi- 
tude ; if it be that of Saturn, she will join a person of low 
caste ; if it be that of Jupiter, she will be attached to her 
husband ; if it be that of Mercury, she will be wicked ; 
and if it be that of Venus, she will be barren. 

NOTES. 

(a) Talkative, according to some other reading. 

6. The effects described for the rising Trimsamsa or 
those described for the Trimsamsa occupied by the Moon 
will come to pass according as the rising sign or the sign 
occupied by the Moon is more powerful than the other. 

7. If at the time of birth of a woman, Saturn and 
Venus occupy each other's Navamsa and aspect each 
other, or, if the rising sign be either Taurus or Libra and 
the rising Navamsa be that of Aquarius, the woman will 
quench the poisonous fire of her strong lustful desires by 
means of other women assuming a masculine character. 

8. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the 7th 
house from the rising sign or from the sign occupied by 
the Moon be not occupied by planets, and if such house be 
weak and not aspected (a) by benefic planets, the husband 
of the woman will be wicked ; if such 7th house be occu- 
pied by Mercury or Saturn the husband will be impotent ; 
if such 7th house be in a movable sign, the husband 
will be travelling in foreign lands ; (b) if such 7th house 
be occupied by the Sun, the woman will be rejected by her 
husband ; if it be occupied by Mars and aspected by 
malefic planets, she will become a widow while young ; 
and if it be occupied by Saturn and aspected by malefic 
planets, she will remain unmarried to an old age. 



214 Bnhat Jdtakd. [CH. XXIV- 

* 

NOTES. 

(a) Or occupied, acccrding to the Commentator. 

(6) If it be a fixed sign the husband will remain in 
his place and if it be a common sign, he will travel to 
foreign lands but will be returning to his place every now 
and then. 

9. If the 7th house, from the rising sign or from the 
sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a woman, 
be occupied by several malefic planets, the woman will 
become a widow ; if such 7th house be occupied by 
several benefic and malefic planets she will quit her hus- 
band and marry another person ; and if such 7th house be 
occupied by a malefic planet (a), be weak, and be aspect- 
ed by a benefic planet (6) the woman will be rejected by 
her husband. 

If Venus and Mars occupy each other's Navamsa the 
woman will commit adultery ; and if the 7th house from 
the rising sign be occupied by the Moon, Venus and Mars, 
she will commit adultery with the permission of her hus- 
band. 

NOTES. 

(a) Either the Sun or Mars or Saturn. 

(b) Either Mercury or Jupiter or Venus. 

10. If at ihe time of birth of a woman the rising sign 
be that of Saturn (a) or Mars (b] and if it be occupied by 
the Moon and Venus and aspected by malefic planets, the 
woman and her mother will commit adultery ; if the 
setting Navamsa be that of Mars and if the setting sign 
be aspected by Saturn, the woman will possess a diseased 
genital organ ; and if the setting Navamsa be that of a 
benefic planet the woman will possess a fine genital organ 
and will become an agreeable wife. 

NOTES. 

(a) Capricorn or Aquarius- 
(6) Aries or Scorpio. 



CH. XXIV.] Britiat Jdtakd. 215 

11. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the setting 
sign or the setting Navamsa be that of Saturn, the hus- 
band of the woman will be an old man and a fool ; if 
such sign or Navamsa be that of Mars, the husband will 
be of irascible temper but will be attached to his wife. If 
such sign or Navamsa be that of Venus, the husband will 
be beautiful and fond of his wife ; if such sign or 
Navamsa be that of Mercury, the husband will be learned 
and intelligent. 

NOTES. 

In this and in the next stanza, the Commentator 
supposes that the 7th house is unoccupied by planets. 

12. If the setting sign or the setting Navamsa at 
the time of birth of a woman be that of the Moon, the 
husband will be full of lustful desires and of a quiet 
nature. If such sign or Navamsa be that of Jupiter, the 
husband will possess courage and other virtues and will 
have a control over his passions and desires ; if such sign 
or Navamsa be that of the Sun, the husband will be of 
very soft nature and will engage in many works (a). 

NOTES. 

(a) According to some, the reading of this portion 
of the text is Raiikwrina instead of Atilcarma, in which case 
the meaning is that the husband will indulge much in 
sexual union. Again, if the setting sign be that of one 
planet and the setting Navamsa be that of another planet, 
the effects described for such sign or Navamsa, which- 
ever is powerful, will come to pass. 

13. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the rising 
sign be occupied by the Moon and Venus, the woman 
will be envious of the prosperity of other persons and will 
be greatly mindful of her comforts ; if the rising sign be 



216 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXIV. 

occupied by the Moon and Mercury, the woman will be 
learned in the fine arts, will be in the enjoyment of 
comfort and will possess many good qualities; if the 
rising sign be occupiediby Venus and Mercury, the woman 
will be beautiful, much liked by her husband and learned 
in music, vocal and instrumental; if the rising sign be 
occupied by the Moon, Mercury and Venus, the woman 
will be in the enjoyment of immense wealth and comfort 
and possessed of many good qualities. If the rising sign 
be occupied by Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, the same 
remarks apply. 

14. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the 8th house 
from the Ascendant be occupied by a malefic planet, the 
woman will become a widow and the widowhood will 
occur (a) in the Antardasa period of the planet whose 
Navamsa is occupied by the lord of such 8th house. If 
the 8th house be occupied by a malefic planet and if the 
2nd house be occupied by a benefic planet, the woman 
will die before her husband and if the Moon occupy sign 
Virgo, Scorpio, Taurus or Leo, she will have very few 
sons. 

NOTES. 

(a) After marriage, of course, according to the Com- 
mentator. 

15. If, at the time of birth of a woman Saturn be 
neither powerful nor weak, the Moon, Venus and Mercury 
be weak, and the Sun, Mars and Jupiter be powerful and 
if the rising sign be odd, the woman will be of a mascu- 
line character (a). 

If, at the time of birth of a woman, Jupiter, Mars, Ve- 
nus and Mercury be powerful and if the rising sign be an 
even sign, the woman will be of widespread fame, will be 
vastly learned and learned also in the Science of Divinity. 



CH. XXV.] Brihat Jdtakd. 217 

NOTES. , 

(a) According to some, the woman will enjoy many 
men. 

16. If, at the time of birth of a woman, the 7th 
house from the rising sign be occupied by a malefic 
planet while the 9th house is occupied by some planet, the 
woman will, without doubt, become an ascetic of the class 
belonging to the planet occupying such 9th house (0). 

All that has been said in this chapter apply Jo the 
positions of the planets at the time of promise of gift of 
girl in marriage, of such gift and of marriage (<$), also at 
the time of query. 

NOTES. 

(a) And the other effects already described for 
planets occupying the 7th horse will fail. 

(b) Provided such effects do not clash against the 
effects described in the chapters on Marriage 
Chapters 100 and 103 of the Brihat Sainhita). 



CHAPTER XXV. 
On Death. 

1. If, at the time of birth of a person, the 8th house 
from the rising sign be unoccupied and be aspected by a 
powerful planet, the person will die of an excess of the 
humour belonging to such powerful planets (a). The part 
of the body attacked will be the part which such 8th 
house represents in the body of the Kalapurusha (6). If 
several planets aspect the 8th house, the part of the body 
will be subject to several attacks resulting from an excess 
of the various humours belonging to such powerful planets 
and death will ensue. But if the 8th house be occupied 
by the Sun, the death of the person will be caused by fire 
if it be occupied by the Moon, the death will be caused by 
water j if by Mars, death will be caused by weapons ; if by 
28 



Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXV. 

Mercury, it will be caused by fever; if, by Jupiter, it will 
be caused by some unknown disease ; if, by Venus, it will 
be caused by thirst ; and if it be occupied by Saturn, death 
will be caused by starvation (<:). Again, if the 8th house 
be a movable sign, the person will die in foreign lands ; if 
it be a fixed sign, he will die in his own country ; and if 
it be a common sign, he will die on his way. 

NOTES. 



(a). "Planets 

The Sun 
The Moon 
Mars 
Mercury 
Jupiter 
Venus 
Saturn 



Humours 

Bile 
Wind and phlegm 

Bile 
All the three humours 

Phlegm 

Wind and Phlegm 
Wind 



(3) Vide Stanza 4, Chapter 1. 

(c\ If the planet be powerful, there will be death while 
the person is engaged in a good work ; if the planet be 
weak, death will ensue while the person is engaged in a 
bad work and if the planet be neither powerful nor weak 
the person will die while engaged in a work of 
an indifferent character. 

2. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Sun and 
Mars occupy the 4th or the 10th house from the rising 
sign, the person will die being struck with stones. If 
the 4th, 7th and 10th houses be respectively occupied by 
Saturn, the Moon and Mars, the person will die by fall- 
ing into a well. If the Sun and Moon occupy sign 
Virgo and if they be aspected by a malefic planet there 
will be death caused by the person's kinsmen. If the 
rising sign be a common sign and if it be occupied by the 
Sun and the Moon, there will be death by drowning. 

3. If, at the time of birth of a person, Saturn occupy 
sign Cancer and the Moon sign Capricorn, the person will 
die from an attack of dropsy. If the Moon occupy sign 



CH.XXV.] Brihat Jdtakd. 

Aries or Scorpio and be between malefic planets, death will 
be caused by weapons or by fire. If the Moon occupy sign 
Virgo and be between malefic planets, death will be caused 
by a corruption of the blood or by want of blood. If the 
Moon occupy sign Capricorn or Aquarius and be between 
malefic planets, there will be death by hanging, by fire or 
by fall. 

4. If, at the time of birth of a person, the 5th or the 
9th house be occupied by two malefic planets and if such 
planets be not aspected by beuefic planets, the. person will 
meet his death by being shut up in a prison or by other 
restraint. If the 8th house from the rising sign contain a 
Sarpa or Pasa or Nigala Drekkana (a), death will also 
result from imprisonment or other restraint. If Virgo be the 
7th house from the Ascendant and if it be occupied by the 
Moon accompained by a benefic planet, if Venus occupy 
sign Aries and the Sun the rising sign, the person will 
die in his own house and such death will be caused by a 
woman. 

NOTES. 

(a) Vide notes to Stanza 16 of Chapter XXIII and 
to Stanza 6, Chapter XXL 

5. If, at the time of birth of a person, (1) the 4th house 
from the Ascendant be occupied by Mars or the Sun and 
if the 10th house be occupied by Saturn or, (2) if the Sun, 
Mars, Saturn and the waning Moon occupy the Ascendant, 
the 5th house and the 9th house or, (3) if the Sun occupy 
the 4th house and if Mars which occupies the 10th house 
be aspected by the waning Moon, the person will die, in 
each case, being stabbed with a spear. Again, if the Sun 
occupy the 4th bouse and if Mars which occupies the 
10th house be aspected by Saturn, the person will die 
being struck with a piece of wood. 

6. If, at the time of birth of a person, the 8th, 10th 
1st, and 4th houses be occupied respectively by the wa- 



tinhat Jdtakd. \tn. 

ning Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sun, the person will die 
being struck with a club or stick. If the 10th, 9th, 1st 
and 5th houses be occupied respectively by the waning 
Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sun, the death of the person 
will be caused by smoke, by fire, by imprisonment or by 
blows. 

7. If, at the time of birth of a person, the 4th, 7th, 
and 10th houses be respectively occupied by Mars, the 
Sun and Saturn, the person will die by weapons, by fire'or 
by the king. If the 2nd, 4th and 10th houses be respec- 
tively occupied by Saturn, the Moon and Mars, the person 
will die of sores and worms. 

8. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Sun 
occupy the 10th house and Mars occupy the 4th house, 
the person will die in consequence of a fall from a vehicle 
or conveyance. If Mars occupy the 7th house and the Sun, 
the Moon and Saturn occupy the rising sign, the person 
will die being caught in a machine. If (1) sign .Libra be 
occupied by Mars, sign Aries by Saturn and sign Capri- 
corn or Aquarius by the Moon, or (2) if .the 10th, 7th and 
4th houses be respectively occupied by the waning Moon f 
by the Sun and by Mars, the person will die in the middle 
of excrement. 

9. If the waning Moon be aspected by powerful 
Mars arid if Saturn occupy the 8th house, the person will 
die of diseases affecting the privities (a) the part affected 
will be either eaten through by worms or cut with the 
lancet or burnt or blistered. 

NOTES. 

(a) Such as piles and fistula in the Pudendum 
Muliebre. 

10. If, at the time of birth of a person, the Sun and 
Mars occupy the 7th house, Saturn occupy the 8th house 
and the waning Moon occupy the 4th house, the death of 



CH. XXV.j Brihat Jdtakd. 

the person will be caused by birds. If the 1st, 5th, 8th 
and 9th houses be occupied respectively by the Sun, Mars, 
Saturn and the Moon, the person's death will be caused 
by a fall from mountain top, by an attack of lightning or 
by the fall of a wall. 

1 1. The cause of death of a person whose horoscope 
does not contain any of the Yogas enumerated above shall 
be determined from the 22nd Drekkana counted from the 
rising Drekkana at the time of birth of a person ; and 
death will be caused by the lord of such (22nd) Drekkana 
or by the lord of the sign of which the Drekkana is a 
division, whichever is powerful, by water, fire or other 
means belonging to such lord (a). 

NOTES, 
(a) Vide Stanza 1 of this Chapter. 

12. The place of death of a person will be that of 
the sign occupied by the lord of the rising Navamsa (a) ; 
or it will be the place of the sign of the planet which 
occupies the same sign as that occupied by the lord of 
the rising Navamsa ; or it will be the place of the sign of 
the planet aspecting the lord of the rising Navamsa ; or it 
will be the place of the sign of the lord of the Navamsa 
occupied by the lord of the rising Navamsa (b). The ac- 
tual place of death shall be determined by a careful ex- 
amination of the several points. The period for which a 
person will remain insensible before death will be the 
time of oblique ascension of the portion of the rising sign 
below the horizon. If the rising sign be aspected by 
his lord, such period will be twice, and if it be aspected 
by benefic planets, it will be three times the time of such 
oblique 1 ascension (c). 

NOTES. 

(a) Aries place frequented by sheep; Taurus- 
place frequented by oxen ; Gemini a house; Cancer a 



222 Brihat Jdtakd. [H. XXV. 

well ; Leo a forest; Virgo water-bauk ; Libra bazaar 
or store-house ; Scorpio a hole ; Sagittari rplace fre- 
quented by horses ; Capricorn watery tracts ; Aquarius 
a liouse ; Pisces watery places. 

The above is general. If a distinct place of death be 
mentioned in connection with a Yoga relating to death, 
the death will occur only in such a place, 

() If different places of death are pointed out by 
different planets, the place belonging to the sign of the 
most powerful planet will be the place of death. Again, 
of the two signs of a planet, the place of the Moolatri- 
kona sign will be the place of death. According to some, 
the place of death is the particular portion of the house 
belonging to the most powerful planet such as the place 
of worship, the bath-room, the kitchen, &c., (Vide Stanza 
12 of Chapter II.) 

(c) If the rising sign be aspectecr by its lord. and by 
a benefic planet, the period of insensibility will be six 
times as long. 

13. If, at the time of birth of a person, the 22nd 
Drekkana from the rising Drekkana be a fiery Drekkana 
(a), the body of the person after death will be burnt and 
reduced to ashes. If the 22nd Drekkana be a watery 
Drekkana (3), the body will be thrown into water ' if such 
Drekkana be a Misra Drekkana (c\ the body will be 
neither burnt nor thrown into water but allowed to dry 
up. If the 8th house contain a Sarpa Drekkana (</), the 
body will be devoured by dogs, jackals, crows and the 
like. Thus has been described the change of the body 
after death. For a knowledge of the past and future life 
of a person and of the nature of such life, the reader is 
referred to higher works on Horoscopy. 

NOTES. 

. (#) A Fiery Drekkana is the Drekkana of a malefic 
planet. 



CH. XXV.] Brihat Jdtakd. 223 

(b) A Watery Drekkana is the Drekkana of a benefic 
planet. 

(c) A Misra Drekkana is the Drekkana of a benefic 
planet occupied by a malefic planet as well as the Drek- 
kana of a malefic planet occupied by a benefic planet. 

(d} Sarpa Drekkanas : These are the 1st and 2nd 
Drekkauas of Cancer, the 1st and 2nd Drekkanas of Scor- 
pio a,nd the 3rd Drekkana of Pisces. According to Sub- 
hodhini, the terms " Vyala varga" is interpreted into the 
Drekkanas of Vyala (Sarpa), Gridhra (vulture), Kola (hog) 
and the like. 

14. If the lord of the Drekkana occupied by the Sun 
or the Moon, whichever is powerful, be Jupiter, the per- 
son has come from Devaloka ; if such lord be either the 
Moon or Venus, the person has come from Pitriloka ; if 
such lord be the Sun or Mars, the person has come from 
the world of lower animals ; and if such lord be either 
Saturn or Mercury, the person has come from the region 
of hell. 

If the lord of the Drekkana occupied by the Sun or 
the Moon, whichever is powerful, be in his exaltation 
sign, such last life of the person will be of an exalted 
character ; if such lord occupy a place between the 
exaltation and depression signs, the last life will be one of 
middle importance ; and if such lord occupy his depres- 
sion sign, the last life of the person will be one of a low 
character. 

15. If the 6th and the 8th houses be unoccupied, 
the person will, after death, go to the world of the planet 
most powerful of the lords of the Drekkauas of such 6th 
and 8th houses (a) ; or the person will go to the world of 
the planet occupying the 6th, 7th or the 8th house (6). 
Again, if Jupiter occupy the 6th house or one of the 
Kendra houses or the 8th house and be at the same time 
in his exaltation sign or if the rising sign be Pisces and 



224 Brikat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXVI. 

Jupiter occupy it and be in the Navamsa of a benefic 
planet while the other planets are weak, the person will 
obtain Salvation after death (c}. 

NOTES. 

(a) For the worlds of the several planets, Vide last 
stanza. 

(b) If two or more planets occupy the 6th, 7th and 
8th houses, the person will go to the world of the most 
powerful of them. 

(c) The next world may also be determined from 
the position of the planets at the time of death as at the 
time of birth of a person. 



CHAPTER XXVI. 
On Lost Horoscopes. 

1. When a person is ignorant of the time of his 
conception or birth, the time of birth shall, when duly, 
questioned about, be determined from the Prasua I,agna 
(a). If the 1st half of the rising sign be cut by the 
horizon, the month of birth will be in the Uttarayana (b} 
and if the 2nd half be cut by the horizon, the month will 
be in the Dakshinayana (c). 

NOTES. 

(a) Prasna Lagna the rising sign at the time of 
query. 

(6) Uttarayana : the 6 months fiom Capricorn to 
Gemini. 

(c) Dakshinayana : the 6 months from Cancer to 
Sagittari. 

2. If at the time of query the first Drekkana of a 
sign begin to rise, the sign occupied by Jupiter at the 
time of birth will be the Prasna Lagna itself. If the 2nd 



CH. XXVI.] Bnhat Jdtakd. 225 

Drekkatia of a sign begin to rise at the time of query, 
the sign occupied by Jupiter at the time of birth will be 
the 5th sign from the Prasna Lagna; if the 3rd Drekkana 
of a sign begin to rise at the time of query, the sign 
occupied by Jupiter at the time of birth will be the 9th 
sign from the Prasna Lagna (a). The year of birth 
shall then be determined from the appearance of the 
person (#). If the Sun occupy the Prasana Lagna or if 
the Drekkana of the Sun rise at the time of query, 
the Ritu (a period of 2 mouths) of birth will beGreeshma 
(when the Sun passes through Gemini and Cancer) ; and 
in the case of other planets, their Ritus have been men- 
tioned elsewhere (c). If the Ritu thus determined do 
not happen to be the Ritu of the Ayana already deter- 
mined, the correct Ritu shall be determined as explained 
in the next stanza (d}. 

NOTES. 

(a) In other words, if the rising Dwadasamsa at the 
time of query be the first, the sign occupied by Juptier at the 
time of birth will be the Prasana Lagna itself ; if the rising 
Dwadasamsa be the 2nd, the sign occupied by Jupiter 
at the time of birth will be the 2nd sign from the Prasna 
Lagna and so on. 

(b] As Jupiter takes 12 years to go round the hea- 
vens, if the number of circuits passed through by Jupiter 
from the time of birth be known, the age of the person can 
be at once determined. For instance, suppose Jupiter to 
occupy sign Scorpio at the time of query and sign Taurus 
at the time of birth, and suppose him to be in his 4th 
circuit. The age of the person will be 3x12 + 6 or 4-2 
years. The cycle of Jupiter can be determined from the, 
appearance of the person from a rough estimate of his 
age. In the instance cited above, the age of the person 
should be either 6, or 12 + 6 - 18, or 24 + 6- 30, or 36+ 6 = 42, 
and so on. If, however, the cycle of Jupiter cannot be 

29 



226 Brihat Jdtakd. [CH, XXVI; 

easily ascertained" from the appearance of the person, the 
number -of the cycle shall be determined from the part of 
bod}?: 'touched by a person at the time. In Stanza 24pof 
Chapter 70 of the Brihat Samhita, the human body is 
divided into ten parts, each part corresponding to a Dasa 
period of 12 years. 

(1). Feet and ankles. 
-(%}*' Shanks and knees. 

(3). The thighs and genital organ. 

(4). The loins and the navel. 

(5). The belly, 

(6). The breast and the bosoms. 

(7). The shoulders. 

(8). The neck and lips. 

(9). The eyes and brows. 
(10). The forehead and the head. 

So that if the belly be touched, it may be determined 
that at the time of query Jupiter is in his 5th round. So 
that the age of the person will be 4 x 12 or 48 years, plus 
the. number of years taken by Jupiter to move from the 
sign occupied by him at the time of birth to the sign 
occupied by him at the time of query. 

(c) So that, if the Sun occupy the Prasna L,agna or if 
the .Drekkana of the Sun rise at the time of query, the 
Rituls Greeshma. 

If Venus occupy the Prasna Lagna or if the Drek- 
kana of Venus rise at the time of query, the Ritu is Va- 
santa (when the Sun passes through Aries and Taurus)* 
In the case of Mars and his Drekkana, the Ritu is Gree- 
shma (Gemini and Cancer). In the. case of the Moon and 
her Drekkana, the Ritu is Varsha (Leo and Virgo). In 
"the case of Mercury and his Drekkana, the Ritu is Sarat 
(Libra and Scorpio). In the case of Jupiter and his Drek- 
kana, the Ritu is Hemanta (Sagittari and Capricorn). In 

case 9f Saturn and, his Drekkana, the Ritu. is Sisira- 



CH. XXVI] Brihat Jatakd. 

(Aquarius and Pisces). If two or more planets occupy the, 
Prasna Lagua, the Ritu of the most powerful planet will 
be the Ritu of birth. 

(.d) Suppose the Ayana determined from Stanza 1 to! 
be the Uttarayana, so that the month of birth is bet- 
ween Capricorn and Gemini. Suppose the Prasna Lagna 
to be occupied by the Moon whose Ritu is Varsha (Leo 
and Virgo). In such a case, the Ritu of Venus, the alter* 
native planet of the Moon, viz., the Vasanta (Aries and 
Taurus), shallbe determined as the Ritu of birth as ex- 
plained in the 3rd stanza. 

3. If the Ritu do not agree with the Ayaita, then, the 
Ritu of the alternative planet shall be determined as tlie 
Ritu of birth of a person (a). The Moon and Venus are 
alternative planets. So are Mercury and Mars (b} t and 
so are Jupiter and Saturn. If the first half of the rising 
Drekkana should rise at the time of query, the month of; 
birth will be the first of the two months of the Ritu ; and- 
if the second half should rise, then, the 2nd month of the 
Ritu will be the month of birth. The date of birth shall 
be determined from the portion of the half Drekkana that 
has risen above the horizon (c). 

NOTES. 

(a) This point has been already explained, vid* 

note (d) to the last stanza. 

. . , 

05) According to the Commentator, Mercury; Mars 
and the Sun are alternative planets. 

(c) As the half Drekkana which may be rising at th^ 
time of query represents all the 30 days of a month, if 
just one half of it should 4iave risen above the'Kbrizou, the 
birth must have occurred just after 15 days of the moiftru 
In other \vords$ the date of birth may be. determined frorri 
the portion of the half sign that has risen .fbpve_Uj(e 
horizon by proportion, A Drekkana is 10 degrees; the half 



228 &Hkai.&fakd. [Ctf. XXVt. 

of a Drekkana is 5 degrees and a thirtieth part of it is 10 
minutes, so that every 10 minutes of the rising half Drek- 
kana represents a day. It will be convenient if the Lagna 
Sphuta, i.e., the exact longitude in signs, degrees and 
minutes of the point of the ecliptic cut by the horizon be 
determined in the first instance (Vide Appendix). 

4. The Learned Brahmins in the Science of Horoscopy 
say, that the number of degrees passed over by the Sun in 
any particular sign represents the lunar day at the time of 
birth (a}. If the Prasna Lagna be a day sign, the birth 
will have occurred at nig/it and if it be a night sign, the birth 
will have occurred by day; the ghalika of birth shall be 
determined from the portion of the rising sign that has 
risen above the horizon (b). 

NOTES. 

() Beginning from the first lunar day in the Moon's 
increase, suppose the Sun to occupy the 24th degree of 
Sagittari at the time of birth. The lunar day or Tithi at 
the time of birth is the 24th day counted from the first 
day in the Moon's increase or 24 15 or the 9th day in 
her wane. 

(b) The length of the day or night of birth being 
known it is represented by the rising sign and the Lagna 
Sphuta will give us the exact proportion of the Sign that 
has risen above the horizon. By the Rule of Three, we 
can arrive at the exact time of birth from Sun-rise or Sun- 
set. When this is known, the Horoscope may be cast with 
the help of the Astronomical Tables or the Almanac. The 
first four stanzas, therefore, give us a complete process for 
the discovery of the time of birth of a person from the 
Prasna Lagna. 

5. According to some, the lunar month of birth shall 
be determined from the Navamsa occupied by the Moon at 
the time of query (). Again, the sign occupied by the 
Moon at the time of birth will be either the Prasna Lagna 
or the 5th house or 9th house from it, whichever is most 



CH. XXVI.] 



Brihat Jdtakd. 



229 



powerful. If it be difficult to determine which of the three 
signs is most powerful, the sign occupied by the Moon will 
be the sign represented by the part of body of Kalapurusha 
that may happen to be touched by a person at the time of 
query or the sign may be determined from the like indica- 
tions occurring at the time of query (6). 

NOTES. 

(a) The rule stated in the Text is very vague. What 
the Author means is thus explained by the Commentator. 

Suppose each Navamsa to be divided into 9 equal 
parts ; then, if at the time of query the place occupied by 
the Moon be, 

Beyond the And within the The lunar 

month will be 
Kartika. 



(1) 8th part of the 
Navamsa of Aries. 

(-2) 7th part of the 
Navamsa of Taurus. 

(3) 6th part of the 
Navamsa of Gemini. 

(4) 5th part of the 
Navamsa of Cancer. 

(5) 4th part of the 
Navamsa of Leo. 

(6) 7th part of the 
Navamsa of Virgo. 

(7) 6th part of the 
Navamsa of Libra. 

(8) 5th part of the 
Navamsa of Scorpio. 

(9) 4th part of the 
Navamsa of Sagittari. 



7th part of the Na- 
vamsa of Taurus. 

6th part of the Na- 
vamsa of Gemini. 

5th part of the Na- 
vamsa of Cancer. 

4th part of the Na- 
vamsa of Leo. 



7th part of the Na- 
vamsa of Virgo. 

6th part of the Na- 
vamsa of Libra. 

5th part of the Na- 
vamsa of Scorpio. 

4th part of the Na- Jyeshtha. 
vamsa of Sagittari. 

3rd part of the Na- Ashadha. 
vamsa of Capricorn. 



Margasira. 

Poushya, 

Magha. 

Phalguna, 

Chaitra. 

Vaisakha, 



(10) 3rd part of the 
Navamsa of Capricorn. 



2nd part of the Na- 
vamsa of Aquarius, 



Sravana. 



230 Brihat Jatakd. \ [Cn. XXVI. 

(11) 2nd part of the 5th part of the ]S[a- Bhadra- 
Navamsa of Aquarius., varnsa of Pisces ... pa.da, 

(12) 5th part of the 8th part of the Na- Aswayu- 
Navaiiisa of Pisces ... vain sa of Aries. ... ja. 

(6) For instance, if, at the time, creatures represen- 
ting any of the signs of the Zodiac be seen or their sounds 
heard, the Moon will occupy such sign at the time of 
birth. 

6. The sign occupied by the Moon -at tire time of 
l?irth of a person will be as many signs removed from the 
sign occupied by the Moon at the time of query as the 
Moon is removed from the rising sign at the time of query 
(a). But if the rising sign be Pisces, then Pisces will be 
the sign occupied by the Moon at the time. of birth. (In 
case of doubt), the sign shall be determined by any articles 
of food that may be brought, any figures that may ap- 
pear or by any sounds that may be heard at the time (6). 

NOTES. 

(a) For instance, suppose Scorpio is the rising sigh 
and Pisces the sign occupied by the Mcon at the time of 
query. From Scorpio to Pisces is 5 signs; the 5lh sign 
from Pisces is Cancer. Cancer will, therefore, be the sign 
occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a person. 

(&) From articles having the shape of, or in any way 
connected with the creatures representing the signs of 
the Zodiac and from the sounds of the like creature, the 
sign occupied by the Moon may be determined. In all 
these cases, it is assumed, that an All-pervading Intelligent 
Bemg helps an astrologer by various signs and. sugges- 
tions. 

7. The rising sign at the time of birth will be the 
sign of the lord of the rising Navamsa at the time of query 
(a). Or, the rising sign at the time of birth will be as 
many signs removed from Prasna Lagua as the Drekka- 



H. XXVI.] Brihaf Jalaka.. 

.na occupied by the Sun is removed from tiie risingDrek- 
.kana at the time of query (&). - . 

NOTES. .''. 

-. (a) Supposing the rising Navamsa at the time of 
query to be that of Sagittari, the rising sign at the time 
of birth is Sagittari. 

.--.'. (b) Suppose the rising Drekkana at the time .of 
query ..to be the 2nd Djrekkana of sign Gemini and the 
Drekkana occupied by the Sun at the same time to be the 
J3rd Drekkana of Sagittari. The number of Drekkanas 
from the one to the other is 20. Therefore, the rising sign 
at the time of birth is the 20th sign from Gemini ; sub- 
tracting 12 from 20 it is the 8th sign from Gemini, *^ r) 
sign Capricorn. 

8. Or, multiply the Sphuta (Longitude) of the planet 
or of the most powerful planet occupying the rising sign 
by the number of inches in the length of the shadow of 
a twelve-inch Sanku (a straight rod) placed vertically on 
a horizontal surface and in the Sun ; divide the product 
by 12. The remainder will give the rising sign at the 
time of birth (a). According to others, if the querent be 
seated at the time of query, the 7th house from the rising 
sign at the time will be the Lagna at the time of birth ; 
if the querent be lying at the time, the 4th house from the 
rising sign will be the Lagna at the time of birth ; if the 
querent be standing at the time, then, the 10th house will 
be the Lagna ; and if he be rising from his seat, then the 
rising sign itself will be the Lagna at the time of birth (-6). 

NOTES. 

(a) Suppose the longitude of the planet, of, (where 
there are several planets) of the most powerful planet 
occupying the rising sign to be 4 signs 10 degrees and 20 
minutes and suppose the length of the shadow to be 4 
inches ; the product of the two numbers is 19 signs 16 
decrees and 30 minutes. This, divided by 12, gives as 



232 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXVI. 

remainder, 7 signs, 16 degrees and 30 minutes. The Lagna 
at the time of birth is therefore the 8th sign from Aries, 
i.e., sign Scorpio. 

() According to Subliodhini, the 7th, 4th, 10th 
and 1st houses are not with reference to the Prasna 
Lagna as explained by Bhatta-Utpala but with reference 
to the Lagna obtained from the procees given in the first 
half of the text, that is, from sign Scorpio in the instance 
quoted in note (a). 

9. If the rising sign at the time of query be Tau- 
rus or Leo, multiply the Lagna Sphuta (the Longitude of 
the Ascendant) by 10 ; if it be Gemini or Scorpio, then 
multiply the Sphuta by 8 ; if Aries or Libra, then by 7 ; if 
Virgo or Capricorn, then by 5 ; and if it be any of the 
remaining signs, then by the number of such sign from 
Aries (a). Again, if the planet occupying the rising sign 
be Jupiter, multiply the Lagna Sphuta by 10; if it be 
Mars, by 8 j if Venus, by 7 ; if any of the remaining pla- 
nets by 5. If several planets occupy the rising sign, then 
multiply the Lagna Sphuta by the factor for each of such 
planets. Add up the several products and find the 
sum (). 

NOTES. 

In this and in the next stanza the Author states a 
process for discovering the Nakshatra ( Asterism occupied 
by the Moon) of the querent, his wife, brother, son and 
enemy. The figures given in the Text are known as those 
of Rasi Gunakara and Graha Gnnakara Zodiacal and 
Planetary factors, referred to in the Chapter on Ashtakav- 
argas. 

(a) For instance, if Cancer be the sign, it being the 
4th sign from Aries, the factor for Cancer is 4. The 
factor for Sagittari is 9 ; that for Aquarius is 11 and that 
for Pisces is 1 2, 



CH. XXVI.] Brihat Mtakft. 233 

(&) Suppose the Lagna Sphuta to be 5* 10 20' and 
suppose Jupiter and Venus to occupy the rising sign. 
Now, from the Lagna Sphuta it is evident that the ri- 
sing sign is Virgo. The factor for Virgo is 5. Muliplying. 
5 9 10 20' by 5, we get 26* 21 40'. Dividing this by 12 we. 
get as remainder 2" 21 40' (R.). Again, the factor for 
Jupiter is 10 and that for Venus is 7. Multiplying 5 s 10 
20' by 10, we get 53 3 13 20'. Dividing by 12 we get as 
remainder 5 s 13 20'. Again, multiplying 5 3 10 20' by 7 
we get 37 s 12 20'. Dividing by 12 we get 1- 12 20V 
Adding this to 5 s 13 20' we get 6 25 40' (G). Adding 
together R and G we get 9 8 17 20*. 

10. Multiply this sum by 7, add 9 to the product, i 
the rising sign be a moveable sign ; or subtract 9 from the 
product, if the rising sign be a common one ; or leave the 
product, as it is, if the rising sign be a fixed one (<?). Divide 
the sum or the difference or the product, as the case may 
be, by 27. The remainder will represent the Nakshatra of 
the querent at the time of birth. By a similar process 
applied to the Splmta of the 3rd, oth, 6th and 7th houses 
(h), we shall get the Xakshatras of the querent's brother,, 
son, enemy and wife. 

NOTES. 

(a) According to Bhatta-Utpala, if the rising Drek- 
kana be the first Drekkana of the sign, 9 is to be added ; 
if it be the 2nd, 9 need neither be added to nor subtracted 
from the product ; and if it be the 3rd, 9 is to be subtract- 
ed from the product. 

(&) If you add 2 signs to the Lagua Sphuta, you get 
the sphuta of the 3rd house which represents a person's 
brother ; if you add 4 signs to the Lagna Sphuta, you get 
the Sphuta of the fifth house which represents a person's 
son ; if you add 5 signs to the Lagna Sphuta, you get the 
Sphuta of the 6th house which represents a person's ene- 
my ; and if you add 6 signs to the Lagna Sphuta you get 
30 



234 Brihat Jdtakt. [Cn. XXVL- 

the Sphuta of the 7th house which represents a person's 
wife. Multiply the several Sphutas by the Zodiacal fac- 
tors of the several houses and by the factors of the planet 
occupying such houses, add the products, multiply the sum 
by 7, add or subtract 9, if necessary, divide the sum or re- 
mainder by 27, the remainder will give you the Naksha- 
tra of the several persons. 

11. Multiply the same sum (a) by 10, 8, 7, 5 ; add 
or substract 9, if necessary, as stated above ; divide the 
result by their appropriate numbers (b) ; you will obtain 
the Year, Ritu, Month, Lunar day, day or night, Naksha- 
tra, the Ghatika, the rising Sign and the rising Navamsa 
at the time of birth. 

NOTES. 

In this and in the following three stanzas, the Author 
states another process for discovering the year, month, &c. 
of the birth of a person. 

(a) The sum obtained at the end of Stauza 9. 

(6) These and the processes of division will be found 
explained in the next three stanzas. 

12. From the product of the sum by 10 shall be 
determined the year (age), Ritu and month of birth () ; 
and from the product of the sum by 8 shall be determined 
the Vaksha (fortnight) and Tithi (lunar day) (6). 

NOTES. 

(a) This product is the first of the four products 
referred to in the last stanza with 9 added to or subtract- 
ed from it, if necessary. Divide the quantity by 120, the 
remainder will give the age of the person. Divide the 
same quantity by 6, the remainder will give the Ritu of 
birth from Sisira. Divide the same quantity by 2, the 
remainder will give the first or the second mouth of the 
Ritu. 



CH. XXVI.] Brihat Jdtakd. 235 

() This product is the second of the four products 
referred to in the last stanza with 9 added or subtracted, if 
necessary. Divide this quantity by 2 the remainder 
will give the fortnight of birth. Divide the same quanti- 
ty -by 15, the remainder will give the lunar-day- 

13. From the product of (a) the sum by 7 shall be 
determined whether the birth occurred by day or by night 
and also the Nakshatra. 

NOTES. 

(a) This product is the 3rd of the four products men- 
tioned in the 11 th stanza with 9 added or subtracted, if 
necessary. Divide the quantity by 2, the birth will have 
occurred by day or night according as the remainder is 
one or more than one. Divide the same quantity by 27, 
the remainder will give the Nakshatra from Aswini. 

14. From the product (<?) of the sum by 5, shall be 
determind the Ghatika, the rising Sign, the Hora and the 
rising Navamsa at the time of birth. 

NOTES. 

(a) This product is the last of the four products men- 
tioned in Stanza 11 with 9 added or subtracted, if neces- 
sary. Divide the quantity by the number of Ghatikas in 
the day or night of birth as the case may be ; the re- 
mainder will give the Ghatika from Sun-rise or Sun-set at 
the time of birth. Divide the same quantity by 12, the 
remainder will give the rising sign from Aries. Divide the 
quantity by two, the Hora of birth will be the 1st or 2nd 
according as the remainder is 1 or more than 1. Divide the 
quantity by 9, the remainder will give the number of 
the rising Navamsa from the first Navamsa of the rising 
Sign. 

Similarly, divide the quantity by 12, the remainder 
will giv the number of the rising Dwadasamsa ; divide 
the quantity by 8, the remainder will give the risiug Drek- 
kana. 



Srihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXVl. 

N.B.In. all the above cases, it is evident that the 
remainder will be in the shape of signs, degrees and 
minutes. The number representing the signs, is the 
number representing the particular Nakshatra, Year, 
Month, Paksha, Tithi, Ghatika, c., at the time of birth 
the degrees and minutes only go to increase the number by 
unity. 

15. Multiply by two the number of Matras in a 
person's name ; add the length of shadow to it ; divide 
the sum by 27 y the remainder will give the Nakshatra, 

at the time of birth, counted from Dhanishta. 

. . ' . . , . ~ 

NOTES. 

The name is the name given to a person at the Nama- 
karana ceremony. A short vowel sound is counted as one 
.Matra-and a long vowel sound is counted as two, and a 
consonant is counted as half a Matra. The length of 
the shadow of a twelve inch Sanku shall be added in 
inches. 

16. .The Dik numbers are : 



East 2 

S. East . 3 

South 14 

S.West 10 



West 
N. West 
North 
N. East 



Multiply by 15 the number for the Dik or direction which 
the querent faces ; add to the product the number of 
persons facing the same Dik, divide the sum by 27. The 
remainder will give the Nakshatra of the person from 
Dhaiii'shta". 

NOTES. 

This stanza contains another process again to discover 
: the Nakshatra, 

17: Thus has been stated by me various processes for 
the construction of a lost horoscope. Intelligent pupils 
shall study them carefully and use them. 



CH. XXVII.] *Brihat Jdtaka. 237 

CHAPTER XXVII. ; 
On The Drekkanas. 

1. The 1st Drekkana of sign Aries is a man with a 
white cloth tied round his loins, black, facing a person as 
if able to protect him, of fearful appearance and of red 
eyes and holding an axe in his hand. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. 
Mars is its lord. 

2. According to Yavanachariar, the 2nd Drekkana of 
sign Aries is a woman fond of ornaments and sweetmeats, 
with a pot-like belly, of the face of a horse, thirsty, and 
single-legged. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman and of a 
quadruped ; the face resembles that of a bird also. The 
Sun is its lord. 

3. The 3rd Drekkana of Aries is a man of wicked 
nature, learned in the arts, of a brown colorj fond of work, 
failing in his .attempts to carry out a work, holding up a 
stick in his hand, dressed in a red garment and angry. 1 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. 
Jupiter is its lord. 

4. The 1st Drefckana of Sign Taurus is a woman 
with hairs cut and growing in curls, with a pot-like belly, 
dressed in a burnt garment, thirsty, and fond of food and 
ornaments. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana isof theshapeof a woman and carries 
fire. Venus is its lord- 

5. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Taurus is a man skilled 
In works connected with agriculture/ grain, house, cows, 



238 .Brihat Jdtaka. [Cn. XXVII. 

music, dance, painting, writing and the like, skilled at the 
plough and in works connected with a conveyance, with 
a neck bent like that of the bullock, thirsty, with a face 
like that of the rain and dressed in dirty garments. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of both a man and a 
quadruped. Mercury is its lord. 

6. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Taurus is a man with a 
body resembling that of an elephant, with large teeth, with 
feet resembling those of the camel, of a brown color, 
attached to the ram and to the animals of the forest. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is both of human and quadruped 
shape. Saturn is its lord. 

7. The 1st Drekkana of sign Gemini is a woman 
fond of needle work, beautiful, fond of decoration, with- 
out children, with raised hands, having attained puberty 
and full -of lustful thoughts. 

NOTES- 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Mer- 
cury is its lord. 

8. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Gemini is a man 
residing in. a flower garden, wearing a mail coat, holding 
a bow in his hand, fond of fight, carrying arrows, his face 
being like that of a Garuda (Brahmani kite), his thoughts 
directed .to play, children, ornaments and wealth. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkaua is of the shape of a man and is arm- 
ed. It .is also of the shape of a bird. Venus is its lord. 

9. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Gemini is a man 
wearing ornaments, possessing many gems, wearing a 
mail coat and target, carrying a bow in his hand, learned 
in all the arts and a literary writer. 



CH. XXVII.] Brihat Jdtaka, 239 

NOTES, 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is arm- 
ed. Saturn is its lord. 

10. The 1st Drekkana of Cancer is a man earring 
leaves, roots and fruits, has a body resembling that of the 
elephant ; lives in a forest near sandal trees, has feet as 
large as that of the camel, has a face like that of the hog 
and a neck like that of a horse. 

. NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a quadruped. The 
Moon is its lord. 

11. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Cancer is a woman 
wearing in her head lotus flowers, carrying a snake, hard- 
hearted, young, crying in a forest and holding^ branch 
of the Palasa tree in her hand. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Mars is 
its lord. 

12. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Cancer is a man sur- 
rounded by a snake, sailing in a boat in the sea on ac- 
count of procuring ornaments for his wife, wearing orna- 
ments made of gold and with a flat face. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and a 
snake. Jupiter is its lord. 

13. The 1st Drekkana of sign Leo is a man of the 
shape of a vulture and a jackal, seated on the top of a 
Salmalitree, resembling a dog in appearance and is also 
of the shape of a man dressed in dirty garments and 
separated from his parents and crying aloud. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man, a quadruped 
mid a bird, The Sun is its lord. 



240 Bfihat Jdtaka., [Cn. XXyil, 

14. The 2nd Drekkana of sign L,eo is a man of the 
shape of a horse, wearing a slightly white garland of 
flowers in the head and covered with deer skin and 
flannel, unapproachable like the lion, holding a bow in 
his hand and with a bent nose. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed. 
Jupiter is its lord. 

15. The 3rd Drekkana of L,.eo is a man with the 
face of a bear, the pranks of a monkey, with a club in his 
hand carrying fruits and meats, with a long beard and 
whiskers and with curling hairs. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and a qua- 
druped and is armed. Mars is its lord. 

16. The 1st Drekkaua of sign Virgo is a virgin girl 
carrying a pot filled with flowers, dressed in dirty gar- 
ments and fond of cloths and wealth and proceeding to the 
house of her preceptor. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Mercury 
is its lord. 

17. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Virgo is a man hold- 
ing a pen in his hand, black, with cloth tied round his 
head, examining items of receipt and expenditure, with a 
large bow in his hand and covered with hairs all over his 
body. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is armed, 
Saturn is its lord. 

18. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Virgo is a woman of 
yellow color, dressed in white silk carrying a pot and 
ladle in her hands, pure and proceeding to a temple 



Cn. XX VII.] BrilMtJMaM. 241 

NOTES. 

This Drekkaua is of the shape of a woman. Venus 
is its lord. 

19. The 1st Drekkana of sign Libra is a man hold- 
ing a balance in one hand, skilled in weighing and measur- 
ing, with articles in his hand to be weighed or measured 
and with his thoughts directed to the determination of 
the price of such articles. 

. NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man. Venus is 
its lord. 

20. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Libra is a man with 
the face of a vulture, holding a pot in his hand wishing 
to fall down, suffering from hunger and thirst and with 
his thoughts directed to his wife and children, 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and a bird. 
Saturn is its lord. 

21. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Libra is a man with 
the face of a horse adorned with gems, scaring animals in 
the woods carrying a golden quiver and wearing a mail 
coat, carrying fruits and meat, monkey-like in appearance 
and holding a bow in his hand. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and a quadru- 
ped. Mercury is its lord. 

22. The 1st Drekkana of sign Scorpio is a beauti- 
ful woman, naked and without ornaments, quitting her 
place, landing after a long sea-voyage and with a snake 
coiled round her legs. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman and a ser- 
pent. Mars is its lord. 



242 Brihat Jdtaka. [Cn. XXVII- 

23. The 2nd Drekkana of Scorpio is a woman with 
a body like that of a turtle or pot, desiring the comfort of 
her place on account of her husband and with serpent 
coiled round her body. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman and a 
serpent. Jupiter is its lord. 

24. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Scorpio is a lion 
with a broad and a flat face like that of a turtle, scaring 
dogs, deer, jackals and hogs in the woods and lording 
over a country abounding in sandal trees. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a quadruped. The 
Moon is its lord. 

25. The 1st Drekkana of sign Sagittari is a man 
with the body of a horse, with a long bow in his hand, 
stopping in his hermitage and watching over the several 
articles required for Sacrificial rites. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and a 
quadruped and is armed. Jupiter is its lord. 

26. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Sagittari is a beauti- 
ful woman, bright as gold and the Champaka flower, 
seated on a throne of middle size, and picking up the 
gems of the Sea. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. Mars 
is its lord. * 

27. The 3rd Drekkana of Sagittari is a man with 
a long beard and whiskers, of the color of gold and the 
Champaka flower, seated on a throne with a club in his 
hand and dressed in white silk and 4eer skin t 



CH. XXVII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 243 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man and is 
armed. The Sun is its lord. 

28. The first Drekkana of sign Capricorn is a man 
covered with hairs, strong as the sea monster, with a 
body like that of a hog, wearing a nose string and fetters 
and with a deformed face. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkaua is of the shape of a man loaded with 
fetters. Saturn is its lord. 

29. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Capricorn is a 
woman skilled in the arts, with eyes like the petals of 
of the lotus, black, hankering after various things and 
wearing ear ornaments made of iron. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkaua is of the shape of a woman. Venus 
is its lord. 

30. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Capricorn is of the 
shape of a Kinnara (a celestial being) covered with flannel, 
with a quiver, a bow and a mail coat and carrying on 
his shoulders a pot set with precious stones. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is armed. Mercury is its lord. 

31. The 1st Drekkana of sign Aquarius is a man 
with the face of a vulture, with his thoughts directed 
towards the gain of oil, liquor, water, and meals and 
dressed in flannel, silk and deer skin. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man. Saturn is 
its lord. 

32. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Aquarius is a woman 
in a car burnt with the wood of Salmali in it and collect- 
ing iron, living iu a forest and dressed in dirty garments 



244- Brihat Jatakd. [C H. XXVII. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman who 
carries fire. Mercury is its lord. 

33. The 3rd Drekkaua of sign Aquarius is a black 
man, with hairs in his ear, wearing a crown and carrying 
bark, leaves, the oil of bedellium, iron and pots, from one 
place to another. 

NOTES- 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a man. Venus is its 
lord. 

84-. The 1st Drekkana of Sign Pisces is a man with 
the vessels of sacrificial rites, post, pearls, gems and conch 
shells in his hands, carrying ornaments and sailing in a 
boat on the sea for the purpose of decorating his wife. 

NOTES. 

Jupiter is the lord of this Drekkana. 

35. The 2nd Drekkana of sign Pisces is a woman 
with a long flag-staff and banner, sailing in a boat to the 
other shore of the sea accompanied by her friends and with 
a face bright as the Champaka flower. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkana is of the shape of a woman. The 
Moon is its lord. 

36. The 3rd Drekkana of sign Pisces is a man with 
a snake coiled round him, standing naked on the brink of 
a pit in a forest, suffering from thieves, from fire and 
from hunger and weeping. 

NOTES. 

This Drekkaua is of the shape of a snake. Mars is its 
lord. 



Notes. The Author has stated the use of these descrip- 
tions of the Drekkauas in his Yatra. If the Drekkaua be 



CH. XXVIII.] Brihat Jdtakd. 245 

of agreeable appearance, carrying fruits, flowers, gems and 
pots and aspected by benefic planets, there will be success. 
If they be of hideous appearance, armed and aspected by 
malefic planets, there will be disgrace and failure ; if they 
carry serpents or fetters, there will be delirium and im- 
prisonment. The Drekkana description is also of use in 
tracing out thieves according to Prithuyasas, son of Vara- 
ha-Mihira, in his Shatpanchasika, a work on Horary As- 
trology (a). 



CHAPTER XXVIII. 
Conclusion. 

1, 2 & 3. In this work on Jataka, I have treated of 
the following in 25th Chapters. 

1. Definitions and Elementary principles (Zodiacal). 

2. Do do do (Planetary). 

3. On Animal and Vegetable Horoscopy. 

4. On Nisheka kala or the Time of conception. 

5. On Matters connected with Birth time. 

6. On Balarishta or Early death. 

7. On Ayurdaya or the Determination of the length 
of life. 

8. On Planetary divisions and sub-divisions of life 
known as Dasas and Antardasas. 

9. On Ashtakavargas. 

10. On Avocation. 

1 1. On Raja Yoga or the Birth of Kings. 

12. On Nabhasa Yogas. 

13. On Chandra or Lunar Yogas. 

(a) An English Translation of this book by the same Translator, with 
Sanskrit Text, may be obtained from the ' Theosophist Office,' Adyar. 

There are actually 28 Chapters in this book including the con- 
cluding one. Chapters 16 and 17 are not enumerated by Varahamihira. 
They are later additions from the other works of the Author, the former 
from Brihat-Saiuhita and the latter from Horaeara. 



246 Briliat 3atakd. [Cn. XXVIII. 

14. On Double planetary Yogas. 

15. On Ascetic Yogas. 

16. On the Nakshatras or the Moon in the Asterisms. 

17. On the Moon in the several signs of the Zodiac, 

1 8. On the Sun, Mars and other planets in the se- 
veral signs of the Zodiac. 

19. On Planetary Aspects. 

20. On the Planets in the Bhavas. 

21. On the Planets in their several Vargas. 

22. On Miscellaneous Yogas. 

23. On Malefic Yogas. 

24. On the Horoscopy of Women. 

25. On Death. 

26. On the Discovery of a lost Horoscope. 

27. On the Drekkanas. 

4-, 5 and 6. I shall now give a summary of the 
subjects treated of in my work on Yarta. 
These are 

1. Prasna Prabheda. 

2. Tithibala. 

3. Nakshatrabhidhaua. 

4. Varaphala. 

5. Muhurta Nirdesa. 

6. Chandra Bala. 

7. Lagna Nishaya. 

8. Lagna Bheda. 

9. Grahasuhi. 
10. Apavada. 
11. Misraka. 

12. Tanuvepana. 

J 3. Guhyakapuja. 



CH. XXVIII] BrihatMaU. 247 

14. Swapna (Dreams) 

15. Snanavidhi (Bath). 

16. Graliayajna. 

17. Prayana (Travels). 

18. Sakunaruta. 

I have also treated of Vivahakala and Grahakaraua 
(Planets). 

The last of the above subjects has been separately 
treated of by me in iny Astronomical work known as Pan- 
chasiddhanta. Thus the three branches of the Jyotisha 
Sastra, viz., Astronomy, Horoscopy and Samhita (a), have 
been treated of by me for the benefit of intelligent 
students. 

7. These brief works have been written by me on a 
full study and examination of the elaborate works of the 
ancient writers. If any important points b,e found omit- 
ted, I crave the forbearance of the learned critics. 

8. If any portion of the Text be found omitted by 
the writer who copied or the teacher wjio taught, the 
learned will kindly supply the omission setting aside all 
feelings of jealousy. Again, if there be found in tfie Text 
errors, imperfections or omissions, the learned will kindly 
make the necessary corrections and supply what is 
wanted. 

9. Varaha Mihira, the son of the Brahmin Aditya- 
dasa from whom he received his education, obtained the 
boon of knowledge from the Sun in tlje village of 
Kapittha, spent his days in the court of Ujjaini in the 
province of Avanti and has written this neajt work on 
Horoscopy after a careful examination of the wor]cs of the 
ancient sages on the subject. 

(a) Varaha-Mihira's work on Astronomy is known as Pancha Sjddhantika. 
An English Translation of this work by Dr. G. Thibhaut may be had from 
Bombay. His works on Horoscopy and Samhita are known as the Biihat- 
Jataka and the Brihat-Samhita. An English Translation of thpae hooka 
may be obtained from the Manager, The Theosophist Office, Advar. 



248 Brihat Jdtakd. [Cn. XXVIII, 

10. I have been enabled to write the present work 
by the grace of the Sun, of Vasishtha, and of Adityadasa, 
worshipped by ine. Salutation to the Ancient Writers of 
Horoscopy. 

End of Uttarabhaga (Part II> 



FINIS. 



APPENDIX. 

Required the Lagna Sphutam, that is, the Longitude of 
the Ascendant at 39 gh. 3ov. gh. from Sunrise on Friday the 
28th May 1886, for a place whose Latitude is 11. 

From the Almanac we find that the Sun entered Tau- 
rus at 56 gh. 4ov. gh. on the i2th May, and quits the sign at 
12. gh. 27 v. gh. on the i3th June. 

Therefore time taken by the Sun to move through sign 
Taurus, 

= 3 gh. 2ov. gh. + 3i days + 12 gh. 27 v. gh. 
= 31 days 15 gh. 47V. gh. = i, 12, soov. ghs. 
Time from Sun-rise on the 28th May to the end of the 
Sun's course through Taurus = 16 days 12 gh. 27 v. gh. 

= 58,327V. ghs. 

Time of Oblique Ascension of ) = 5 gh. 6v. gh. 
Taurus for Latitude 11 { =3o6v. gb.(vide Table A). 

Therefore, time of Oblique ascension of the portion of 
Taurus to be passed over by the Sun on the morning of the 
306 x 58,327 

28th = 2gh. 39V. gh. 

1,12,500 

Subtracting this from 39gh. 3ov. gh. we get time of 
Oblique Ascension of signs from Gemini =39 gh. 3ov. gh. 
- 2gh. 39V. gh = 36 gh. 5iv. gh. 

From table B we find that time of oblique ascension of 
signs for Gemini to Scorpio = 31 gh. 36v. gh. 

Therefore time of Oblique Ascension'of'portion Sagittari 
that has risen above the horizon. 

= 36 gh. 5 iv. gh. 31 gh. 36v. gh. 
- 5 gh. 1 5v. gh.=3i5v. gh. 

Time of oblique ascension of the degrees of Sagittari for 
Latitude 11, is 5 gh. 21 v. gh. (Vide Table A)-32r.v. gh. 

Therefore portion of Sagittari that has risen above the 
30x315 

horizon = 29 26', Sagittari being the 9th sign from 

321 
Aries. 

Lagna Sphutam required is 8 s 29 26'. 

The Bhavasphutam process is too complicated to be given 
here. The Reader is referred to Baskaracharya's work on 
Astronomy. 



2 

TO FIND OUT THE CORRECT LOCAL TIME 

I. BY DAY. 



Draw a pretty large semi-circle on each side of a well- 
planed and smooth oblongular plank. Place its edge along 
a straight line drawn east to west on a smooth level ground, 
the plank being inclined at an angle with the plane of the 
horizon, equal to the complement of the Latitude of the 
place, so that a straight needle fixed at the centre of the 
semi-circle and at right angles to the plane of the plank 
will point to the Pole and the plane of the plank will be 
parallel to the plane of the Equator. The edge of an ob- 
longular piece of wood placed at the centre will serve as well 
as a needle. Now divide the semi-circle into 12 equal parts, 
marking the points of division with the figures from 6 down 
to 12 and from 12 up to 6. The .divisions represent the 
hours. If the diameter be about a cubit in length each 
division may further be divided into 30 or 60 equal parts, so 
that the position of the shadow of the needle will give the 
time within a minute. Now apply the equation of time and 
the result will be the local clock time or the mean solar 
time required. This can be converted into Ghatikas and 
Vighatikas from Sun Rise from the table showing the time of 
Sun Rise for each day. 

NOTES. 

(1) The latitude of the place may be found from a 
pretty good Atlas or it may be ascertaind by noting the 
altitude of the Pole-star both at the time of its culmination 
and the time of its depression and taking the mean. 

(2) The complement of the angle of latitude may be 
marked on a piece of solid wood and the portion may be cut 
out in the shape of a fine wedge and made to support the 
plank of the inclined dial. 

(3) The east and west line may be marked pretty cor- 
rectly with the help of a mariner's compass or it may be 
found by marking the two points of contact of the end of 
the shadow of a straight rod fixed vertically at the centre of 
a circle drawn on a smooth, horizontal surface, with the 
circumference of the circle both before and after mid-day 
the line joining the two points being due east and west. 

(4) A level, horizontal ground .may be prepared with 
the help of a spirit-level. 



II. AT NIGHT. 

Attach equal weights to the ends of a long fine string 
and throw the string over two fine metallic wires each about 
a foot in length fixed rigidly between supports and at the 
height of about 5 or 6 feet from the ground, running east 
to west, and about 5 or 6 feet apart from each other. Now 
the two plum blines are certainly vertical, and the plane pass- 
ing through them will be a vertical plane. This plane may 
be made to pass through the Pole star about the time of its 
cul mi nation or depression by slightly moving the string 
over one of the wires to the east or west till the two plum- 
lines hide the Pole-star to an observer stationed 2 or 3 feet 
to the South of the southern plumbline and looking with 
one eye, the other eye being closed. We have thus secured 
the plane of the meridian. Now attach the ends of a 
slightly tight string to the two plumblines about their 
middle points. The observer may now lie down below, with 
his face turned up, the head supported by a pillow and one 
eye placed exactly under the two strings running noith and 
south so that the upper string is wholly concealed by the 
lower and observe the transit of stars across the strings. 
The Almanac gives the time of culmination of the Vernal 
Equinox for each day of the year and also the times at which 
particular stars culminate after the culmination of the Vernal 
Equinox. If the two times be added, we get the time of 
culmination of a particular star from 12 noon that day. 
But if the sum exceed 24 hours then subtract from it 23 
hours and 56 minutes, the remainder will be the time of 
culmination of the Star froin 12 noon that day. 



S rf 





J3 >rt 

* s S 

M e3 

09 *** 

_, "j g^ 

oo ^ || 

*3 '-5 as 

g ^ 



c * 

2 

to "OJ3 Tt 

c fi 

(1) T3 03 

CJ 

^f cO C9 



I 





l.i 

<5 >- 









Sagi 



G 



5 



T*tccciteissvi<Ni-i(M5<ii 



r: sc ec 



o >c ic m 



i-it-ii-1i-li-l94OiS4OIO l l 



eqNNNNiNsosow 



O'-<N-fi.i<ct^xc5C>--i<N~-Hii;ct~xc-. O--e f iec*fic<ot>-Xc:O'-'!N 

r N|C<IC^JC^C<l7^^l>lQ 4 4<>JCCCCCCO'?CCfCCCCC^CO 1 ^^J'T^^'^t''^' > ^Tj*Tjf^JllCOiC 



CC 



1~ Li I 
* 



o eg o o w o oc 



e e t^ tt> 



sqirsx 'ccsocr. ?s 



o -< 
rj^^ 



N co ^ LT -^ t x 3s o i M ec * 17 --c r^ x ~. c. 1-1 rj i- 



a 
*P 

09 
I 



fi- 

OJ 



c 
g 

O 

> 

S" 

* 



1 

"o. 

* 



o 

c. 



& 



^ 4} 



^. o 



g 

M 

09 



a 

P< F 1 

cs g 
o 






CD 



I 



i-lr-l iO 



r-l >-ir-lf-l COl-liM 



CO IN <M SM r-l r-i 



C5 CO CM Us| r-l i I i^ 



<.\4 o uj CM tu irj ^ i i 10 



U CM r-l i I 



CO OS rl IQ N i ( 



CO U3CN i.7 lO T r-i O 
U U3 ^1 Tf vw CO UM W rH r-l 



lfH g 



09 

02 

Q 



cJ 

S 



oaOOOOOOCOO 

a 



s, 
s 

rt 



00 

e 



09 



c 



g 



Q " 



OOCOOOOOi-H 



8JB9A 



ung 



.- 

illllllll 



91 Tii{i3j 







EQUATION OF TIME. 




b 
E 

Q 


^t<>fSA'4i4P9iI<pCI44!<Dt*C099O>OQOi9OOO9Oa>a>dpfr>tp<ti 

ThrlL^M COrH-^f-ilOCMONlONl-ICO CO CO CO CO 'N'-O'Nl.OS^Ce 

7^ 1 + 




> 

O 


B :aiOOC5l^-i<'-it>N>oXi-iNCOeCr-iCil^COXCiSt>OCO"*U5OU'5'*5<> 

"rHININrtr^r-lT- Ift TT << CO 94 fH -^CON OfOCM -<?-(N T-N 






1 




tf 


m -eo>c-MOXicwx,^o^x?iwr-a:o-i^-ox>o*ixcoxNwoo 




PS 
o 


g -00--H-i-HN*INMC9*^-f^*iO0*,OiOieWWW 


cJ 

H 


u 

o 


1 


g 


. 


o .CONN--H^NNCOCO-fODt-XOO'MCOtlOOCCl-t-XXX t .t- 




3 


a. 

H 

00 


S ""PI 
1 




s 

H 


AUGUST. 


mcocv *O3cot^ooqcoTp>ncoo-<ffOiHxiowxcoxcot^^'*i>CS'j- t cD 

lOiO'**r5K>C>J<-> iO-*r7<N-< -*cOiM mcOiN O CO <H *! 



+ 


s 


^ 


; IK to t-- x x x x i>- cc ^ co o t^ * o o w i 1-1 is x o n * LI o * co n c i^- 


1 

'S 


ri 

b 

i- 


S w 


3 
o< 
H 


H 

Z 


_:iOOO!OD>OH'COr-lOXOCOr-lqmQO 4-*t-OCO^CVNT)<l>.O'- 1 CO 
W>-I lS^-COiMi-< lOCOOJrl r-IIMCOie i-ICO^m NCO* t-i CM 




j3 


b 




s 
1 1 + 


-u 

00 

C 


g 


< 
S 


g CO CO CO CO 

1 


i 


J 
as 


"SZZSS^SSZS^^SSSSZZSZSSZSSSS 


Q 


01 

< 


K 

+ + \ 




2 
e* 


AFCH. 


oxioe<ixcoa>-fxeoi>o- t< t^oiMot-a5-Heoio!^xop-cooccxr> 

COi-l lOi';C<I ftN OCCi-l r*M TJI M l CO r-l -*W -* l 1-1 


H 


J3 


+ 




S3 


mi>io(MXroX'<JiotQCO3Osoo !-*' i>coX'MCOC5'-iNco i *-fcoeii 

ijiiO i-ii-i (MiMijqiNSMe<lNO4N<MrHr- ia^t-*cOiMi-i O * 






+ 




S'l AKV. 


..-<Ni-HC5i>--^t^ecxcot^i-i^oxo>cooit>OMQCcot^--T<^i^xx 

"CO (MlOCqi-Ji-HTjl COlOlM^ <M <* 1 1 CO * IM^lOrHSlTj'ia -i(NCO 







+ 




si 


p-*i01>XaOP*N-SWt-00-NW<*W<^050pH 




< 





TABLE E : Showing Mitra (Friend), Satru (Enemy), and 
Sama (Neutral) of Planets. 



Planets. 


Mitra Friend. 


Satru (Enemy). 


Sama (Neutral). 


Sun 


Moon, Mars Jupiter 


Saturn, Venus. 


Mercury. 


Moon 


Sun, Mercury 


None. 


Mars, Jupiter, Venus. 


Mars 


Sun Moon, Jupiter 


Mercury. 


SaturnVenus, Saturn. 


Mercury 


Sun Venus 


Moon. 


Mars Jupiter, Saturn. 


Jupiter 


Sun, Moon, Mars 


Mercury Venus. 


Saturn. 


Venus 


Mercury Saturn 


Sun Moon. 


Mars Jupiter. 


Saturn 


Mercury Venus 


Sun Moon, Mars. 


Jupiter. 



TABLE F : Showing the times at which the seYeral stars 
culminate after the culmination of the Vernal Equinox. 



Stars. 


Times. 


Stars, 


Times. 




h. m. 




h. m. 


Aswini ... 




1 49 


Apar 




., 


12 51 


Bharani 




2 44 


Apamvat 






33 5 


Krittika 


-t 


3 42 


Chitra 






13 20 


Rohini 




4 31 


Vasishtta 




.. 


13 20 


Agni 




5 20 


Marichi 






13 44 


Mrigasirsha 


.. 


5 27 


Swati 






14 11 


Ardra ... 




5 60 


Visakha 




.. 


14 46 


Prajapati 




5 49 


Anuradha 






16 


Agastya 




6 22 


Jyeshta 






16 24 


Mrigavyasa 




6 41 


Moo la 






17 36 


Punarvasu 




7 40 


P. Ashadba 


. 




18 15 


Pusbya 


. 


8 36 


Abhijit 






18 34 


Aslesha 




8 42 


U. Ashadha 




.. 


18 40 


Magha 




10 3 


Sravana 






19 46 


Pulaha 




10 56 


Sravishta 


. 




20 35 


Kratu 


. 


10 58 


Sataya 


. 


.. 


22 48 


P. Phalguni ... 




11 9 


P. Bhadradada 


.. 


23 


U. Phalguni 


. 


11 44 


U. Bhadrapada 




4 


Pulastya 


. 


11 49 


Revati 


.. 


1 7 


Atri 


w- 


12 7 


Dhruva (Pole Star) 


.. 


1 25 


Hasta 


.. 


12 29 


****** 




Angiras 





12 50 







10 

TABLE G : Showing the time of culmination of the Sun 
and the Vernal Equinox. 



Month. Date. 


Sun's 
culmina- 
tion. 


Culmina- 
tion of V. 
equinox- 


Month Date. 


Sn's 
culmina- 
tion. 


Culmina- 
tion of V. 
equinox. 




h. TO. 


h, m- 




hi m. 


h. m. 


January 2 


12 4 


5 18 


July 2 


12 4 


17 21 


10 


7 


4 46 


10 


5 


16 50 


18 


10 


4 15 


18 


6 


16 18 


26 


12 


3 43 


26 


6 


IE 47 


February 3 


14 


3 12 


August 3 


6 


15 15 


11 


14 


2 40 


11 


5 


14 44 


9 


14 


2 9 


19 


4 


14 12 


27 


13 


1 37 


27 


2 


13 41 


March 6 


11 


1 6 


September 4 


11 59 


13 9 


14 


9 


34 


12 


56 


12 38 


22 


7 


3 


20 


54 


12 6 


30 


5 


23 31 


28 


51 


11 35 


April 7 


2 


23 


October 6 


48 


11 3 


13 


1 


22 37 


14 


46 


10 31 


21 


11 59 


22 5 


22 


45 


10 


29 


57 


21 34 


30 


44 


9 28 


May 7 


56 


21 2 


November 7 


44 


8 57 


15 


56 


20 31 


15 


45 


8 25 


23 


57 


19 59 


23 


46 


7 54 


31 


57 


19 28 


December 1 


49 


7 22 


June 8 


59 


18 56 


9 


52 


6 1 


16 


12 


18 25 


17 


56 


6 19 


24 


12 2 


17 53 


25 


12 


5 48 



Note. As the Vernal Equinox is subject to a retrograde motion of over 
50 seconds a year, tables F. and G. will have to be proposed from the 
Almanac for the year. 



University of California 

SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 

405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 

Return this material to the library 

from which it was borrowed. 



A 000106157 1